Agenda packet — Brea City Council, August 19, 2025 (part 8 of 11)

as a hardcopy in the O&M and electronically as
part of the final PDF.
2) An instrument list for all devices supplied including tag number, description, Specification Section and
paragraph number, manufacturer, model number,
serial number, range, span, location, manufacturer
phone number, local supplier name, local supplier
phone number, completion year replacement cost,
and any other pertinent data.
3) An equipment list for all non-instrument devices
supplied listing description, Specification Section
and paragraph number, manufacturer, model
number, serial number, location, manufacturer
phone number, local supplier name, local supplier
phone number, completion year replacement cost,
and any other pertinent data.
4) Certified calibration data for all flow metering
devices.
5) Submit Factory calibration result for the
instruments.

4. Equipment O&M Information:
a. Data sheets shall be provided for all field and non-field instrumentation devices. Provide a cover page for each device, piece of equipment, and original equipment manufacturer (OEM) software that lists date, specification number, product name, manufacturer, model number, location(s), and power required.

Preferred format for the cover page is ISA-TR20.00.01-2001 (updated in 2004-2006), general data sheet; however, other formats are acceptable provided they contain all required information.
b. Vendor O&M documentation for each device, piece of equipment, or OEM software shall be either new documentation written specifically for this project or modified standard vendor documentation. All standard vendor documentation furnished shall have all portions that apply clearly, indicated with arrows, circles, or highlighted. All portions that do not apply shall be neatly lined out or crossed out. Groups of pages that do not apply at all to the specific model supplied shall be removed.
c. Any component requiring custom software configuration or dip switch settings, that information shall be included along with the corresponding data sheets and O&M information.
d. Provide the record documentation of the system audit as specified in Section 40 61 21 – Process Control System Testing. Include further test results described in the Test Results submittal requirements.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-130 CIP 7631

e. Include the calibration forms developed as specified in Section 40 61 21 – Process Control System Testing.

5. As-Built Drawings
a. As-built drawings shall be complete and including all drawings and diagrams specified in this section. Drawings shall include all wiring, fabrication, and interconnection drawings for all the equipment the PCS is connected to, including terminal points of equipment not supplied by the PCSI.
b. As built documentation shall include information from submittals, as described in this Specification and the other process control system specifications and be updated to reflect the as-built system. Errors in or modifications to the system resulting from the Factory and/or Functional Demonstration Tests shall be
incorporated in this documentation.

6. Electronic O&M Information:
a. Provide an electronic version of all equipment manuals and data sheets, along with any software back-up of configuration files.

Electronic documents shall be supplied in PDF format.
b. Provide electronic files for all custom-developed manuals including training manuals. Text shall be supplied in both Microsoft Office format and PDF format.
c. Provide electronic files for all drawings produced. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD “.dwg” format and in PDF format. Drawings shall be provided using the AutoCAD eTransmit feature to bind external references, pen/line styles, fonts, and the drawing files into individual zip files.
d. Each computer system hardware device shall be backed up onto DVD after Substantial Completion and shall be turned over to the Owner.
e. If specified in the training section, provide digital copies of all training videos. Videos shall be in a format that is readable by standard DVD players and by standard PC DVD drives. Format shall be a minimum of 1920 by 1080 pixels and shall include sound.
***END OF SECTION***
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-131 CIP 7631

SECTION 40 61 21 – PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS TESTING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This section covers the testing requirements for all process equipment, instruments, and devices that are monitored, controlled, or otherwise part of the Process Control System (PCS) and is detailed in the Contract Drawings and those specified in Section 40 61 13 – Process Control System General Provisions.

B. Testing of vendor supplied equipment connecting to the PCS shall adhere to the same testing requirements herein. The Process Control System Integrator (PCSI) shall coordinate with the vendor(s) and separately-contracted ASP for integration and testing of their equipment into the PCS.

C. The PCSI shall coordinate all testing activities with the Owner, Engineer, Contractor, separately-contracted ASP, all affected subcontractors, equipment suppliers, and vendors.

D. The PCSI shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals required to complete all testing listed herein.

E. The PCSI shall perform all test listed per testing requirements as specified herein.

1. Factory Testing
a. Unwitnessed Factory Test (UFT)
b. Witnessed Factory Acceptance Test (WFAT)

2. Field Testing
a. Unwitnessed Operational Readiness Test (UORT)
b. Functional Demonstration Test (FDT)
c. Site Acceptance Test (SAT)
F. The PCSI shall provide to the Engineer certified calibration/recalibration (for existing Instruments) reports for field instruments and devices specified or shown on the Drawings immediately upon completion of calibration.

1. Receipt of any calibration/recalibration certificates shall in no way imply acceptance of any work or of instruments supplied.

2. Each calibration/recalibration certificate shall be signed and dated by an authorized representative of the PCSI. Completed certificates shall be submitted to the Engineer through the submittal process.

3. A typical instrument calibration certificate form is included at the end of this section.

1.2 TEST – GENERAL
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-132 CIP 7631

A. The PCSI shall test all PCS equipment at the factory prior to shipping to site.

To the extent possible, all PCS equipment shall be tested as a single fully integrated system at the factory.

B. Each test shall be performed in the cause-and-effect format. The person administering the test shall initiate an input (cause) and verify the system or subsystem produces the correct result (effect).

C. Whether explicitly stated on the test procedures, the Engineer reserves the right to test or retest all specified functions to determine compliance with the functional requirements. Additional testing by the Engineer to determine compliance with the specified requirements shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. The Engineer's decision shall be final regarding the acceptability and completeness of all testing.

D. Test using actual process variables, equipment, and data when possible. If it is not practical to test with actual process variables, equipment, and data, then variables, equipment, and data shall be simulated.

E. The PCSI shall prepare and submit testing procedures to be approved by the Engineer that shall demonstrate that the system conforms to the specifications.

F. The PCSI shall notify the Engineer and Owner in writing at least 14 days before the proposed testing date.

G. If any test is concluded unsuccessfully, the test shall be repeated.

H. Equipment shall not be shipped to the project site until the Engineer and/or the Owner has received all Factory Acceptance testing submittals and approved the system ready to ship in writing.

I. Correction of Deficiencies

1. Deficiencies in workmanship and/or items not meeting specified testing requirements shall be corrected to meet such requirements at no additional cost to the Owner.

2. Testing shall be repeated after correction of deficiencies are made until the test is deemed successful. This work shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.3 RELATED WORK
A. Refer to Section 40 61 13 – Process Control System General Provisions.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 40 61 20 – Process Control Systems Submittals.

1.5 COST OF TRAVEL
A. Scheduled tests will only be attended once by the Owner and/or Engineer. If the test is not successful, all subsequent tests will be performed at the PCSI BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-133 CIP 7631

expense.

B. The PCSI shall reimburse the Owner and Engineer for all labor and expenses incurred in connection with attending repeated test necessitated by system failure or inadequate preparation.

C. Reimbursement will go through the Owner with the Engineer invoicing the Owner for all expenditures associated with retesting.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. The PCSI shall conduct factory testing prior to equipment shipping to the project site.

B. The PCSI/ASP shall conduct field tests once all equipment and devices that makeup the PCS have been installed.

C. All tests shall be specifically addressed in the Test Procedure submittal.

D. All tests shall be recorded on the approved Test Status Sign Off forms.

3.2 FACTORY TESTS
A. Unwitnessed Factory Acceptance Test (UFAT)

1. The purpose of the Unwitnessed Factory Test (UFT) is for the PCSI to verify the functionality, performance, and stability of the system prior to the Engineer and/or Owner attending Witnessed Factory Acceptance Testing (WFAT).

2. Temporary network connections will be required to confirm the network configuration. Temporary wiring of primary elements, final control elements, and field-mounted transmitters is not required.

3. All panels, consoles, and assemblies shall be inspected and tested to verify their conformance with related submittals, Specifications, and Drawings.
a. All panels and enclosures being provided shall undergo a thorough inspection to verify integrity of cabinet enclosures, frame structures, paint work, and finish, etc. Review panel drawings to ensure they accurately reflect panel layout and wiring. b. Perform a system audit to verify all components have been staged for testing and have been documented properly with correct model numbers, serial numbers, etc. The following audit documentation shall be provided during the WFAT and submitted as part of the Operations & Maintenance (O&M) Manual documentation:
1) For each microprocessor-based component
connected to control communication backbone in
system (Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs),
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-134 CIP 7631

managed switches, protocol converters,
communication cards on final field devices, radios,
etc.), list firmware revision, vendor and local
distributor information, and system, warranty
information, and configuration parameters (e.g.,
communication settings, fail position settings,
etc.).
c. The PCSI/ASP shall load, configure, and test any specialized Virtual software on the computers, switches, and other equipment. d. Application software shall be loaded on the PLCs and Human Machine Interface (HMI) computers and the entire system shall be tested. The test shall be conducted to verify readiness for the WFAT.
e. Panel wire pull tests shall be performed to ensure all wiring has been secured with appropriate torque to prevent wires from coming loose.
f. The Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) shall be tested to verify that the UPS switches power correctly while keeping all UPS powered loads online. Testing of the UPS to determine if they have been sized correctly to maintain specified runtime shall be performed during field testing.
g. A complete I/O point checkout shall be performed on all I/O to verify proper operation of input/output points from panel terminations to HMI and Operator Interface Terminal (OIT) nodes.

All I/O includes all wired spare points. I/O checkout shall be recorded on the Test Status Sign Off form.
1) Discrete Inputs – Points shall be jumpered at field
terminal blocks in PLC panels to verify proper
status in HMI and OIT nodes.
2) Analog Inputs – Points shall be connected to a
signal generator at field terminal blocks in PLC
panels to verify proper status in HMI and OIT
nodes. Signals shall be verified at zero (0)
percent, 25 percent, 50 percent, 75 percent, and
100 percent of full scale.
3) Discrete Outputs – Points shall be tested by
manipulating the output from HMI and OIT nodes.

verified at zero (0) percent, 25 percent, 50
percent, 75 percent, and 100 percent of full scale.
h. All control strategies shall be verified using simulation or other means to verify that all logic performs as expected. Verify faults and logical failure conditions for control strategies, such as instrument failures, equipment failures, loss of communication between HMI Server and PLC, loss of peer-to-peer
communication, out of range testing (over and under scale) for analog inputs, and all other strategies specified in Section 40 61 96 – Process Control Descriptions.
i. For each subpanel, inspection shall include, but not be limited to, I/O subsystem physical layout, power supply sizing and mounting, cable routing, wire runs across hinges properly installed, fans and blowers unobstructed and mounted to maximize air flow, power conditioning correctly installed, and overall layout and installation of components meets manufacturer's recommendations and
standard industry accepted practices.

4. Upon successful completion of UFAT, the PCSI/ASP shall submit a record copy of the UFAT Status Sign Off form. Once the form is submitted, the PCSI/ASP shall notify the Engineer and Owner in writing that the system is ready for WFAT. No other notice of FAT will be accepted. The Engineer and/or Owner shall schedule a test date within 30 days of receipt of this submittal.

B. Witnessed Factory Acceptance Test (WFAT)

1. The purpose of the WFAT is for the PCSI/ASP to demonstrate to the Engineer and/or Owner the PCS’s functionality, performance, and stability as a complete integrated system. Successful completion of the WFAT warrants the PCS equipment to be shipped to the project site.

2. The WFAT shall be conducted at the PCSI’s facilities.

3. The PCSI/ASP shall provide the following documents during the WFAT for reference and sign off.
a. A set of Contract Drawings and Specifications including addenda and change orders.
b. A copy of all approved equipment submittals relevant to the test. c. Fresh set of approved panel drawings and wiring diagrams. d. Master copy of the PCSI/ASP developed factory testing sign off forms and testing procedures.

4. Daily schedule during these tests shall be as follows:
a. Morning meeting to review the day's test schedule.
b. Scheduled tests and sign offs.
c. End of day meeting to review the day's test results and to review or revise the next day's test schedule.
d. Unstructured testing period by the Engineer and/or Owner.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-136 CIP 7631

5. Test to be performed during the WFAT shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. Perform a system audit to verify all components have been staged for testing and have been documented properly with correct model numbers, serial numbers, etc.
1) For each microprocessor-based component
connected to control communication backbone in
system (PLCs, managed switches, protocol
converters, communication cards on final field
devices, radios, etc.), list firmware revision, vendor
and local distributor information, and system,
warranty information, and configuration
parameters (e.g., communication settings, fail
position settings, etc.).
2) All panels and enclosures being provided shall
undergo a thorough inspection to verify the
integrity of cabinet enclosures, frame structures,
paint work, and finish, etc. Review panel drawings
to ensure they accurately reflect panel layout and
wiring.
b. Demonstrate operability of the control data communication network under anticipated full load conditions, communication failure, and automatic recovery.
c. For each sub-panel, inspection shall include, but not be limited to, I/O subsystem physical layout, power supply sizing and mounting, cable routing, wire runs across hinges properly installed, fans and blowers (if required) unobstructed and mounted to maximize air flow, power conditioning correctly installed, and overall layout and installation of components meets the manufacturer’s
recommendations and standard industry accepted practices. d. Panel wire pull tests shall be performed to ensure all wiring has been secured with appropriate torque to prevent wires from coming loose.
e. The UPS shall be tested to verify that the UPS switches power correctly while keeping all UPS powered loads online. Testing of the UPS to determine if they have been sized correctly to maintain specified runtime shall be performed during field testing. f. A complete I/O point checkout shall be performed on all I/O to verify proper operation of input/output points from panel terminations to HMI and OIT nodes. All I/O includes all wired spare points. I/O checkout shall be recorded on the Test Status Sign Off form.
1) Discrete Inputs – Points shall be jumpered at field
terminal blocks in PLC panels to verify proper
status in HMI and OIT nodes.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-137 CIP 7631

2) Analog Inputs – Points shall be connected to a
signal generator at field terminal blocks in PLC
panels to verify proper status in HMI and OIT
nodes. Signals shall be verified at zero (0)
percent, 25 percent, 50 percent, 75 percent, and
100 percent of full scale.
3) Discrete Outputs – Points shall be tested by
manipulating the output from HMI and OIT nodes.

Signal shall be verified by connecting a digital
multimeter to measure continuity at field terminal
blocks.
4) Analog Output – Points shall be tested by
manipulating the analog output value at the HMI
and OIT. Signal shall be verified by utilizing a
digital multimeter to measure current or voltage
generated at field terminal blocks. Signals shall be
verified at zero (0) percent, 25 percent, 50
percent, 75 percent, and 100 percent of full scale.
g. All control strategies shall be verified using simulation or other means to verify that all logic performs as expected. Verify faults and logical failure conditions for control strategies, such as instrument failures, equipment failures, loss of communication between HMI Server and PLC, loss of peer-to-peer
communication, out of range testing (over and under scale) for analog inputs, and all other strategies specified in control strategy document.

6. All deficiencies identified during these tests shall be corrected and retested prior to completing the WFAT or shipment of panels to jobsite as determined by the Engineer and/or Owner.

7. Upon successful completion of the WFAT, the PCSI/ASP shall submit a record copy of the WFAT Status Sign Off form.

3.3 FIELD TESTS
A. Unwitnessed Operational Readiness Test (UORT)

1. Purpose of UORT is to check that process equipment, instrument installation, instrument calibration, instrument configuration, field wiring, control panels, and all other related system components are ready to monitor and control the processes. This test will determine if equipment is ready for operation.

2. This test shall take place after the installation of all PCS components and prior to the FDT and startup. Prior to starting this test, relevant process equipment shall be installed and mechanically tested, instruments installed, control panels installed, and field wiring complete.

3. The ORT shall be conducted by the PCSI/ASP, Contractor, subcontractors, equipment vendors, and any others that are BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-138 CIP 7631

responsible for process equipment being monitored or controlled by and through the PCS.

4. All deficiencies found shall be corrected and retested by the PCSI/ASP prior to commencement of the FDT.

5. Required Documents for Test
a. Master copy of the PCSI/ASP developed field Testing Sign Off forms
b. Testing Procedures
c. Calibration forms

6. The PCSI/ASP shall maintain Sign Off forms and Calibration forms at the job site and make them available to the Engineer/Owner at any time.

7. The following tests shall be performed as part of the ORT. a. Instrument calibration, configuration, and set-up.
b. I/O testing from field device to PLC and to HMI/OITs. c. Testing of individual process control strategies.

8. Instrument calibration, configuration, and set-up
a. Calibrate, configure, and set-up all components and instruments to perform specified functions. This includes tuning all process equipment proportional integral derivative (PID) loops. b. Calibration form
1) The PCSI/ASP shall maintain a Calibration form in
the field to document any component or
instrument requiring dip switch settings,
calibration, or custom configuration. These forms
shall provide a summary of the actual settings
used in the field to allow an instrument technician
to replace the device entirely and configure it to
function as it did before.
2) Calibration information shall be added to
instrument data sheet, shall be added to a copy of
manufacturer's standard “Configuration Sheet,” or
a separate form shall be created.
a) If a separate form is used, the form shall list
Project Name, Loop Number, International
Society of Automation (ISA) Tag Number, I/O
Module Address, Manufacturer, Model
Number/Serial Number, Output Range, and
Calibrated Value.
3) Required information shall include, but not be
limited to:

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-139 CIP 7631

a) Discrete Devices: Actual trip points and reset
points.
b) Instruments: Any configuration or calibration
settings entered into the instrument
c) Controllers: Mode settings (PID).
d) I/O Modules: Dip switch settings and module
configuration (if not documented in native
programming documentation).
4) Any device that allows configuration files to be
backed up to a laptop, the PCSI/ASP shall make
configuration files to be available to the Engineer
and/or Owner for inspection. Submit backup files
as part of Final System Documentation.

9. I/O Testing
a. The PCSI/ASP in conjunction with the Contractor shall test all signals under process conditions. Each I/O shall be tested from the field device to the PLC terminal block and from PLC to HMI/OIT. Simulation of I/O, such as jumpering inputs, will not be accepted unless authorized by the Engineer.
b. The following I/O tests shall be performed:
1) Discrete Input – At the device or instrument,
change the signal condition from inactive to active
state. Observe results on all indicators within loop,
such as HMI screens, OIT screens, pilot lights,
horns, beacons, etc.
2) Analog Input – Test analog signal over entire
engineering range at various intervals including
zero (0) percent, 25 percent, 50 percent, 75
percent, and 100 percent as well as on increasing
and decreasing range. Observe results on all
indicators within loop, such as HMI screens, OIT
screens, recorders, digital indicators, etc.
3) Discrete Output – Signals shall be tested by
switching equipment to manual control at the HMI
and OIT nodes and turning output on or using
other means to turn output on, then verify
equipment responds accordingly.
4) Analog Output – Test analog signal over entire
engineering range at various intervals including
zero (0) percent, 25 percent, 50 percent, 75
percent, and 100 percent as well as on increasing
and decreasing range by switching equipment to
manual control at HMI and OIT nodes and
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-140 CIP 7631

manipulating the variable output, then verify
equipment responds accordingly.

10. Testing of Automatic Control Strategies
a. All automatic control strategies shall be verified using actual process equipment and instruments, or other means, to verify logic performs as expected. Verify faults and logical failure scenarios for control strategies, such as instrument failures, equipment failures, loss of communication between HMI Server and PLC, loss of peer-to-peer communication, out of range testing for analog inputs, loss of power, and all other strategies specified in control strategy document.
b. Repeat all systems’ tests specified under factory testing. c. The UPS shall be tested to verify the UPS switches power correctly while keeping all UPS powered loads online. Test UPS capacity by switching supply power to the UPS and verify if they maintain specified runtimes.
d. Panels modified by this Contract shall test the internal control panel temperature under full running conditions to ensure proper cooling/ventilation is being provided.
e. Upon successful completion of the UORT, the PCSI/ASP shall submit a record copy of test results and request scheduling of the FDT.

B. Functional Demonstration Test (FDT)

1. The purpose of the FDT is to check that process equipment, instrument installation, instrument calibration, instrument configuration, field wiring, control panels, and all other related system components are ready to monitor and control the processes. This test will determine if equipment is ready for operation.

2. Before scheduling the FDT, the PCSI/ASP shall determine through their own UORT and through their internal quality assurance program that the process control system is ready for the witnessed operational readiness testing by the Owner and Engineer.

3. The FDT shall follow all requirements listed for the UORT.

4. The PCSI/ASP shall submit to the Engineer the complete and signed Testing Status forms indicating that all tests have been completed and are ready for the Site Acceptance Test (SAT).

C. Site Acceptance Test (SAT)

1. The purpose of the SAT is to verify that the PCS is capable of functioning as specified and intended for an extended period and without major malfunctions.

2. The SAT duration shall be 10 consecutive days under full plant process operations. The SAT will be deemed successful if there are no major non-field-repairable malfunctions.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-141 CIP 7631

a. Any malfunction which cannot be corrected within 24 hours of occurrence by the PCSI/ASP personnel, or more than two (2) similar failures of any duration, will be considered a non-fieldrepairable malfunction. b. Any malfunction during the SAT shall be analyzed and corrected by the PCSI/ASP. The Engineer and/or Owner will determine whether any such malfunctions are sufficiently serious to warrant a repeat of this test.
c. In the event of any part or function of the SAT being rejected, the PCSI/ASP shall perform repairs or replacement within five (5) days of the event. Upon completion of repairs by the PCSI/ASP, the SAT will be re-started from the date which the PCSI/ASP successfully corrected the malfunction(s) and the Engineer and/or Owner have accepted and signed off on the repairs.
d. Malfunctions shall include any logic sequencing that is not operating per the Specifications.

3. During the SAT, operations staff and the PCSI/ASP shall be present and available to address any potential issues that may impact the overall system process.
a. The PCSI/ASP shall provide personnel who have intimate knowledge of the system, its functionality, hardware, and software. b. When PCSI/ASP personnel are not onsite, they shall be available by phone, with their phone number given to the Owner for immediate assistance. The PCSI/ASP personnel shall be able to be onsite within four (4) hours of a notification by the Owner.

4. While this test is proceeding, the Engineer and Owner shall have full use of the system. Only plant operating personnel shall be allowed to operate equipment associated with live plant processes. Plant operations shall remain the responsibility of the Owner and the decisions of plant operators regarding plant operations shall be final.

5. During the SAT, no software or hardware modifications shall be made to the system without prior approval from the Owner or Engineer.

6. Upon successful completion of the SAT and subsequent review and approval of complete system final documentation, the system shall be considered substantially complete and the one-year warranty period shall commence.

D. CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION

1. Following successful completion of the SAT, the PCSI/ASP shall submit a Certification of Installation to the Owner and Engineer.

Certification shall state that the process control system installation has been completed in conformance with plans and Specifications.

Certification shall be on the PCSI/ASP corporate letterhead and signed by an officer of the company.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-142 CIP 7631

CALIBRATION CERTIFICATE
Instrument Name & Service
Tag Number/Loop Number
Instrument Location
Manufacturer
Model Number
Adjustable Range
Calibrated Range
Remarks
Installation Per Manufacturer's Requirements? Yes No
Installation Per Contract Documents? Yes No
If "No", explain
Calibration Test:

Input (Units) Output (Units) Accuracy
0%
25%
50%
75%
100%
Switch Test
Switch
Point
Upscale
Switch
Point
Downscale
Setting
Deadband
Setpoint 1
Setpoint 2
Setpoint 3
I hereby certify that the above information is correct and accurate, to the best of my knowledge, and that the instrument indicated above has been supplied, installed, calibrated, and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the Contract Documents, unless otherwise noted.

Receipt of this Calibration Certification shall in no way imply acceptance of any work or instrument supplied as a part of this Contract.

PCSI/ASP’s Signature: Date:

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-143 CIP 7631

SECTION 40 61 93 – PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM INPUT/OUTPUT LIST PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This section covers the Process Control System (PCS) Input/Output (I/O) List for the controller. The list is intended to reflect the signals that serve as the basis of the application to be programmed by the separately contracted Applications Services Provider (ASP) who is furnishing the process monitoring and control functionality specified within this Division or as indicated on the Drawings.

B. Equipment and services provided under this section shall be subject to all Associated Sections listed below.

C. This section shall be used and referenced only in conjunction with the Process Control System sections.

D. This section supplements the Process Control System section. Input/Output data are indicated on the Drawings or the I/O List.

1.2 ASSOCIATED SECTIONS
This section encompasses the equipment and services specified in the following sections:

SECTION SPEC TITLE
40 61 13 Process Control System General Provisions
40 61 96 Process Control Descriptions

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be per the Process Control System General Provisions and Applications Engineering Services sections.

1.4 CONTROLLER INPUT/OUTPUT TAGS
A. For consistency between the field and Programmable Logic Controller (PLC)/Human Machine Interface (HMI) tag names, the same tag naming convention used for instrument or equipment tags, including sequence loop numbers, shall be used for the PLC/HMI tag numbering.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. The PCS I/O List is based on the contract documents and included within the tables attached to this section.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-144 CIP 7631

B. The power source originates either from within the PLC or I/O enclosure.

3.2 INPUT/OUTPUT LIST
A. The I/O List is included to provide further details and requirements for the PLC/HMI programming. The PCS I/O List:

1. Summarizes the minimum physical signal requirements of the control loops represented in the contract documents. Provide additional soft signals as required to fully implement the functionality described in these contract documents.

2. Does not show all hardware and software necessary to perform all control functions specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. The Process Control System Integrator (PCSI) to provide all hardware necessary to provide a complete and working system.

3. Is not intended to be an inclusive listing of all elements and appurtenances required to execute the loop functions. It is intended to supplement and complement the Drawings and other Specification Sections. The design I/O List shall not be considered equal to the exact field wired I/O.

B. The I/O list includes the following information:

1. Item: An arbitrary sequential number that is for reference only.

2. Controller ID: Controller identification is a sequential number for a given type within a specific controller (PLC or Remote Terminal Unit (RTU)).

3. I/O Type: The identifier of the type of I/O signal, including:
a. AI: Analog Input
b. AO: Analog Output
c. DI: Discrete Input
d. DO: Discrete Output
e. PI: Pulse Input or accumulator Type Input
f. EAI: Ethernet Analog Input
g. EDI: Ethernet Discrete Input

4. Field Device: Tag number of the instrument or equipment identifier associated with the I/O point.

5. Loop No.: Numeric (or alphanumeric) loop designation for the instrument or equipment.

6. I/O Tagging Suffix: Multi-letter designation to uniquely identify the PLC/HMI tags. Suffixes will be per the ISA Standards and the Owner's guidelines.

7. I/O Tag No.: The identifier assigned to the instrument or equipment that performs a function in the control system. Tag naming shall follow the ISA tag numbering and the Owner's guidelines.

8. Service Description: A description of the function of an instrument or BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-145 CIP 7631

equipment that includes signal source and control function (i.e., Filter No. 1 Loss-of-Head).

9. I/O Range: Engineering Range or State; the range in engineering units corresponding to an analog signal or scalable variable (LO/HI), or the text description corresponding to each state of a discrete point (ON/OFF).

10. Engineering Unit (EU): Engineering measurement type associated with the analog I/O or scalable variable. For instance, GPM or PPM.

11. Alarm Information: This column includes alarm limits to be verified by the programmer during startup and commissioning. This includes the following information:
a. Alarm/Event (designation of the data point as an Alarm or an Event)
b. HI HI: High-High Alarm Limit (If applicable).
c. HI: High Alarm Limit (If applicable).
d. LO LO: Low-Low Alarm Limit (If applicable).
e. LO: Low Alarm Limit (If applicable).

12. Analog Data:
a. Signal Type: This will typically be 4-20mA, but could also be 1- 5Vdc, RTD, or Network Protocols (i.e. Ethernet/IP, Modbus TCP, Modbus RTU, FLD-BUS, Profibus DP or PA, serial, HART, or similar) to indicate the signal type of the associated input or output.
b. Power: This will typically be '2-wire' for devices that are loop powered from the PLC enclosure, '3-wire' for combination looppowered and externally powered devices, or '4-wire' for devices that are powered from external power supplies, unless noted otherwise.

13. Discrete Data:
a. Signal Type: This will be 120VAC, 24VDC, or similar to indicate the signal type of the associated input or output.
b. Closed State: This will indicate the state of the input or output when it is considered to be closed or energized (normal, alarm, running, failed, etc.).
c. Interposing Relay: This will be either 'Yes' or 'No' to indicate whether the input or output requires an interposing relay. Relays are typically required to isolate external voltage sources. See specifications for additional details.

14. Remarks: This column may include a cross reference to another Specifications Section where applicable, or to a note which provides additional information.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-146 CIP 7631

INPUT OUTPUT LIST
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
SECTION 40 61 93.01

INPUT/OUTPUT LIST
Item Controller ID IO Type Field Device Loop Number I/O TAGGING SUFFIX I/O TAG No. Service Description I/O Range HI / ON I/O Range LO / OFF Engineering Unit ALARM/EVENT Alarm HI HI Alarm HI Alarm LO Alarm LO LO Analog Signal Type Analog Power Type Discrete Signal Type Discrete Close State Discrete Power Source Discrete Interposing Relay Remarks 1 PLC-110 DI LSHH-100 100 LAHH LSHH_100_LAHH LIFT STATION WETWELL HIGH HIGH LEVEL ALARM NORMAL N/A ALARM 320 FT N/A N/A 24VDC LEVEL HIGH LOCAL Y2 PLC-110 DI LSLL-100 100 LALL LSLL_100_LALL LIFT STATION WETWELL LOW LOW LEVEL ALARM NORMAL N/A ALARM 316.8 FT N/A N/A 24VDC LEVEL LOW LOCAL Y3 PLC-110 DI WW-100 100 LK WW_100_LK LIFT STATION FLOAT CONTROL ACTIVE FLOAT CNTRL NORMAL N/A ALARM N/A N/A 24VDC LEVEL LOW LOCAL Y4 PLC-110 AI LE/LT-100 100 LI LE_100_LI LIFT STATION WETWELL LEVEL HIGH LOW FEET EVENT 320 FT 319.4 FT 317.4 FT 316.8 FT 4-20mA 2-WIRE N/A N/A LOCAL N/A5 PLC-110 DI ZSO-100 100 ZAO ZSO_100_ZAO STARTER PANEL INTRUSION NORMAL ALARM N/A ALARM N/A N/A 24VDC OPEN LOCAL Y6 PLC-110 DI ZSO-110 110 ZAO ZSO_110_ZAO PLC PANEL INTRUSION NORMAL ALARM N/A ALARM N/A N/A 24VDC OPEN LOCAL Y7 PLC-110 DI ZSO-120 120 ZAO ZSO_120_ZAO VAULT INTRUSION NORMAL ALARM N/A ALARM N/A N/A 24VDC OPEN LOCAL Y8 PLC-110 DI PMP-110 110 YI PMP_110_YI LIFT PUMP NO. 1 IN-AUTO AUTO MANUAL N/A EVENT N/A N/A 24VDC IN-AUTO LOCAL Y9 PLC-110 DI PMP-110 110 YIR PMP_110_YIR LIFT PUMP NO. 1 RUNNING RUNNING OFF N/A EVENT N/A N/A 24VDC RUNNING LOCAL Y10 PLC-110 DI PMP-110 110 UA PMP_110_UA LIFT PUMP NO. 1 MOTOR OVERLOAD OVERLOAD NORMAL N/A ALARM N/A N/A 24VDC OVERLOAD LOCAL Y11 PLC-110 DI PMP-110 110 TAH TSH_110_TAH LIFT PUMP NO. 1 MOTOR TEMPERATURE HIGH HIGH NORMAL N/A ALARM N/A N/A 24VDC TEMP HIGH LOCAL Y12 PLC-110 DI PMP-110 110 MAH PMP_110_MAH LIFT PUMP NO. 1 SEAL LEAK LEAK NORMAL N/A ALARM N/A N/A 24VDC LEAK LOCAL Y13 PLC-110 DO PMP-110 110 UCR PMP_110_UCR LIFT PUMP NO. 1 RUN COMMAND RUN STOP N/A EVENT N/A N/A 24VDC RUN LOCAL Y14 PLC-110 DI PMP-120 120 YI PMP_120_YI LIFT PUMP NO. 2 IN-AUTO AUTO MANUAL N/A EVENT N/A N/A 24VDC IN-AUTO LOCAL Y15 PLC-110 DI PMP-120 120 YIR PMP_120_YIR LIFT PUMP NO. 2 RUNNING RUNNING OFF N/A EVENT N/A N/A 24VDC RUNNING LOCAL Y16 PLC-110 DI PMP-120 120 UA PMP_120_UA LIFT PUMP NO. 2 MOTOR OVERLOAD OVERLOAD NORMAL N/A ALARM N/A N/A 24VDC OVERLOAD LOCAL Y17 PLC-110 DI PMP-120 120 TAH TSH_120_TAH LIFT PUMP NO. 2 MOTOR TEMPERATURE HIGH HIGH NORMAL N/A ALARM N/A N/A 24VDC TEMP HIGH LOCAL Y18 PLC-110 DI PMP-120 120 MAH PMP_120_MAH LIFT PUMP NO. 2 SEAL LEAK LEAK NORMAL N/A ALARM N/A N/A 24VDC LEAK LOCAL Y BREA BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION2024-0720-01
40 61 93.01 - 1
INPUT/OUTPUT LIST JANUARY 2025
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-147 CIP 7631

SECTION 40 61 96 – PROCESS CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Specification Section provides general control loop requirements for the programming of the Process Control System (PCS) by the separately contracted Applications Services Provider (ASP).

B. These descriptions are intended to provide an overview of the operating concept of the plant process equipment rather than describing in detail every operating feature or interlock.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. Control descriptions are provided for each process area and are attached at the end of this section. The following is a list of attached sections that have detailed control descriptions for each process area. The list shows the specification attachment number and process area with accompanying process number.

Spec No. Area Name Area Number
40 61 96.01 Wet Well 100
B. The control descriptions are organized in the following format:

1. General
a. Process Area
b. Process Overview
c. Associated Equipment
d. Associated Instruments
e. Associated PLC
f. Associated Control Panels
g. Associated Piping and Instrumentation Diagrams (P&ID(s))

2. Controller Programming
a. Control Modes
b. Software Permissives
c. Hardwired Interlocks
d. Calculated Alarms and Variables
e. Power Failure

3. System Configuration
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-148 CIP 7631

a. Status
b. Setpoints
c. Trending
d. Alarms
e. HMI Requirements

4. Alarm Management

3.2 GENERAL CONTROL CRITERIA
A. General configuration and programming tasks are required for system PLCs.

Each PLC may have several occurrences of each of these tasks or may not have any occurrences of some or all of these tasks.

B. The Input/Output (I/O) lists in Section 40 61 20 – Process Control System Input/Output List and detailed equipment control descriptions included in the attachments of this section shall be referenced to determine the requirements for each PLC.

C. All alarm and control setpoints shall be adjustable by the Operator at the HMI unless specifically stated otherwise, even if not shown on the Drawings.

D. HMI computers shall function as a monitoring system, not as a controller, for the process equipment. The computer shall download setpoints and other information to the PLCs, and the PLCs shall perform all control algorithms, so a temporary failure of any HMI computer will not disrupt plant control.

E. Rack and module definitions for each PLC, as well as the PLC communications configuration, shall be completely configured to allow proper addressing of all field connected I/O points. This shall include configuration of any remote input/output (RIO) racks.

F. The PLC database will include both field I/O points and internally generated points required for programming. All field I/O points and internal programming points shall be fully defined according to database naming conventions approved by the Owner. As a minimum, each database point shall be provided with a tag name, engineering unit, alarm parameters, and description.

G. All PLC-generated process alarms, equipment statuses, and process variable values shall be available at any operator workstation.

H. Failure of a PLC shall result in safe shutdown of associated process equipment. Interposing relays shall be provided where required to assure that equipment will revert to its fail-safe condition. Failure of any PLC or its communication shall be alarmed on the Human Machine Interface (HMI) computer.

3.3 EQUIPMENT CONTROL AND CONTROL MODE OVERVIEW
A. The control descriptions correspond to the P&ID control hierarchical layers BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-149 CIP 7631

shown as process area, field panels, PLC, and Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA).

B. The control descriptions consist of four (4) control modes. There may be one (1) or more modes per loop depending on the process and associated equipment. Control modes consist of the following:

1. Local Manual Control – This is the lowest layer of control and is typically located either in the process area located near the equipment or in the field panels at an equipment’s control panel or MCC.

2. Local Auto Control – This layer of control is typically located in the field panels at the equipment’s control panel or MCC, either by hardwired relay logic or process specific PLCs. This control is most commonly used in batch processes or vendor supplied systems.

3. Remote Manual Control – This layer of control is typically provided at the Operator Interface Terminal (OIT)/HMI. This control allows operators to manipulate process equipment remotely. Commands issued at the OIT/HMI are sent to the PLC where signals are generated to process equipment for control and monitoring.

4. Remote Auto Control – The highest layer of control is done by the process control system PLC. In remote auto, operators typically enter a control setpoint at an OIT/HMI. Process instrumentation provides feedback signals to the PLC. The PLC is programmed to take the setpoints and feedback signals and to manipulate process equipment according to a specific algorithm. Any functions done in the operator workstations also take place at all the Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) OITs.

C. Descriptions for local control are included in the detailed equipment control descriptions. They are provided primarily for documentation purposes and for information. These controls are provided by the equipment vendors and require no programming effort except for process interfacing, such as setpoint adjustments, etc.

D. Descriptions for remote control are included in the detailed equipment control descriptions and are to be used by the Process Control System Integrator (PCSI) to program algorithms for process equipment control.

3.4 PLC PROGRAMMING FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The following covers functional requirements of the software, which are generic and may or may not be related to any specific control loop.

B. Analog Scaling

1. Each analog input and output will be appropriately scaled for use in internal PLC programming, monitoring by the HMI computers, or transmission to other PLCs.

2. Requirements for raw count values shall be coordinated with the operator interface software to ensure compatibility.

C. Flow Values
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-150 CIP 7631

a. Flow values shall be integrated, totalized, and stored in the PLC registers so the values displayed on the HMI computers and on the field processor will be identical.

D. Flow Totalization:

1. Every reading that monitors the flow of the main water flow needs to be totalized daily.
a. Only values with a good value status are totalized.
b. All flow totals will be maintained in millions of gallons (MG) for MGD rates.
c. Flow rates and flow totals shall be indicated and recorded at the HMI.

2. Running Total
a. The running total starts at the beginning of the day and totalizes the volume throughout the day.
b. At the end of the day, it resets that total and starts over. c. Before the total is reset, it is stored for examination throughout the next day. Therefore, the flow total consists of two (2) values: the previous day’s total and the total for the current day since midnight.
1) For example: The total reading is calculated by
integrating the minute average of the MGD
readings every minute. The minute average needs
to be scaled to millions of gallons per minute
before it is totalized. While MGD units is used in
this example, flow totalization may be for other
volumetric flow units such as gallons per minute
(gpm), standard cubic feet per minute (scfm), etc.
d. The ASP shall provide flow totalization in the base units of the flow signal being totalized, unless stated as otherwise in the Specifications.
e. Flow shall not be totalized:
1) When a valve is closed or a pump is not running,
the flow totalizer shall not accumulate values
caused by noise or errors in calibration.
2) If the analog signal is outside the 4-20 mA range.
3) If the value of the flow input is less than 2% of the full range of the input.

3. Each flow totalization shall come with a reset button on the HMI screen.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-151 CIP 7631

E. Equipment Runtimes and Starts

1. To support routine maintenance functions, all motorized equipment (pumps, motors, motorized gates, etc.) whose “run” status is monitored by a PLC will have their runtime and number of starts accumulated by the respective PLC.
a. The runtime procedure will monitor the status of the equipment “run” contact and, when the equipment is running, increment a software timer that maintains equipment runtime to within a oneminute resolution. b. The timer shall stop incrementing, but not reset, when the “run” contact indicates that the equipment is not running.
c. The timer value shall increment an hour counter that maintains an integer value representing the equipment runtime in hours. d. The counter value shall be available for display on the HMI computer.

2. Both the runtime and number of starts will continue to be collected until reset by an operator with permissions at the supervisor level and above. When reset, both values will be set to zero, and the date/time when it was reset will be noted. A manual reset of the runtime value shall be available at the HMI.

3. Two runtime parameters shall be provided for equipment:
a. Accumulated Runtime – Accumulates for the life of the equipment. b. Resettable Runtime – Runtime with reset capabilities.

F. Equipment Availability

1. Remote Switch Monitoring
a. In general, equipment with PLC control has been provided with a local selector switch that transfers control to the PLC. b. The PLC shall monitor the position of this switch to determine if the equipment is available for PLC control.
c. If the equipment is not available, the PLC program shall not attempt to implement remote manual or automatic status changes for the equipment.
d. The PLC program may, however, need to implement special routines if equipment unavailability affects a sequence (as described in the detailed equipment descriptions).

2. Equipment Out of Service tag (OOS) Command
a. All controllable equipment is provided with the ability to have an operational tag applied to it.
b. Upon receiving an OOS tag command from the Operator, the control logic will inhibit all remote controls of the equipment.

G. Power Faults and Maintained Outputs

1. The use of maintained control outputs to equipment should be BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-152 CIP 7631

evaluated to determine whether contacts need to be de-energized upon power loss, so equipment does not automatically energize upon restoration of power, and if any startup sequencing is needed. Utilize plant power monitoring systems to determine when utility power is lost and restored.

H. Maintained/Momentary Outputs

1. The need for maintained or momentary control outputs shall be determined from the input/output listing and the electrical schematics.

2. In general, equipment with only one (1) control output indicated in the I/O list shall be programmed for a maintained control output.

3. Equipment with two (2) (or more) control outputs shall be programmed for momentary outputs.

4. Provisions shall be made, in either case, to remove the active state (start, open, forward, initiate, etc.) control output when an equipment failure is sensed or when the equipment transitions from available to unavailable (local switch change).

I. Control Mode Transition:

1. Equipment Failures
a. Unless otherwise indicated in the equipment control descriptions, equipment in automatic mode shall be transitioned to manual mode (and stopped) if the equipment fails or becomes unavailable or if the PLC processor resets.

2. Manual/Auto Bumpless Transfer
a. Programming at the PLC shall be such that switching between manual and automatic control modes results in a smooth
(bumpless) transition without upsetting the process or
inadvertently changing equipment states.
b. Equipment running in local manual mode shall be tracked by the PLC code such that the PLC maintains the running status and speed setpoint when switching the equipment’s Hand-Off-Auto (or Local-Remote) switch from Hand to Auto (or Local to Remote). c. When switching equipment directly into an Automatic PID or sequence type control function, the PLC shall use the tracking values (running status and speed) as initial values.

3. Equipment running or stopped in automatic mode shall remain running or stopped when manual mode is selected.

4. Peer-to-Peer Communications

5. If equipment tracking is via peer-to-peer communications (rather than hardwired interface) and communications link goes down, the PLC shall be programmed to re-verify equipment running and speed status before allowing the switch to remote control mode.

6. This is intended to prevent PLC code from inadvertently shutting down equipment when communications are restored.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-153 CIP 7631

J. PID Tuning Parameters:

1. All tuning parameters for each PLC software PID controller are entered at the HMI.

2. Tuning trends are provided to tune and monitor each PID operation.

3. Tuning parameters settings are password protected.

3.5 ALARM CRITERIA
A. Preclusion logic shall be added to all applicable alarms. This logic will prevent secondary alarms that are a direct result of a primary alarm from being annunciated. For example, station power failure should not cause a circuit breaker-tripped alarm to be annunciated.

B. All software adjustable alarm setpoints accessible from the HMI shall have adjustable deadbands unless specifically noted otherwise.

C. Plant personnel must acknowledge all alarms before they can be cleared. No alarm shall clear automatically until it has been acknowledged.

D. Command Fault (Discrepancy) and Failure Alarms:

1. For all controlled devices, such as pumps, valves, etc., if the device is commanded to Start or Stop (or Open or Close) by the PLC and the device feedback state does not match the commanded state within a pre-set time, a Command Fault Alarm is generated by the PLC for display and alarming at the HMI (valves shall remain in the last state).

2. If a duty pump, or system, is commanded to start and does not start within the pre-set time, an alarm shall be generated by the PLC for display and alarming at the HMI and the standby pump shall start without operator intervention.

3. If a device feedback state does not match the commanded state at any time, excluding the change of state described above, an Uncommanded Change of State Alarm is generated by the PLC for display and alarming at the HMI (valves shall remain in the last state).

4. After a Command Fault Alarm occurs, the device cannot be started again until the Operator at the HMI has issued a Reset. All controlled devices with feedback shall generate Failure alarms at the PLC for display and alarming at the associated process graphic displays, even if not shown on the Drawings.

5. All motors shall be programmed so that if a motor stops for any reason, it shall not be re-started automatically once the problem with the motor has been resolved.
a. The start command on the HMI shall not be a maintained contact but a momentary command to the PLC. The run confirms all motors shall seal in the control output to the motor once the momentary start command drops out.
b. The run confirms shall be on a five second timer delay in that if the run confirm is not present after five (5) seconds, the contact output to the motor from the PLC shall drop out. Thus, the only way a BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-154 CIP 7631

motor can be restarted after five (5) seconds by the SCADA system is if the Operator reinitiates the start command for that motor on the HMI or when that motor control at the HMI is placed in complete automatic mode and the SCADA OWS, through
logic/interlocks, requests the motor to run.

E. Analog Alarms:

1. All analog alarms shall be generated at the HMI level as follows, with the exceptions of bad value processing and deviation alarms. a. If the analog point’s value exceeds or drops below the alarm limit value and set time delay has been passed, then an alarm shall be generated at the HMI for display and alarming.
b. To eliminate excessive alarm reporting, the analog point shall remain in alarm until the analog point’s value returns beyond the limit set by the analog limit deadband.

2. All process analog inputs are displayed, historically collected, and trended. Low-low, low, high, and high-high alarms shall be calculated at the HMI for display and alarming.
a. Nuisance alarms, such as low turbidity, shall be inhibited. b. When a valve is closed or a pump is not running, the analog flow signal associated with that valve or pump shall not generate a low flow alarm, and it shall be forced to a zero (0) value.

3. When an analog signal goes outside the 4-20 mA range due to a failure at the instrument or PLC card, the following SCADA programming shall take place:
a. Alarm the signal at any local OITs and in the HMI system. b. If the analog signal is associated with a control loop or ratio control loop, that loop shall go into manual.
c. If the analog signal is used in a calculation, that calculation shall use the last good analog signal. The computer shall place the control loop in manual if using the calculation.

4. Manual Override:
a. This capability is implemented within the PLC controller. Since scaling is processed at the controller, the manual override value (operator entered at the HMI) will be in engineering units, not raw counts. When a point is placed in manual override mode, the point’s associated data quality is forced to be “Good” as well.

Providing this capability in the controller allows the rest of the logic to operate in the manual override mode.

5. Data Quality
a. A key attribute of every analog input is its associated data quality.

This is a simple Boolean value that indicates whether the analog reading can be trusted. The value is reset when the value is good, and it is set when it is bad. There are several checks done on the value before it is declared as “Good.”
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-155 CIP 7631

6. Bad Value Processing:
a. If the value is not in Manual Override, then the raw value needs to be processed further before it is converted into its engineering units.
b. Check to ensure the raw reading is within the limits of the instrument. These limits are specified on an individual point basis. 1) Normally, the limits need to check over or underrange (open-loop) values, such as the raw count readings for 3-21mA on a 4-20mA instrument.
2) Depending upon the process being monitored, it
may require the range to be narrowed further. For
example, a temperature instrument may have a
range from 0 degrees F to 200 degrees F. If the
process being measured is water temperature,
then the readings should never get outside 40
degrees F to 100 degrees F.
3) By specifying this set of limits, any reading outside this range would indicate an instrument problem.
4) If the raw reading is outside these limits, the
point’s data quality would be set to “Bad.”
5) The controller will not maintain the last good
reading; values will be presented as processed by
the controller.

7. Deviation Alarms:
a. For all variable speed pumps, if the pump is commanded to run at a specific speed and the speed feedback signal deviates from the commanded speed by a pre-set dead band (initially set for 5 percent) for a pre-set time period (initially set for 30 seconds), a Speed Deviation alarm is generated by the PLC for display and alarming at the HMI.
b. For all modulating valves, if the valve is commanded to a specific position, and the position feedback signal deviates from the requested position by a pre-set deadband (initially set for 5 percent) for a pre-set time period (initially set for 30 seconds), a Position Deviation alarm is generated by the PLC for display and alarming at the HMI.
c. For all controlled setpoints (i.e., level, flow, etc.), if a process is requested to a specific setpoint, and the control variable feedback signal deviates from the requested setpoint by a pre-set deadband (initially set for 5 percent) for a pre-set time period (initially set for 30 seconds), a Setpoint Deviation alarm is generated by the PLC for display and alarming at the HMI.

F. Communication Alarms:

1. Provide specific communication status(es) for all Peer-to-Peer data BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-156 CIP 7631

communications. Upon a Peer-to-Peer communication failure, a communication failure alarm shall be generated at each PLC for display and alarming at the HMI. This communication failure alarm shall also be utilized for the associated control strategy. **END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-157 CIP 7631

SECTION 40 61 96.01 – PROCESS CONTROL NARRATIVE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Specification section provides detailed control loop descriptions for the programming of the Process Control System by the separately contracted Applications System Programmer (ASP).

B. Also included is a logical description of the local controls, which will be performed at the relay level within panels supplied by the PCSI.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. Wetwell
B. Process Overview

1. This is a two-pump lift station. The pumps will operate in a dutystandby configuration.

C. Associated Equipment
Equipment Service Description Equipment Tag Numbers

1. Submersible Pump PMP-110

2. Submersible Pump PMP-120
D. Associated Instruments
Instrument Service Description Instrument Tag Number

1. Level Sensor LT-100

2. Level Switch - High LSHH-100

3. Level Switch Pump On LSH-100

4. Level Switch Pump Off LSL-100

5. Level Switch - Low LSLL-100
E. Associated PLC

1. Briarwood PLC
F. Associated Control Panels

1. PNL-100
G. Associated P&ID(s)
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-158 CIP 7631

1. I-02

3.2 CONTROLLER PROGRAMMING
A. Local Manual Control Mode

1. Each pump has a local HOA switch. Putting the switch into the HAND position will start the pump.

B. Local Automatic Control Mode

1. The pump station shall be controlled by a backup float strategy upon engagement of the high-high level switch as described on the Piping and Instrumentation Diagram notes.

C. Remote Manual Control Mode

1. None.

D. Remote Automatic Control Mode

1. Placing the selector in the AUTO position will allow the PLC to control the pumps. The PLC will control the pumps based on the level in the wetwell as measured by LI-100. Operator adjustable setpoints shall be provided on the HMI for setting a start and stop level. These setpoints cannot be outside the high and low level float positions.

When the wetwell level exceeds the high level setpoint the PLC will start the duty pump. When the wetwell level goes below the low level setpoint the PLC will stop the duty pump. If the duty pump is not available, then the standby will be called to run. A pump is deemed not available when it has an active fault, leak or high temp alarm. a. The PLC shall automatically determine duty/standby designation in order of runtime.

E. Hardwired Interlocks

1. If the level in the wetwell exceeds the high level float, LSHH-100, then both pumps will be called to run. If the wetwell level drops below the low level switch, LSLL-100, then the pumps will be stopped.

F. Calculated Alarms and Variables

1. There are no calculated alarms and variables.

G. Power Failure

1. Control shall resume with the control mode established prior to the power failure.

3.3 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
A. Status

1. The HMI shall indicate the following statuses at a minimum:
a. Wetwell Level
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-159 CIP 7631

b. Pump Running
c. HOA Switch in AUTO
B. Alarms

1. The HMI shall indicate the following alarms at a minimum:
a. Pump Fail
b. Pump Leak Alarm
c. Pump High Temp
d. Wet well High (float)
e. Wet well Low (float)
C. Setpoints

1. The HMI shall include the following setpoints at a minimum:
a. High Level
b. Pump ON
c. Pump OFF
d. Low Level
D. Trending

1. All PLC inputs, outputs and setpoints shall be recorded for trending at the HMI.

E. HMI Requirements

1. Equipment and instrumentation shall be depicted on the HMI screen.

Displays shall be per the Owners current HMI Standards and Conventions.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-160 CIP 7631

SECTION 40 63 43 – PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This Section includes Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs) for control of process equipment, process-oriented machinery, and process systems.

1.2 RELATED WORK
A. Refer to the following sections:

1. Section 40 61 13 – Process Control System General Provisions

2. Section 40 61 21 – Process Control System Testing

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made as specified in the Section 40 61 20 – Process Control System Submittals.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND SHIPPING
A. Deliver PLC components in packaging designed to prevent damage from static electricity and physical damage.

B. Store PLC equipment according to manufacturer requirements. At a minimum, store indoors in clean, dry space with uniform temperature to prevent condensation. Protect PLCs from exposure to dirt, fumes, water, corrosive substances, and physical damage. Also, protect the PLC from all forms of electrical and magnetic energy that could reasonably cause damage.

1.5 WARRANTY
A. The manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for two years from the date of acceptance of the equipment containing the items specified in this Section. Within such period of warranty, the manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner.

1.6 SPARE I/O AND SLOTS
A. Refer to Section 40 61 93 Input/Output List for summaries of I/O type quantities for each PLC.

B. Each panel containing PLC I/O shall include at least 20 percent spare points of each I/O type (AI, AO, DI, and DO) used at that PLC for future use. The spares shall be the same type of I/O modules supplied.

C. For chassis-based PLC systems, provide at least two spare slots for the BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-161 CIP 7631

addition of future I/O in each chassis provided. For non-chassis-based PLC systems, provide adequate space to the right of the last I/O card in each row of I/O cards for at least two future I/O cards (width should be based on the widest I/O card provided in the panel).

D. Spare output points that require the use of an external relay shall be supplied with the external relay.

E. All installed unused points on all I/O modules shall be wired to terminal blocks in the order that they occur on the I/O modules. Unwired spares shall not be acceptable.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Programmable Logic Controller

1. Schneider Electric.

2. No Equal.

2.2 GENERAL
A. Provide PLC equipment with the required memory and functional capacity to perform the specified sequence of operation with the scheduled input and output points.

B. PLC systems shall include processors, memory cards, power supplies, input/output modules, communication modules, redundancy modules, and remote interface modules as required to satisfy project requirements.

1. Provide memory cards for all PLC CPUs provided on this project.

2. Memory card storage capacity shall be greater than the processor memory capacity. Memory cards shall be installed in processors for factory testing.

C. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), or Factory Mutual (FM) approval as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated.

D. All equipment and devices furnished hereunder shall be designed for continuous industrial service. The system shall contain products of a single manufacturer, insofar as possible, and shall consist of equipment models that are currently in production.

E. The PLCs shall communicate between the HMI Server and field-mounted transducers, switches, controllers, and process actuators.

F. All equipment furnished shall be designed and constructed so that in the event of power interruption the systems shall go through an orderly shutdown with no loss of memory and resume normal operation without manually resetting when power is restored.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-162 CIP 7631

G. The PLC shall be capable of stand-alone operation in the event of failure of the communication link to the HMI subsystem.

H. All major assemblies and sub-assemblies, circuit boards, and devices shall be identified using permanent labels or markings indicating:

1. Modules product type such as analog or digital.

2. Modules catalog number.

3. Modules major revision number.

4. Modules minor revision number.

5. Modules manufacturer vendor.

6. Modules serial number.

I. All necessary cables shall be included. All cables and connectors shall be as specified by the manufacturer. Cables shall be assembled and installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations.

2.3 CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT (CPU)
A. Manufacturer:

1. M340 BMXP341000.

2. No Equal.

2.4 POWER SUPPLY
A. The PLC shall have chassis-mounted power supplies to power the chassis backplane and provide power for the processor and applicable modules.

B. Power supplies shall have a clearly visible LED to indicate that the incoming power is acceptable, and the output voltage is present.

C. Power supplies shall feature over-current and over-voltage protection and should be designed to operate in most industrial environments without the need for isolation transformers.

D. Power supplies shall be sized to accommodate the anticipated load plus 30%.

2.5 PLC CHASSIS
A. All system and signal power to the CPU and support modules shall be distributed on the backplane. No interconnecting wiring between these modules via plug-terminated jumpers shall be acceptable.

B. All system modules, main, and expansion chassis shall be designed to provide free air flow convection cooling. No internal fans or other means of cooling, except heat sinks, shall be permitted.

2.6 DISCRETE INPUT MODULES
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-163 CIP 7631

A. Manufacturer:

1. BMXDDI1602

2. BMXDDI3232

3. No Equal.

2.7 DISCRETE OUTPUT MODULES
A. Manufacturer:

1. BMXDDO1602

2. No Equal.

2.8 ANALOG INPUT MODULES
A. Manufacturer:

1. BMXAMI0800

2. No Equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION
A. Maintain area free of dirt and dust during and after installation of programmable controller products.

B. Anchor PLCs within enclosures as recommended by the PLC manufacturer.

C. Ventilation slots shall not be blocked or obstructed by any means.

D. Examine areas, surface, and substrates to receive PLCs for compliance with requirements, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

E. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

F. Unload, unpack, and transport equipment to prevent damage or loss.

3.2 PANEL LAYOUT
A. Coordinate size and configuration of enclosure to meet project requirements.

Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for PLCs and minimum clearances between PLCs, adjacent surfaces, and other items.

B. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions and clearances, or with PLC vendors required distances if they are greater than the distances indicated.

1. Provide spacing around the PLC as required by the PLC manufacturer to ensure adequate cooling. Ensure that the air surrounding the PLC has been conditioned to maintain the required temperature and humidity range.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-164 CIP 7631

2. Wires entering and exiting PLC components shall be sized to comply with the PLC manufacturer’s requirements. Doors on all components shall be able to be fully closed when all the wires are installed.

3. For chassis-mounted PLCs, no wiring, wire ducts, or other devices shall obstruct the removal of cards from the rack.

4. PLC lights, keys, communication ports, and memory card slots shall be accessible at all times. Lights shall be visible at all times when the enclosure door is opened.

5. The control panel designer shall provide independent line fuses or circuit breakers, per the PLC manufacturer recommendation, for each power supply, input module, output module, and other modules with separately derived power requirements.

6. The control panel designer shall ensure that communication signals, 4-20 mA signals (including those with embedded HART), are properly conditioned for the PLC and protected from all sources of radiated energy or harmonics.

7. Each PLC (including all I/O) shall be powered from a UPS power conditioning system as specified in Section 40 67 00.

8. Where multiple mechanical components are provided for process redundancy, arrange their field connections to I/O modules such that the failure of a single module will not disable all mechanical components associated with the process (e.g., inputs and outputs for redundancy device 1 shall reside on different modules than the inputs and outputs for redundancy device 2, etc.), irrespective of the number of used points resulting from this configuration. This applies to all I/O types. The acceptability of the I/O arrangement shall be at the discretion of the ENGINEER.

9. Provide all required cables, cords, and connective devices for interface with other control system components.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-165 CIP 7631

SECTION 40 66 53 – RADIO EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This section covers the furnishing and installation of radio hardware for the Process Control System as specified herein or as indicated on the drawings.

1. Configuration of the contractor-installed radio hardware shall be performed by the separately contracted ASP.

B. PCSI shall furnish all necessary equipment, interconnecting cables, accessories, and appurtenances for proper network operation and to meet the functional requirements indicated on the Drawings and specified herein.

Some communication devices may be required for network operation which may not be explicitly shown on the Drawings.

1.2 RADIO SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The city is adding an unlicensed 900Mz radio connection between the Golf Course Pump Station and the Briarwood Lift Station. One subscriber radio will be installed at the Briarwood site. It will connect to a matching radio at the Golf Course Pump Station.

1.3 GOVERNING CODES AND STANDARDS
A. All work performed covered by this section and all equipment, materials, and installation shall be in accordance with applicable Federal, State, and Local regulations and ordinances, and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards. (Note: Codes and standards are referred to in the text by basic designation only. Where a date is given for reference standards, that edition shall be used. Where no date is given for reference standards, the latest edition in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply.)

1. FCC Rules, Part 90

2. ANSI/TIA-568-D: Telecommunications Cabling Standard

3. TIA-606-C: Administrative Standard for Telecommunications Infrastructure

4. TIA-569: Commercial Building Standards for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces

1.4 RELATED WORK
A. Refer to Section 40 61 13 – Process Control System General Provisions.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to Section 40 61 20 – Process Control System Submittals for submittal requirements.

1.6 SHIPPING, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-166 CIP 7631

A. Refer to Section 40 61 13 – Process Control Systems General Provisions for other applicable standards.

1.7 RADIO LINKS
A. Brea Briarwood Lift Station (subscriber) → Golf Course (access point)

1. Radio Link Performance Benchmarks:
a. Packet Loss: <2%
b. Ping: <100 milliseconds
c. Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR): >20 dB
d. RSSI: -70 dBm
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 POLE-TO-ANTENNA MOUNTING
A. Contractor to submit design for mounting antenna near the top of the 4” light pole.

1. Where antenna cable exits interior of 4” square light pole, ensure penetrations are watertight.

2.2 NARROWBAND SUBSCRIBER SITE RADIO
A. Manufacturers

1. General Electric MDS Orbit ECR 900 MHz Unlicensed,
ECRU91NNNNNS1D1USUNNN

2. No Equal.

B. General

1. 900 MHz point-to-point Ethernet radio.

2. Ethernet interface: 100/1000 BaseT, full duplex, 802.3 compliant.

3. Antenna interface: female TNC.

4. DIN rail mount.

C. Spectrum

1. Frequency hopping.

2. 902-928 MHz.

D. Network Management

1. Encryption: 256-bit AES minimum.

2. Configuration and diagnostics: http, https, telnet, SNMPv2.

2.3 NARROWBAND YAGI ANTENNA
A. Manufacturers
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-167 CIP 7631

1. 973194A14

2. No Equal.

B. General

1. 902-928 MHz directional antenna.

2. Gain: 6.5 dBm or more

3. Output Impedance: 50 ohms

4. Voltage Standing Wave Ratio: ≤ 1.5

5. Connector: Type N female
C. Physical

1. Wind Survival: 150mph

2. Environmental: IP66, IP67

2.4 NARROWBAND SURGE ARRESTOR
A. Manufacturers

1. Polyphaser Model IS50NXC2

2. No Equal
B. General

1. DC block-type coaxial cable lightning arrestor.

2. Band: 125-1000 MHz.

3. Connector: Type N female.

4. Loss: ≤ 0.1 dB

5. Impedance: 50 ohms

2.5 NARROWBAND FEEDLINE COAXIAL CABLE
A. Manufacturers

1. LMR400

2. No Equal.

B. General

1. 1/2" outer diameter coaxial cable for connecting antenna and radio.

2. Corrugated copper outer conductor

3. Impedance: 50 ohms

4. Maximum Attenuation: 3.6 dB per 100 feet @ 960 MHz

5. Minimum Bending Radius, Single Bend: 1.25"

2.6 CATEGORY 6 SHIELDED PATCH CABLE
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-168 CIP 7631

A. Manufacturers

1. Belden C6S410X00XM.

2. Approved equal.

B. General

1. Cable shall be designed for use with a gigabit communications network. Cable shall come pre-assembled with RJ-45 connectors.

2. Cable shall meet the requirements of the ANSI/TIA-568 specification for Category 6 (CAT6), Shielded Twisted Pair (STP) cable, tested up to 250MHz.

C. Physical

1. Constructed from 23AWG, solid, bare copper wire insulated. Two insulated conductors shall be twisted together to form a pair and four pairs shall be laid up to form the basic unit.

2. Length as required such that excess cable does not crowd the enclosure. Length shall not exceed 6.5 feet (2 meters).

3. Outer shield of aluminum tape (F/UTP, F/FTP, or SF/UTP).

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Preparation for Delivery: Wrap all final assemblies in protective material to provide adequate protection during shipment.

B. Shipping: Ship equipment to assure timely delivery and protection of materials. Repair or replace any equipment damaged during shipping or delivery, at the OWNER’s discretion, at no cost to the OWNER.

C. Equipment: Upon receipt of each equipment item, visibly inspect the equipment for physical damage. No damaged equipment shall be installed.

All costs to replace and reinstall damaged equipment shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.

D. Protection: During the installation, and up to the date of final acceptance, protect the finished and unfinished work against damage and loss. In the event of such damage or loss, replace or repair such work at no cost to the OWNER.

3.2 RADIO SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A. Install the radio/router, antenna, coaxial cable or CAT6, grounding, lightning protection and all associated equipment at each site as specified herein and as shown in the Contract Drawings and per manufacturer guidelines.

B. The radio technician(s) shall have in possession all tools and test equipment required to test and troubleshoot all spread spectrum radio equipment, antenna and antenna feedline furnished and installed by the CONTRACTOR.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-169 CIP 7631

C. CONTRACTOR or subcontractor shall own and maintain tools and equipment necessary for successful installation and testing of wireless transmission cabling. The CONTRACTOR shall have personnel who are trained in the usage of such tools and equipment.

D. Cable Installation

1. Install cable so that the manufacturer specified minimum bending radius is not exceeded.

2. Seal all outside coaxial cable connections against the entrance of water with a waterproofing kit.

3. All installed cable connectors and grounding kits are to be watertight.

Weatherproofing will be accomplished by wrapping two layers of rubber slicing tape over the entire connection extending 6 inches beyond the end of the connector. This weatherproofing will be in addition to any weatherproofing supplied by the manufacturer as part of the cable assembly or the connector kit.

3.3 COMPLETE SYSTEM TESTING
A. Refer to specification Section 40 61 21 for testing requirements associated with the complete control system.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-170 CIP 7631

SECTION 40 67 00 – PROCESS CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL ENCLOSURES

AND PANEL EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The section covers the furnishing and installation of all control panel enclosures and panel equipment included in this project and as indicated on the Drawings.

B. The Process Control System Integrator (PCSI) shall be responsible for furnishing any and all control panels shown in the Drawings.

C. The PCSI shall furnish all labor necessary for the design, fabrication, assembly, installation, and testing in full conformity with the Drawings, Specification, and schedules, engineering data, instructions, and recommendations of the equipment manufacturer, unless exceptions are noted by Engineer, to fully meet the required functionality of the process control system.

D. Installation and configuration of network infrastructure cabling and equipment shall be a cooperative and coordinated effort between the Contractor and the PCSI.

E. Control panel power shall be protected by an uninterruptible power supply (UPS). Each UPS shall accept incoming 120 volts ac, 60Hz, single-phase utility power, apply surge protection, and supply power to the connected loads. The UPS shall be a double-conversion (“on-line”) type to provide a breakless transfer to backup power. In the event of incoming power failure, the UPS shall provide 120 volts ac, 60 Hz, single-phase power to its connected loads by inverting power stored within integral storage batteries.

1.2 RELATED WORK
A. Refer to the following sections:

1. Section 40 61 13 – Process Control System General Provisions

2. Section 40 61 21 – Process Control System Testing

1.3 GENERAL
A. General Equipment Stipulations

1. The General Equipment Stipulations shall apply to all equipment and materials provided under this section. If requirements in this specification differ from those in the General Equipment Stipulations, the requirements specified herein shall take precedence.

1.4 GOVERNING CODES AND STANDARDS
A. NEMA ICS 6 Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-171 CIP 7631

B. NEMA Standards 250-2008 Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum)
C. NEMA ICS 4 Terminal Blocks for Industrial Use.

D. NEMA LS1 Low Voltage Surge Protection Devices
E. UL 1449 Third Edition Surge Protective Devices

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The manufacturer of control panel equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a minimum of five (5) years. When requested by the Owner or Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement.

B. The control panels shall be assembled in a UL-certified panel shop, experienced in the assembled of control panels for water and wastewater treatment systems.

C. Equipment components and devices shall be UL labeled wherever UL standards exist for such equipment. The completed control panel shall be UL Labeled in accordance with UL 508 and or 508A as applicable. The panel shall be UL labeled for the environment in which it is to be placed. A UL label shall be affixed to the inside of the external door by the panel fabrication assembly shop.

1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be made as specified in the Section 40 61 13 – Process Control System General Provisions.

B. Provide documentation that certifies the panel fabrication shop is a ULcertified shop.

C. Provide facsimile of the UL label of each control panel.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND SHIPPING.

A. Delivery, storage, and shipping shall be as per Section 40 61 13 – Process Control System General Provisions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Manufacturers

1. Hoffman.

2. Approved Equal.

B. All panels furnished shall conform to the stipulations of NEMA ICS-6-1993 (R2001, R2006). Unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings, the following paragraphs describe general fabrication specifications for the PLC cabinets, BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-172 CIP 7631

instrument panels, consoles, enclosures, and subpanels.

C. Complete control panel and terminal cabinet assemblies shall be UL certified or carry a UL 508A listing for “Industrial Control Panels”. All equipment used in the construction of the control panel shall enable the control panel to meet UL certification requirements.

1. Refer to the Contract Drawings and specifications for schematics, location of equipment and components; current ratings of devices, bus bars, components; protective relays, voltage ratings of devices, components and assemblies; and other required details.

D. Panel Sizing

1. Dimensions and device arrangements within this section and on the Contract Drawings are for general reference only. Enclosure sizing and panel arrangements shall accommodate all required equipment.

2. Control panels shall fit within the space shown on the drawings.

Equipment which does not fit within the space is not acceptable.

3. The PCSI shall be responsible for final sizing of enclosures to meet the clearance requirements of UL 508A, NFPA 79, the NEC and as specified herein.

4. Should the PCSI submit a panel size and layout that is, in the opinion of the Owner and or Engineer, insufficient in size to meet these requirements, the submittal will not be approved and will be returned for revision and resubmission. The PCSI shall be required to revise the panel size and layout and resubmit for approval at no additional cost to the Owner.
a. Where size constraints are indicated in the Control Panel Schedule, these are constraints beyond the site conditions.

Further panel size constraints depending on the site conditions may be present and not noted.

E. Panels shall be completely fabricated with all instruments and devices installed and wired at the PCSI's facility.

1. Each enclosure shall incorporate a removable back panel, and side panels, on which control components shall be mounted. Sub panels shall be secured to the enclosure with collar studs and 316 SS hardware.

2. Side panel-mounted components shall only be permitted after review and approval of the Engineer.

3. All components shall be mounted in a manner that shall permit servicing, adjustment, testing, and removal without disconnecting, moving, or removing any other component.

4. Back panel shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Selftapping screws shall not be used to mount any components.

5. Heat generating devices such as power supplies shall be located at or near the top of the panel.

6. Mounting shall be rigid and stable unless shock mounting is required BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-173 CIP 7631

otherwise by the manufacturer to protect equipment from vibration.

7. Component mounting shall be oriented in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

8. The internal components shall be identified with suitable plastic or metal engraved nametags mounted adjacent to (not on) each component identifying the component in accordance with the drawing, specifications, and PCSI's data.

F. Panel Power Supply and Instrument Signal

1. Power supply to all control system equipment will be 120 volts, 60 Hz, single phase.

2. The overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the equipment and devices shall be equal to or greater than the overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder device immediately upstream of the Control Panel, but not less than 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical at 120 volts single phase.

3. All I/O and signal conditioning components shall be included within their respective control panels.

4. For control panels that house motor starting equipment, enclosure door shall be interlocked with the main circuit breaker by a panel mounted cable driven operating mechanism.

5. The PCSI shall be responsible for distribution of power among enclosures, consoles, peripherals, and other components of the system from the power supply receptacles and junction boxes indicated on the Drawings.

6. Power distribution hardware shall include cables and branch circuit overcurrent protection installed in accordance with the electrical section.

7. Unless otherwise indicated, power supply to the instrumentation will be unregulated 120 volts ac.

8. Unless otherwise indicated, all transmitted electronic analog instrument signals shall be 4-20 mA dc and shall be linear with the measured variable.

G. Nameplates

1. Nameplates shall be provided on the face of the panel or on the individual device.

2. Panel nameplates shall have legends and approximate dimensions as indicated on the Drawings and shall be made of laminated phenolic material having engraved letters approximately 3/16 inch [5 mm] high extending through the black face into the white layer.

3. Nameplates shall be secured firmly to the panel.

4. Panel face nameplates do not replace the requirement for device identification tags as specified under the Device Tag Numbering System paragraph.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-174 CIP 7631

H. Accessories and Features

1. Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts.

2. All panel doors shall have a lock installed in the door handle, or a hasp and staple for padlocking. Coordinate with the Owner to provide locks for all panels to use their master keyset.

3. All enclosure doors shall have bonding studs. The enclosure interior shall have a bonding stud.

4. All Control Panels shall have an integral folding shelf on the exterior for service / maintenance personnel.

5. Control Panel Lighting and Receptacles
a. Lighting
1) Control Panels shall be equipped with interior
lighting with a ceiling mounted lamp fixtures
spaced at approximately 2' 6" [760 mm] and near
the door.
2) Fixtures shall be nominal 40-watt LED type, with a
common door actuated switch at the main door.
b. Auxiliary Power Receptacles
1) Each enclosure shall have one, UPS powered,
150 watt receptacle.
2) Duplex-grounded receptacles shall be provided for
service and maintenance tools at spacing not
greater than 5 feet [1.52 m] throughout the length
of a panel.
c. The lighting and receptacle circuit shall be fused separately from the instrumentation systems.

6. Provide manufacturer’s window kits where shown on the drawings.

7. Each enclosure shall be provided with a documentation pocket on the inner door.

I. Painting

1. All interior and exterior surfaces shall be descaled, degreased, filled, ground and finished.

2. Interior and exterior surfaces of all carbon-steel panels shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with rust inhibitive (universal) primer.

3. When the enclosure is fabricated from steel it shall be finished with two rust-resistant phosphate prime coats and two coats of enamel, polyurethane, or lacquer finish which shall be applied by either the hot air spray or conventional cold spray methods.

4. Exterior surfaces shall be painted with one or more finish coats of the manufacturer's standard coating. Finish coats shall have a dry film thickness of at least 4 mils [100 mm]. Color shall be ANSI 61 White.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-175 CIP 7631

5. One quart [1 liter] of touch-up paint shall be furnished with the panels.

2.2 CONTROL PANEL TYPES
A. Control panels shall be NEMA4X, 316SS unless noted otherwise on the Lift Station Scope Table (Drawings CDLS-G-05, EDLS-G-05, NELS-G-05, WDLS-G-05).

B. Control panels shall be NEMA6P where noted on the Lift Station Scope Table (Drawings CDLS-G-05, EDLS-G-05, NELS-G-05, WDLS-G-05).

2.3 PANEL MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION
A. Enclosure Construction

1. Panels shall be of continuous welded-steel construction as shown on the Panel Schedule.

2. Panels shall be free from sharp edges and welding flaws.

3. Panel structure shall be suitably braced and of sufficient strength to support all equipment mounted on or within, to withstand handling and shipment, to remain in proper alignment, and to be rigid and freestanding.

4. Internally the panels shall be supplied with a structural framework for instrument support purposes and panel bracing.

5. Internal framework shall permit panel lifting without racking or distortion.

6. Provide removable lifting rings designed to facilitate simple, safe rigging, and lifting of the control panels during installation.

B. Panel Doors

1. Panel doors shall be full height, having turned back edges and additional bracing to ensure rigidity and prevent sagging.

2. Doors shall be mounted with strong, continuous, piano type hinges.

3. Equip doors with three-point positive latches, acting from a common door handle, shall hold doors securely compressed at top, side, and bottom against rubber gaskets. Dorr handle shall be heavy duty stainless steel locking handle.

4. Doors with mounted instruments or control devices shall be of sufficient width to permit door opening without interference from flush mounted instruments.

5. Front and side access doors shall be as shown. Panel access doors shall be provided with full length, continuous, piano type stainless steel hinges with stainless steel pins.

C. Inner Doors

7. Where required by the drawings, provide a swing-out inner door for operator interface devices. Inner door must allow a swing of 90 degrees or more.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-176 CIP 7631

8. Provide a clear plastic barrier on the inside of the inner door. The barrier shall obstruct direct access to the back side of the interface devices. a. Spacers shall extend from the door to 1/2" beyond the interface device furthest extended into the panel.
b. The barrier shall be easily removed and re-mounted to allow for maintenance of the interface devices.

2.4 FREESTANDING VERTICAL PANELS
A. Freestanding and floor-mounted vertical panels shall meet the NEMA classification as shown in the panel schedules.

B. Top, sides, and back shall be fabricated from USS 10 gage [3.42 mm thick] or heavier sheet steel, suitably braced internally for structural rigidity and strength.

C. The enclosure base shall be provided with 1/2 inch [12.5 mm] diameter holes at 12 inch [300 mm] centers so that the base can be bolted to the concrete equipment base.

D. Suitable lifting facilities shall be provided for handling and shipment.

E. Doors shall not be greater than 24 inches wide or spaced not greater than 36 inches center to center. Rear access doors shall be fabricated from USS 14 gage or heavier carbon steel.

2.5  WALL AND UNISTRUT MOUNTED PANELS
A. Wall and Unistrut mounted panels shall meet the NEMA classification as shown in the panel schedules.

B. The enclosures shall be fabricated from USS 14 gage, or heavier, stainless steel, suitably braced internally for structural rigidity and strength.

C. Floor stands shall be provided to support cabinets not fastened to a wall or other support. Floor stands shall be full-depth and shall have a minimum height of 12 inches. Floor stand material and finish shall match the cabinet.

2.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
A. Corrosion Control

1. Provide corrosion protection in each control panel with a corrosionInhibiting vapor capsule as manufactured by Northern Technologies International Corporation, Zerust Excor VCI Emitters; Hoffman, Model A-HCI; or equal.

B. Enclosure Condensate Heaters

1. A self-contained enclosure condensation heater with thermostat and fan shall be mounted inside the control panel, if panel is to be installed outdoors or in a non-air-conditioned space:

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-177 CIP 7631

a. Enclosure heaters shall be energized from 120 volt, singlephasepower supply and sized to prevent condensation within the enclosure.
b. Locate enclosure heaters to avoid overheating electronic hardware or producing large temperature fluctuations on the hardware.
c. Enclosure heaters shall have an internal fan for heat distribution and shall be controlled with adjustable thermostats. The thermostat shall have an adjustment range of 40 degrees Fahrenheit to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. Provide a circuit breaker or fused disconnect switch within the enclosure.
d. Enclosure heaters shall be Hoffman type DAH.

2. Strip heaters may be provided if they are 240 volt rated, powered at 120 volts AC and do not have a surface temperature higher than 60°C.
a. Strip heaters shall be Chromalox, Type OT, 1.5-in wide, 240 Volts, single phase, 150 watts, energized at 120 volts, with rust resisting iron sheath, Catalog No. OT-715, Product Code No. 129314.

Provide sufficient wattage in heaters to prevent condensation should the interior temperature of the enclosure drop below the dew point.
b. A control thermostat mounted inside the control Panel shall be Chromalox, Type WR, single stage, Catalog No. WR-80, Product Code No.263177
c. The strip heater terminals shall be guarded by a protective terminal cover.
d. High temperature connecting lead wire shall be used between the thermostat and the heater terminals. Wire shall be No. 12 AWG tranded nickel-plated copper with Teflon glass insulation and shall be the product of Chromalox, Catalog No. 6-CFI-12, and Product Code No. 263783.

C. Sun Shields

1. Provide custom fabricated sun shields for control panels as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with the following requirements. a. Sun shields shall be fabricated from minimum 12 gauge Type 316 stainless steel. Units shall be designed, fabricated, installed, and supported to fully cover and shade the top, sides, and back of the enclosure, and to partially shade the front panel of the enclosure from direct exposure to sunlight from sunrise to sunset. b. The sun shield shall be designed and mounted to provide a minimum 1-inch air gap all around the enclosure for air circulation and heat dissipation.
c. The top section of all sun shields shall be sloped at a minimum angle of 5 degrees from horizontal. For wall-mounted enclosures, the top section shall slope downward away from the wall and BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-178 CIP 7631

towards the front of the enclosure. For free standing, floor mounted and frame mounted enclosures, the top section shall slope downward towards the back side of the enclosure.
d. The front edge of the top section of all sun shields shall incorporate a narrow and more steeply sloped drip shield segment which sheds water away from the front of the enclosure and prevents it from dripping or running directly onto the front panel of the enclosure.
e. All seam welds used in sun shield fabrication shall be continuous and shall be ground smooth.
f. All exposed corners, edges, and projections shall be smooth rounded or chamfered to prevent injury.

2.7 DIN RAIL-MOUNTED UPS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers

1. Phoenix Contact QUINT4-UPS/1AC/1AC/500VA/USB with UPSBAT/PB/24DC/4AH batteries as required.

2. Approved Equal.

B. The UPS shall meet the following requirements.

1. Capacity, minimum: 0.5 kVA

2. Filtering and surge Protection (on utility power): Meets IEEE/ANSI C62.41 Category B (IEEE 587)

3. Voltage, output (on battery): 120 volts ±3 percent

4. Voltage, output (on-line): Nominal ±3 percent

5. Frequency and waveform, output (on battery): 60 ± 0.3 Hz, true sinewave

6. Efficiency, minimum (on-line): 90 percent

7. Operating environment: 0 to 40ºC; 0 to 95 percent relative humidity, non-condensing

8. Backup time: 1 hour

9. Recharge time, maximum to 90 percent of full charge: 12 hours C. The UPS shall have spare capacity of at least 30 percent based on actual connected loads. The System Supplier shall advise the Engineer if the UPS capacity needs to be higher than specified above to meet this requirement.

D. The UPS shall have a visual status indicator for low (or faulty) battery and incoming ac power failure. The UPS shall emit an audible signal when the UPS is operating on battery power. A relay shall be installed within the panel and its coil connected across the UPS input power as a means of providing a contact for remote indication of a power failure condition.

E. Batteries shall be sealed maintenance-free, gelled electrolyte lead-acid, or valve-regulated, maintenance-free, lead-acid. Flooded-electrolyte type BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-179 CIP 7631

batteries will not be acceptable.

F. Control, Indication, and Alarm

1. Remote Alarms. The UPS shall have the following provisions for remote alarms:
a. An isolated, dry, alarm contact rated 3 amperes at 120 volts ac shall be provided with the UPS for remote indication of low battery.

2.8 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
A. The main circuit breaker shall be a thermal-magnetic molded case breaker, by Square D Company, or approved equal. Provide a flange mounted main power disconnect operating handle with mechanical interlock having a bypass that will allow the panel door to open only when the switch is in the OFF position.

B. A mechanical disconnect mechanism, with bypass, shall be installed on each motor circuit protector, capable of being locked in the “OFF” position to provide a means of disconnecting power to the motor.

C. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm condition. Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as required by the detailed mechanical equipment requirements, the P&IDs, the Control Wiring Diagrams, and as shown on the Drawings.

D. All operating control devices and instruments shall be securely mounted on the exterior door. All controls shall be clearly labeled to indicate function and shall be in accordance with the electrical area classification indicated on the Electrical Contract Drawings.

E. A six-digit, non-resettable quartz time base elapsed time meter shall be connected to each pump running indication. Meter shall be Hobbs, Model 98000 Series; Redington, Model 722; Cramer, Model ETI-635 G, or equal.

F. The control panel shall be provided with a surge protection unit on the line side of the main circuit breaker. Unit shall be Phoenix Contact PLT-SEC-T3- 120-FM-UT, or approved equal.

G. Panel-mounted timers shall be flush-mounted, plug-in type, Eagle Signal, Model Bulletin 125 cycle-flex, Idec, Model SR6P-MO8G, or equal, with ranges as shown on the Drawings, or as required by the detailed mechanical equipment specifications.

H. Specific control devices, control descriptions, and other data are specified under the detailed specification for the mechanical equipment with which the control panel is supplied.

2.9 PANEL INTRUSION DOOR SWITCH
A. Manufacturer(s):

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-180 CIP 7631

1. Hoffman.

2. Approved Equal.

B. Functional:

1. Internal door switch with electrical contact output activated when door in opened and deactivated when closed.

C. Physical:

1. Suitable for door mounting within control panel.

2. 14-gauge steel mounting plate.

2.10 DIGITAL PANEL METER
A. Manufacturer(s):

1. Precision Digital.

2. Red Lion.

3. Approved Equal.

B. Functional:

1. Electronic, 3.5 digit, 0.56 inch-high LED display.

2. Display shall accept 4-20mA DC input signal and provide indication in Engineering Units of measured variable.

3. Display rating shall be compliant with the hazardous area classification in which the unit is installed.

2.11 PILOT TYPE INDICATING LIGHTS
A. Manufacturer(s):

1. Cutler-Hammer.

2. Allen Bradley.

3. General Electric.

4. Square D.

5. Crouse Hinds (NEMA 7).

6. Or Approved Equal.

B. Type: Energy efficient Solid State LED Lamps.

C. Functional:

1. Units shall be provided with low voltage LED lamps suitable for the voltage supplied.

2. Lights supplied with 120V AC power shall have integral reduced voltage transformers.

3. Lamps shall be replaceable from the front of the unit.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-181 CIP 7631

D. Physical:

1. Lens color:
a. Running, on, open – Red.
b. Stopped, off, closed – Green.
c. Alarm – Amber.
d. White - Power on
e. Blue - All other status indications not covered by the above f. Lens caps shall be approximately .46 inch diameter. Provide legend faceplates engraved to indicate the required function of each device; NEMA rating - 4X.

2.12 SELECTOR SWITCHES AND PUSHBUTTONS
A. Type:

1. Control devices shall be heavy-duty oil-tight type with stackable contact blocks.

B. Functional:

1. Provide contact arrangement and switching action as required for the control system specified.

C. Physical:

1. For 120 VAC service, provide contacts rated 10 amps at 120 VAC; for 24 VDC service, provide silver sliding contacts rated 5 amps at 125 VDC; for electronic (millivolt/ milliamp) switching, provide contacts rated lamp at 28 VDC.

2. Pushbuttons shall have flush type operators.

3. Selector switches shall have knob or wing lever operators; NEMA rating - 4X; Provide legend plates denoting switch/pushbutton position/function.

2.13 SURGE ARRESTORS
A. Manufacturer:

1. Phoenix Contact PT.

2. Approved Equal.

B. General:

1. Provide protection of all analog signal (4-20 mA) circuits where any part of the circuit is outside of the building envelope. Circuits shall be protected at both the transmitter and the control panel end of the circuit. Protection devices located near the transmitter shall be mounted in a separate enclosure, unless conduit mounted.

2.14 GENERAL PURPOSE RELAYS AND TIME DELAYS
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-182 CIP 7631

A. Manufacturer(s):

1. Phoenix Contact.

2. Or Approved Equal.

B. Type:

1. General purpose plug-in type.

C. Functional:

1. Contact arrangement/function shall be as required to meet the specified control function; Mechanical life expectancy shall be in excess of 10 million.

2. Duty cycle shall be rated for continuous operation; Units shall be provided with integral indicating light to indicate if relay is energized.

3. Solid state time delays shall be provided with polarity protection (DC units) and transient protection.

4. Time delay units shall be adjustable and available in ranges from .1 second to 4.5 hours.

D. Physical:

1. For 120 VAC service, provide contacts rated 10 amps at 120 VAC; for 24 VDC service, provide contacts rated 5 amps at 28 VDC; for electronic (milliamp/millivolt) switching applicator, provide gold plated contacts rated for electronic service. Relays shall be provided with dust and moisture resistant covers.

E. Options/Accessories Required:

1. Provide mounting sockets with push-in terminal blocks rated 300 volt and 10 amps.

2. Provide mounting rails/holders as required.

2.15 INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIERS
A. Manufacturer(s):

1. Siemens Water Technologies, Model IS1 (4-20mA) and IS6 (dry contacts)

2. Gems, Model 54800 (4-20mA) and 65800 (dry contacts)

3. R. Stahl, Model Intrinspak

4. Or Approved Equal.

B. Type:

1. Barriers shall be of the solid-state electronic type in which the energy level of the sensing or actuation circuit is low enough to allow safe usage in hazardous areas.

2. Provide a barrier for instrumentation and equipment transmitting analog or digital signals that originate in a hazardous area, as BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-183 CIP 7631

indicated in the design documents.

C. Options Required:

1. Barriers shall match power supply provided.

2. Barriers shall be located in non-hazardous areas.

2.16 24 VDC POWER SUPPLIES AND REDUNDANT SWITCHING DIODES A. Manufacturer(s):

1. Phoenix Contact.

2. Acopian.

3. Lambda.

4. Or Approved Equal.

B. Provide a 24 VDC power supply in the control panel to power field instruments, panel devices, etc., as required. Equip the power supply with a power on/off circuit breaker.

C. The 24 VDC power supply shall meet the following requirements:

1. Input power: 115 VAC, plus or minus 10 percent, 60 Hz.

2. Output voltage: 24 VDC.

3. Output voltage adjustment: 5 percent.

4. Line regulation: 0.05 percent for 10-volt line change.

5. Load regulation: 0.15 percent no load to full load.

6. Ripple: 3 mV RMS.

7. Operating temperature: 32 to 140 degrees Fahrenheit.

D. Size the 24 VDC power supply to accommodate the design load plus a minimum 25 percent spare capacity.

E. Provide output overvoltage and overcurrent protective devices with the power supply to protect instruments from damage due to power supply failure and to protect the power supply from damage due to external failure.

F. Mount the 24 VDC power supply such that dissipated heat does not adversely affect other panel components.

G. Redundant power supply units and switching diodes shall be provided for all control panels and for any other locations specifically noted on the Drawings or Specifications.

2.17 NETWORK ENCLOSURE
A. Manufacturer(s):

1. Tripp Lite.

2. Approved Equal.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-184 CIP 7631

B. Cable bundles are to be neatly laced, run in ducting or approved cable managers, and secured to 19-inch rack or mounting back-panel.

C. Front rails of enclosures shall be recessed to provide adequate room for patch cables and cable managers.

D. Enclosure layout and equipment spacing shall be constructed to allow for device removal, calibration, and maintenance without disassembly of adjacent devices.

E. Devices shall be installed on the enclosure back-panel or 19-inch rack.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Installation requirements are specified in the Instrumentation and Control System section.

B. Equipment furnished under this section shall conform to the following manufacturing stipulations.

1. Piping
a. All tubing shall be run in horizontal and vertical planes and shall be rigidly supported to withstand handling and shipment. b. Flexible polyethylene tubing shall be used to connect devices mounted on hinged doors.

C. Freestanding Panel Conduit Entrance

1. Freestanding panels shall have the bottom open, and components shall be arranged for external wiring conduit and piping to enter from below.

D. Conduit Entrance

1. Conduits terminating at the control panel and originating from outside the room the control panel is located in shall be bottom entry only.

Top entry shall not be permitted.

2. Control panels or enclosures installed outside shall not have any top panel penetrations. All penetrations shall be from the bottom or the side.

E. General Panel Wiring

1. All wiring shall be grouped or bundled and firmly supported inside the panel with nylon cable ties or routed in Panduit or similar nonmetallic slotted ducts.

2. Ducts shall be readily accessible within the panel, with removable covers, and with space equal to at least 40 percent of the depth of the duct remaining available for future use after completion of installation and field wiring. Sufficient space shall be provided between cable groups or ducts and terminal blocks for easy installation or removal of BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-185 CIP 7631

cables.

3. Each individual wire in power, control, and instrumentation circuits shall be provided with identification markers at each point of termination. The wire markers shall be positioned to be readily visible for inspection and the identification numbers shall match the identification on the supplier's panel wiring drawings.

4. Wiring shall be free from kinks and sharp bends and shall be routed for easy access to other components for maintenance and inspection purposes.

5. Wires connecting to push-in terminations shall be crimped and ferruled.

6. Wiring between Panels
a. Where signal or loop wiring must be routed to more than one panel or device, the required circuit routing shall be as indicated on the one-line diagrams.
b. The panel fabricator shall provide such additional circuits as may be indicated on the electrical schematic Drawings.

F. Instrument Arrangement

1. Panel instruments and control devices shall be arranged in a logical configuration for the plant operators.

2. Control switches shall be within 6 feet and 2'-6" above the base of the panel.

3. Indicators may be located within 2'-6" and 6'-6" above the base of the panels.

4. Annunciators and clocks may be mounted near the top of the panels.

G. Mounted Instruments

1. The front shall be stationary, with mounted instruments and control devices, fabricated from 3/16 inch carbon steel plate.

2. Panel fronts shall be suitably reinforced between mounting cutouts and drilling to support instruments and devices without deformation and shall be free from waves and other imperfections.

3. Panel fronts shall be recessed at the base.

4. Adjoining panel sections shall be accurately shop fitted to assure satisfactory assembly in the field.

3.2 CONTROL PANEL POWER AND WIRING
A. Power Entrance

1. The power entrance to each panel shall be provided with a surge protection device.

2. Refer to the Panel Mounted Instruments section for surge suppression requirements.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-186 CIP 7631

B. Power Wiring

1. Power distribution wiring on the line side of panel fuses shall be minimum 12 AWG.

2. Secondary power distribution wiring shall be minimum 14 AWG.

3. Wiring for ac power distribution, dc power distribution, intrinsically safe, and control circuits shall have different colors and shall agree with the color-coding legend on PCSI's panel wiring diagrams.

4. With the exception of electronic circuits, all interconnecting wiring and wiring to terminals for external connection shall be stranded copper, insulated for not less than 600 volts, with a moisture resistant and flame retardant covering rated for not less than 90°C.

C. Instrument and Control Wiring

1. All internal panel wiring shall be type MTW stranded copper wiring rated not less than 600 volts.

2. Electronic analog circuits shall be twisted and shielded pairs rated not less than 300 volts. Analog circuits shall be separated from ac power circuits.

3. Intrinsically safe circuits shall be physically separated from other circuits in accordance with applicable codes.

4. Wires within the panel shall conform to the minimum size as shown in the table below.

Type Min. Wire Size Color
120VAC 16 AWG Red
24VDC 16 AWG Blue
Analog 18 AWG Black
Neutral 16 AWG White
Ground 16 AWG Green
D. Terminations

1. Terminal block connections shall be suitable for 12 AWG wire and shall be rated 30 amperes at not less than 300 volts. Terminal block connectors shall be push-in type.

2. Terminal blocks shall be fabricated complete with marking strip, covers, and pressure connectors.

3. Terminals shall be labeled to agree with identification shown on the supplier's submittal drawings.

4. A terminal shall be provided for each conductor of external circuits, plus one ground for each shielded cable.

5. Not less than 6 inches of clearance shall be provided between the BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-187 CIP 7631

terminal strips and the base of vertical panels for conduit and wiring space.

6. Each control loop or system shall be individually fused, and all fuses or circuit breakers shall be clearly labeled and located for easy maintenance.

7. Wires terminated in push-in terminals shall be crimped and ferruled.

3.3 FACTORY TEST
A. All panels shall be Factory Tested before shipping to project site. Refer to Section 40 61 21 – Process Control System Testing.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-188 CIP 7631

SECTION 40 70 00 – INSTRUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This section covers the furnishing, installation, and services for all instruments and accessories required for the Process Control System (PCS) as specified herein or as indicated on the Drawings.

B. Equipment and services provided under this section shall be subject to all Associated Sections listed below.

C. This section shall be used and referenced only in conjunction with the Process Control System sections.

D. This section supplements the Process Control System section. Instrument data, special requirements, and options are indicated on the Drawings or the Instrument Device Schedule.

E. When multiple instruments of a particular type are specified, and each requires different features, the required features are described on the Drawings or the Instrument Device Schedule.

1.2 ASSOCIATED SECTIONS
This section encompasses the equipment and services specified in the following sections:

SECTION SPEC TITLE
40 61 13 Process Control System General Provisions
40 72 00 Level Measurement

1.3 DESIGN CRITERIA.

A. Each device shall be a pre-assembled, packaged unit. Upon delivery to the work site, each device or system shall be ready for installation with only minor piping and electrical connections required by the Contractor.

B. Primary elements shall derive any required power from the transmitter, unless otherwise indicated.

C. The instruments shall be installed to measure, monitor, or display the specified process at the ranges and service conditions indicated on the Drawings or as indicated in the Instrument Device Schedule. The instruments shall be installed at the locations indicated on the Drawings or in the Instrument Device Schedule.

D. Instrument Calibrations

1. Where possible, each instrument shall be factory calibrated to the BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-189 CIP 7631

calibration ranges indicated in the Drawings or in the Instrument Device Schedule. Flowmeters shall be wet flow calibrated.

2. Transmitters or similar measurement instruments shall be calibrated using National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) approved bench calibration procedures, when such procedures exist for the instrument type.

3. Calibration data shall be stored digitally in each device, including the instrument tag designation indicated on the Drawings and/or Instrument Device Schedule.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall be per the Section 40 61 13 – Process Control System General Provisions section.

1.5 INSTRUMENT TAGS
A. All supplied instrument transmitters and instrument transmitter elements shall have a 316 stainless steel identification tag attached to each transmitter and element prior to shipment.

B. Tag shall be attached via stainless steel chain or stainless-steel wire (24 gauge minimum) to a non-removable part of the device.

C. The tag size shall be a minimum of 1.5 square inches.

D. Tag shall include the International Society of Automation (ISA) alphanumeric instrument number as indicated in the Piping and Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID), loop, and detail drawings.

E. The alphanumeric instrument number shall be stamped into the tag and shall have a minimum of 3/16-inch high alphanumeric characters.

1.6 INSTRUMENTS INSTALLED IN HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS
A. Instruments installed in hazardous locations shall have Factory Mutual (FM), Canadian Standards Association (CSA), and CENELEC approvals and certifications as specified herein and as indicated on the Drawings or in the Instrument Device Schedule.

B. The instrument specifications in Part 2 state the Class, Division, and gas groups for FM/CSA approval, followed in parenthesis by the CENELEC certification; however, instruments provided are only required to have the approval/certification stated above.

C. The instrument shall have a stainless-steel tag identifying the relevant approval or certification.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-190 CIP 7631

A. The associated sections listed above provide minimum device requirements.

The Drawings or Instrument Device Schedule shall be used to determine any additional instrument options, requirements, or service conditions.

2.2 INTERCONNECTING CABLE
A. For instruments where the primary element and transmitter are physically separated, the manufacturer’s interconnecting cable from the element to the transmitter shall be provided.

B. The cable shall be the type approved by the instrument manufacturer for the intended purpose of interfacing the element to the transmitter.

C. The cable shall be provided in the length necessary for installation. Splices shall not be allowed in the installed cable.

D. The cable’s minimum length shall be a minimum of three (3) meters or as indicated on the Drawings or in the Section 13500A – Attachment A – Instrument Device Schedule.

2.3 PROGRAMMING DEVICE
A. For instruments that require a dedicated programming device for calibration, maintenance, or troubleshooting, one such programming device shall be provided for each Owner facility.

B. The programming device shall be complete, newly purchased for this project, and shall be in like-new condition when turned over to the Owner at completion of startup.

C. The programming device shall include appropriate operation manuals and shall be included in the training requirements.

D. For systems that allow the programming device functions to be implemented in software, running on a laptop computer, the software shall be provided instead of the programming device.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. Manufacturer's field services shall be provided for installation, field calibration, startup, and training as specified in the Instrumentation and Control System section.

3.2 MANUFACTURERS’ FIELD SERVICES
A. If indicated in the individual instrumentation sections, the instrument manufacturer or manufacturer's certified service representative shall provide startup and training services. This work shall not be done by the Process Control System Integrator (PCSI) contractor.

B. The field services shall be to calibrate, oversee the installations of the sensor, BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-191 CIP 7631

and startup the sensor/transmitter to provide reliable measurement at the instrument and to a remote system. The vendor shall work with the PCSI and Applications Services Provider (ASP) to verify the transmitter sends correct information to the remote system (i.e., that the scaling and units are the same at the instrument and on the remote operator interface).

3.3 INSTRUMENT SHIPPING
A. The PCSI shall be responsible for coordinating the installation schedule with the Installation Contractor.

B. Instruments shall not be shipped to the Work Site until two (2) weeks prior to the scheduled installation.

C. Each shipment shall contain a listing of protective measures required to maintain sensor operation, including a listing of any common construction or cleaning chemicals that may affect instrument operation.

3.4 INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION
A. Instrumentation and accessory equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

B. Instrumentation and control equipment and device locations shown on the Drawings are approximate. Exact locations shall be relatively close to the indicated location.

C. Instruments shall be mounted so that they can be easily read and serviced and so that all appurtenant devices can be easily operated.

D. Installation details for some instruments are indicated on the Drawings.

Where specific installation details are not shown, the American Petroleum Institute (API) recommended practice 550 shall be followed.

E. In case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Engineer.

F. All equipment used in classified areas shall be designed for the Class, Group, and Division as required for the locations as shown on the Drawings and specified in Division 16. All work shall be in strict accordance with codes and local rulings.

G. Provide brackets and hangers required for mounting of equipment.

H. Provide sunshades for equipment mounted outdoors in direct sunlight.

Sunshades shall include standoffs to allow air circulation around the cabinet.

Orient equipment outdoors to face North or as required to minimize the impact of glare and ultraviolet exposure on digital readouts.

3.5 TRAINING
A. Training shall be in accordance with Section 40 61 26 – Process Control System Training.

BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-192 CIP 7631

B. While the instrument manufacturer or manufacturer’s certified service representative is starting up the instrumentation, training shall be provided to the Owner's instrumentation technicians.

C. The training shall be in how to calibrate, install, troubleshoot, read the diagnostics, and maintain the sensor and transmitter.

3.6 INSTRUMENT DEVICE SCHEDULE
A. Section 40 70 00.01 Instrument Device Schedule is included to provide further details and requirements for the instruments.

B. The Instrument Device Schedule contains only major plant instrumentation devices. Devices such as switches and indicating lights located on motor control centers (MCCs) or local panels and gate/valve actuators are not included.

C. The Instrument Device Schedule includes the following information:

1. Item: An arbitrary sequential number that is for reference only.

2. System Code: The system code, which denotes the associated process.

3. Loop No.: The numeric (or alphanumeric) loop designation for the instrument.

4. Tag No.: The ISA alpha tag representing the function of the instrument.

5. Service Description: The description of the instrument service (example: Fine Screen Level High).

6. Device Type: The instrument device type that should match the description as listed in the specification.

7. Component Options: The instrument component options and indicates specific features and requirements, such as integral/remote mounted installations, valve manifolds, diaphragm seal, etc.

8. Size: The instrument device size (such as the diameter of flowmeters).

9. Output Type: Output signal type, ‘4-20mA’ or ‘Dry Contact.’ It could also be a serial output for smart devices (such as HART or FLD-BUS), but only if the serial output is the primary I/O interface.

10. Output Range/Setpoint: The calibrated range for the analog devices or the trip point(s) for the discrete devices.

11. Power: The instrument power requirements such as '2-wire' for loop powered devices, or '4-wire' for 120-volt powered devices.

12. Installation Details No.: The drawing number of the Installation Details Drawing where the device mounting instruction is provided.

13. Location Drawing No.: The drawing number of the
process/mechanical drawing where the device location is shown.

14. Drawing/P&ID No.: The drawing number of the drawing or Piping and BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-193 CIP 7631

Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID) where the device is shown.

15. Specification Section No.: The section in the specifications where the device is specified.

16. Remarks: A cross-reference to another Specification Section where applicable, or to a note which provides additional information. **END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-194 CIP 7631

INSTRUMENT DEVICE SCHEDULE
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
SECTION 40 70 00.01

INSTRUMENTS
Item System Code Loop No. Tag No. Service Description Device Type Component Options Size Output Type Output Range/Setpoint Power Installation Details No. Drawing/P&ID No. Specification Section No. Remarks 1 INT 100 LSHH-100 LIFT STATION WETWELL HIGH LEVEL LEVEL SWITCH - FLOAT N/A DRY CONTACT N/A N/A 1 I-2 40 72 762 INT 100 LSH-100 LIFT STATION WETWELL PUMP ON LEVEL SWITCH - FLOAT N/A DRY CONTACT N/A N/A 1 I-2 40 72 763 INT 100 LSL-100 LIFT STATION WETWELL PUMP OFF LEVEL SWITCH - FLOAT N/A DRY CONTACT N/A N/A 1 I-2 40 72 764 INT 100 LSLL-100 LIFT STATION WETWELL LOW LEVEL LEVEL SWITCH - FLOAT N/A DRY CONTACT N/A N/A 1 I-2 40 72 765 INT 100 LE/LT-100 LIFT STATION WET WELL LEVEL LEVEL SENSOR - RADAR N/A 4-20mA 0-6' 2-WIRE 2 I-2 40 72 2367 BREA BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION2024-0720-01
40 70 00.01 - 1
INSTRUMENT DEVICE SCHEDULE 2025
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-195 CIP 7631

SECTION 40 72 00 – LEVEL MEASUREMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Level Measurement Section covers the furnishing of level instruments and accessories required for the Process Control System (PCS) as specified herein or as indicated on the Drawings.

B. Refer to Section 40 70 00 – Instruments for general requirements.

PART 2 - Products

2.1 ASSOCIATED LEVEL INSTRUMENT SECTIONS

SECTION SPEC TITLE
40 72 23 Radar Level Meter
40 72 76 Level Switches
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. See Section 40 70 00 – Instruments.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-196 CIP 7631

SECTION 40 72 23 – RADAR LEVEL METER
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The Radar Level Meter Section covers the furnishing of radar level instruments and accessories required for the Process Control System (PCS) as specified herein or as indicated on the Drawings.

B. Refer to Section 40 70 00 – Instruments for general requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 NON-CONTACT RADAR LEVEL TRANSMITTER
A. Type

1. Non-contact, microwave type level meter.

2. Low 6.3 GHz radar frequency for continuous level measurement of liquid, slurry and sludge processes in storage vessels that may be turbulent and have heavy vapors and foaming conditions in nominal pressure and temperature.

3. Antenna: Rod, Horn, Parabolic, or Encapsulated. The type chosen shall be based upon the type of process being measured and in what storage vessel is being used.

B. Function/Performance

1. Measuring Range: Range shall be suitable for the installation indicated,

2. Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.32 inches (8 mm).

3. Operating Temperature: –40 to 65 degrees C.

4. Output: Isolated 4-20 mA output.

5. Display: Digital indicator displaying level or volume in engineering units or percent, as indicated on the Drawings or in the Instrument Device Schedule.

6. Diagnostics: On-screen instructions and display of self-diagnostics.

C. Physical

1. Antenna shall be PVDF, Type 316 stainless steel, Hastelloy C or other material depending upon its compatibility to the process in which it is measuring. Transmitter and antenna shall be integral.

2. Instrument shall be provided with a minimum Class 150 pound (DN 80, PN16) mounting flange to match vessel flange size, material, and class.

3. Housing shall be NEMA 4X (IP66). Where the instrument is installed BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-197 CIP 7631

in a hazardous area, the housing shall be explosion-proof, approved for Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D (EEx d IIB T4) installation. The instrument shall be certified for installation of the antenna in a Class I, Division 1, Groups C and D (Zone 0) environment.

4. Power Requirements: loop powered.

D. Accessories Required

1. Where required for calibration/programming, a hand-held programmer shall be provided.

E. Manufacturer Startup and Training Services

1. Provide the manufacturer's startup and training services as specified in the startup and training services paragraph.

F. Manufacturer

1. Pulsar REFLECT

2. VEGA Americas, Inc. (formerly Ohmart Vega)

3. Endress & Hauser FMR20

4. Or approved equal
PART 3 - EXECUTION

SECTION 40 72 76 – LEVEL SWITCHES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Section 40 72 00 – Level Measurement covers the furnishing of level instruments and accessories required for the Process Control System (PCS) as specified herein or as indicated on the Drawings.

B. Refer to Section 40 70 00 – Instruments for general requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WEIGHTED FLOAT TYPE LEVEL SWITCHES
A. Manufacturer(s)

1. Ametek B/W Controls “Series 7010”

2. Siemens “LSC”

3. ITT/Flygt “ENM 10”

4. Gems Sensors & Controls/Warrick Controls “Series M”
B. Type

1. Weighted
C. Functionality

1. Switch shall be single pole, double throw mercury switch.

2. Contacts shall be rated 24 VDC.

3. Temperature operating range 0° to 60°C.

D. Construction

1. Switch shall be sealed and housed in a chemical-resistant polypropylene case.

2. Switch assembly shall be weighted and suspended from a threeconductor, 19 AWG conductors, and in a waterproof synthetic covered flexible cable.

3. Lead wires shall be required length to terminate in a junction box without splicing.

4. Suitable for use in sanitary wastewater wetwells.

E. Installation

1. The float shall be supported by a flexible synthetic rubber hinge fastened to an adjustable mounting bracket.

2. Adjustable mounting hardware shall be provided for supporting each BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025
_____________________________________________________________________________________________ Briarwood LS Rehabilitation Project F-199 CIP 7631

level switch.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. See Section 40 70 00 – Instruments.
**END OF SECTION**
BID DOCUMENTS SPECIFICATIONS, MAY 2025

APPENDIX A

STANDARD PLANS
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
TYPICAL SECTION ~
PERPENDICULAR :::i
TO TRAFFIC FLOW ~

EXISTING

AC PAVING
::s
l.:'ARIES• I•
TRENCH EDGE, --'""

SLOPE AS

REQUIRED
111-B2-PG-64-10 BASE
COURSE. REQUIRED

PRIOR TO COLD MILL

AND SHALL BE FLUSHED

WITH FINISH SURFACE

COLD MILL TO A DEPTH
OF 2" AND OVERLAY
WITH 2" lll-C2-PG-70-10

OR ARHM-GG-C
(RUBBER) PG-64-16
12" <t.

SYM.
111 1111 =
CASE 1

ARTERIAL STREETS
** SECONDARY

EXISTING

AC PAVING
12"

TYPICAL SECTION

PARALLEL TO

TRAFFIC FLOW
MIN. / L.G./ E.P.

SECONDARY BASE

PAVING SAW CUT

PRIMARY TRENCH

SAW CUT

IMPORTED SAND BEDDING
(COMPACT TO 95% RELATIVE
COMPACTION PRIOR TO BACKFILL).

S.E. 30 OR GREATER
PAVING

SAW CUT

EXISTING AC
PAVING

TRENCH EDGE, SLOPE AS

REQUIRED

FULL DEPTH AC BASE

PAVEMENT
(2 LIFTS IF OVER 4" THICK)
**PROVIDE SECONDARY SAW CUT AND

PAVEMENT REMOVAL AS REQUIRED TO

CLEAN UP ANY BROKEN, UNDERCUT OR
UNEVEN EDGES.

APPROVED:

CITY OF BREA
. . .
_,._,__--....o1-+.+ ~ 1 1/2-SACK CEMENT SLURRY
CASE2

LOCAL STREETS

BACKFILL,

REQUIRES COMPACTION TESTING

AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, AT
50' INTERVALS MINIMUM.

IMPORTED SAND BEDDING
(COMPACT TO 95% RELATIVE

COMPACTION PRIOR TO
BACKFILL).

TRENCHING DETAILS
STD. PLAN NUMBER
DATE: 10-15-2013 102-0
SHEET 1 OF 3
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
NOTES:

1. BASE COURSE SHALL BE B2-PG-64-10, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AT 1" GREATER DEPTH THAN EXISTING PAVING, BUT NO LESS THAN 4" THICK.

2. FINAL CAP SHALL BE lll-C2-PG-70-10 OR ARHM-GG-C (RUBBER) PG-64-10.

3. APPLY #30 SILICA SAND EVENLY TO FINISHED PAVEMENT AND EXPOSED TACK COAT.

4. AC PAVEMENT SHALL BE SAW CUT OR COLD MILLED. NO PAVEMENT BREAKERS ALLOWED.

5. ALL LIQUIDS GENERATED BY SAW CUTTING SHALL BE COLLECTED AND DISPOSED OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY'S NPDES PERMIT.

6. EDGES OF SAW CUT AND SURFACE, SHALL BE TACK COATED WITH AN APPROVED TYPE SS-1H EMULSION WITH NO MORE THAN 50% WATER ADDED. EDGES SHALL BE CLEAN AND DRY BEFORE TACK COAT APPLICATION.

7. SAW CUTTING MUST BE COMPLETED IN ADVANCE OF PAVING WITH SUFFICIENT TIME TO ALLOW MOISTURE TO EVAPORATE BEFORE APPL YING SS-1 H TO EDGES.

8. EXCAVATED MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY EACH WORK

DAY AND DELIVERED TO AN APPROVED LANDFILL OR ALTERNATE SITE WITH CITY ENGINEER'S APPROVAL.

9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FILE WITH THE CITY ENGINEER A RECYCLED MATERIALS CERTIFICATE TO COMPLY WITH AB 939 AS REQUIRED.

10. COMPACTION TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY ENGINEER.

11. IF SOFT, SPONGY OR UNSTABLE MATERIAL IS ENCOUNTERED AT TRENCH BOTTOM, THE

MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH BASE MATERIAL TO A DEPTH ORDERED BY THE CITY ENGINEER.

12. DISTANCE "X" SHALL BE 6" MINIMUM OR AS SPECIFIED ON PLAN, STANDARD PLAN, OR BY UTILITY.

13. UNLESS PRIOR APPROVAL IS GIVEN BY THE CITY, PROVIDE A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN PER WATCH MANUAL OR AS REQUIRED BY TRAFFIC ENGINEER.

14. AN INSPECTION REQUEST MUST BE MADE 24 HOURS PRIOR TO WORK.

15. CONTRACTOR SHALL SET UP TRAFFIC CONTROL IN COMPLIANCE WITH WATCH MANUAL.OR AS THE APPROVED TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS.

16. ALL FINISHED REPAIRS SHALL BE WITHIN 0.125" OF EXISTING AC SURFACE.

17. SECONDARY SAW CUT (IF REQUIRED) SHALL BE CLEAN, STRAIGHT, VERTICAL EDGES A MINIMUM OF 12" BEYOND THE PRIMARY TRENCH CUT. SAW CUT AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE A

CONTINUOUS STRAIGHT EDGE INCORPORATING ANY AREAS OF PAVING BROKEN OUT OR UNDERMINED DURING CONSTRUCTION.

18. SUB-GRADE SHALL BE COMPACTED TO A MINIMUM OF 95% RELATIVE DENSITY.

19. FINISHED PAVEMENT SURFACE SHALL EXHIBIT A SMOOTH, UNIFORM APPEARANCE FREE OF VOIDS AND SEGREGATION.

20. TRAFFIC CONTROL MEASURES ARE TO REMAIN IN PLACE UNTIL THE NEW PAVEMENT IS ALLOWED TO COOL AND WILL ACCEPT TRAFFIC WITHOUT SCUFFING OR RUTTING. 21 . COLD MILL (2" MIN.) SHALL BE COMPLETED A MAXIMUM OF 10 DAYS AFTER COMPLETION OF BASE COURSE.

22. COLD MILL SHALL EXTEND 10' (FEET) OUTSIDE OF EXCAVATION LIMITS PERPENDICULAR TO TRAFFIC FLOW AND 12" (INCHES) OUTSIDE OF EXCAVATION PARALLEL TO TRAFFIC FLOW.

TRENCHING DETAILS
STD. PLAN NUMBER
DATE: 10-15-2013 102-0
CITY OF BREA SHEET 2 OF 3
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
NOTES:

23. FOR LONGITUDINAL TRENCHES OVER 150' IN LENGTH, A MINIMUM 10' WIDE, 2" GRIND AND OVERLAY IS REQUIRED.

24. THE PIPE ZONE WIDTH SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 12" PLUS THE PIPE DIAMETER AND THE MAXIMUM OF 20" PLUS THE PIPE DIAMETER, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION (GREENBOOK).

25. IN THE EVENT OF TRENCH WALL FAILURE, TRENCH LIMITS MAY BE EXTENDED AS DETERMINED BY THE CITY ENGINEER. ADDITIONAL BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS MAY BE REQUIRED.

26. FULL AC REPLACEMENT OF THE ASPHALT BETWEEN THE TRENCH AND THE CURB OR

GUTTER SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR ANY TRENCH WHERE THE PAVEMENT REMOVAL IS WITHIN 3' OF CURB OR GUTTER.

27. REMOVAL OF 5 OR MORE SEPARATE AREAS OF PAVEMENT WITHIN A 150' LONGITUDINAL LENGTH OF STREET SHALL REQUIRE A TYPE II SLURRY SEAL EXTENDED 5' BEYOND THE LIMITS OF THE OUTERMOST PAVEMENT REMOVAL.

BASIC TRENCH REPAIR PROCEDURES:

A. VERIFY COMPLIANCE WITH ALL PERMIT, INSPECTION AND TRAFFIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS.

B. PERFORM PRIMARY TRENCH SAW CUT AND COMPLETE UTILITY INSTALLATION AND BACKFILL.

TEMPORARY STEEL TRENCH PLATE COVERS SHALL BE PLACED EVEN WITH ADJACENT PAVEMENT SURFACES ON ARTERIAL HIGHWAYS.

C. VERIFY TRAFFIC CONTROL AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS ARE IN COMPLIANCE.

D. PERFORM SECONDARY BASE PAVING SAW CUT AND CONSTRUCT BASE COURSE AND FINAL CAP PER REQUIREMENTS.

E. ALLOW AC TO COOL (SEE NOTE 20), CLEAN UP AND RESTORE TRAFFIC ACCESS.

F. OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM THE CITY ENGINEER TO PERFORM COLD MILL AND FINAL PAVING.

G. PERFORM ANY REPAIR NECESSARY TO TRENCH PAVING AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY ENGINEER.

H. COMPLETE COLD MILL AND FINAL PAVING OPERATION.

I. EXCAVATION IN STREETS WHICH HAVE BEEN CONSTRUCTED OR RECONSTRUCTED WITHIN THE PAST FIVE (5) YEARS AND SEAL COATED WITHIN THE PAST TWO (2) YEARS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS.

TRENCHING DETAILS
STD. PLAN NUMBER
DATE: 10-15-2013 102-0
CITY OF BREA SHEET 3 OF 3
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
"PRIVATE" LETTERING FOR

PRIVATELY OWNED SEWER
MANHOLECOVERS."BRE~

LETTERING FOR CITY OWNED
MANHOLE COVERS.

RADIAL BLOCK
TREAD 1" VENT
HOLE
A A

PICK HOLE
(TYP)
I
I
I

MANHOLE COVER SHALL BE
EMBOSSED WITH STD. LETTERS
BREA
<J : D C_I:=1

SECTION A-A
MANHOLE PLATE
A B C D SIZE NUMBER
48" 32 1/2" 24 414 6 A-1495
60" 38 1/2" 30 414 6 A-1497
72" 44 1/2" A-1498 36 414 6
NOTES:

1. WHERE FRAME AND COVER ARE SET 18" ABOVE GRADE, FOUR (4))-1" DIA.

INSERTS FOR ADJUSTABLE STUDS SHALL BE CAST IN TOP GRADE RING, FRAME SHALL BE BOLTED TO GRADE RING.

2. MANHOLE COVER AND FRAME SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY ALHAMBRA FOUNDRY.

FRAME AND COVER SHALL BE COATED WITH ASPHALT OR COAL TAR.

MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER (TRAFFIC LOADING)
APPROVED: STD. PLAN NUMBER
DATE: 10-15-2013 207-0
CITY OF BREA SHEET 1 OF 1
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
* SEE BREA STD PLAN 218

FOR PVC PIPE

PIPE SHALL BE LAID CONNECTION DETAILS

WITH END SQUARE INTO
M.H. BASE, UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED.
REMOVE TOP PORTION R=2XD
OF PIPE, THEN
CONSTRUCT FILLET
SHELF OVER PIPE TO STUB (TYP.) ORAl
* FOR LOCATION OF M.H. o

SHAFT OPENING SEE
BREA STD PLAN 208
M.H. STATIONING
8" MIN. CONC. ENCASEMENT
~. (ENCASE BELL)
c{, e:;"<v
<o"?'
* PROVIDE 0.10' FALL ACROSS __ 2·2' JOINTS AT BOTH
M.H. WHERE POSSIBLE INLETS AND OUTLETS
FOR VCP ONLY.
PLAN
o.~~JOINT SEALING
~l COMPOUND
W
PLASTIC JOINT MORTAR JOINT
REQ. IN GROUNDWATER
NOTES:

1. MORTAR JOINTS - SUFFICIENT MORTAR SHALL BE APPLIED ACROSS ENTIRE FACE OF

JOINT SO THAT WHEN PRECAST UNITS ARE PLACED ON TOP OF ONE ANOTHER, THE MORTAR WILL SQUEEZE OUT BOTH THE INSIDE AND OUTSIDE WALL FACES. JOINTS SHALL BE "POINTED UP" AFTER SETIING PRECAST UNITS EXCLUDING GRADE RINGS.

2. PLASTIC JOINTS - PRE-FORMED COLD-APPLIED READY-TO-USE PLASTIC JOINT SEALING

COMPOUND SHALL BE QUICK-SEAL AS SUPPLIED BY QUIKSET UTILITY VAULTS OR APPROVED EQUAL MUST BE USED WHEN GROUND WATER IS ENCOUNTERED.

CONCRETE BASE AND JOINT DETAILS
APPROVED; STD. PLAN NUMBER
c\.. po Ji. DATE: 10-15-2013 210-0
CITY OF BREA SHEET 1 OF 1
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025

IMPORT SAND BACKFILL, SE GREATER THAN
30 (95% RELATIVE COMPACTION)
OR 1 SACK SLURRY
1 RESURFACING OF TRENCH 1 "MIN. PAVEMENT SHALL BE PER
BREA STD PLAN 102
PCC OR AC -,..-----+---+------1--...---

WI AGG BASE

PAVEMENT
ZONE
(/)
TRENCH w
cr . 6" MIN. oE3 ON EACH SIDE OF PIPE (TYP.)
ZONE «
> 8" MAX. SEE NOTE 1.
----I-+- ____
100-E-100 SLURRY
PIPE <,' 0J> 1 IN PIPE ZONE
ZONE
( </~<v 0'9' 3/4" MAX. CRUSHED ROCK '! PER GREENBOOK 200-1.2 -', --\---.------1-----''''''--""'''''----.''''-+--- PIPE SUBGRADE

PIPE BASE
. PIPE FOUNDATION
L __ FOR UNSTABLE SOIL-SEE NOTE 2
4" MIN. - 6",8" & 10" PIPE UNDISTURBED EARTH
L--_ 6" MIN. - 12" PIPE AND LARGER

NORMAL BEDDING
A M.H. COUPLING
M.H.

COUPLING GASKET
FILL WITH -==- - -==.

GROUT ~-~MIN.SDR26 PVC. PIPE
MANHOLE BASE MIN. SDR 26
PVC. PIPE SECTION A -A
PLAN

PVC PIPE MANHOLE CONNECTION DETAILS
NOTES:

1. CONCRETE ENCASEMENT PER BREA STD. PLAN 217 SHALL BE USED WHERE THE TRENCH WIDTH AT THE UPPER LIMIT OF THE PIPE ZONE EXCEEDS THE MAXIMUM WIDTH SPECIFIED ABOVE.

2. IF UNSTABLE SOIL IS ENCOUNTERED, CITY REPRESENTATIVE SHALL DETERMINE DEPTH OF REMOVAL AND THICKNESS OF FOUNDATION ROCK REFILL MATERIAL.

3. SEE BREA STD. PLANS 205 AND 210 FOR MANHOLE DETAILS.

P.V.C. PIPE BEDDING & MANHOLE CONNECTION DETAILS
APPROVED: STO PLAN NUMBER
DATE: 10-15-2013 218-0
CITY OF BREA SHEET 1 OF 1
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
PAVEMEN:"I P.C.C. OR A.C.

ZONE f-E'f--__SE_E_N_0_T_E_3 D>os-112" MIN.I-sSEE NOTE 5 I I I
Uw
Z Z
W 0
PIPE 0.0. SEE NOTE 1. N
12" SAND OVER
PIPE SE 30 MIN.
12" w 100-E-1 00 z
o SLURRY ABOVE
N CRUSHED ROCK W

0..

0.. o M
o lH~ (1)0
z - - - -t-----l~=--......:;;.-f'"-~
PIPE SUBGRADE
PIPE
BASE
----.1-t--t--I- .;,- --.;~PI_P_EF_O_UN_D_AT_IO_N _ -4-::::>'""'..::::....-----,-,~-___,

3/4" MAX.
a:: I I CRUSHED ROCK I I lOR BEDDING MATERIAL IlL- - - ~SHALL MEET THE ~1-- --I REQUIREMENTS OF

GREENBOOK SECTION
306-1.2.1
4" MIN. 6", 8" & 10" PIPE FOR UNSTABLE SOIL
6" MIN. 12" PIPE AND LARGER. CONDITION SEE NOTE 4

TYPICAL NORMAL BEDDING OVERWIDTH BEDDING
SEE NOTE 2
NOTES:

1. TRENCH WIDTH AT THE UPPER LIMIT OF THE PIPE ZONE SHALL BE WITHIN THE FOLLOWING LIMIT FOR TYPICAL NORMAL BEDDING.
(A) MAXIMUM TRENCH WIDTH - 0.0. PIPE OR BELL PLUS 8" MAX. EACH SIDE OF PIPE.
(B) MINIMUM TRENCH WIDTH - 0.0. PIPE OR BELL PLUS 6" MIN. EACH SIDE OF PIPE.

2. OVERWIDTH BEDDING SHALL BE USED WHERE THE TRENCH WIDTH AT THE UPPER LIMIT OF THE PIPE ZONE EXCEEDS THE MAXIMUM WIDTH SPECIFIED ABOVE.

3. MAXIMUM OVERWIDTH BEDDING TO BE DETEMINED IN FIELD BY CITY ENGINEER ON THE BASIS OF OVERWIDTH EXCAVATED.

4. IF UNSTABLE SOIL IS ENCOUNTERED, CITY ENGINEER SHALL DETERMINE DEPTH OF REMOVAL AND SIZE OF FOUNDATION ROCK REFILL MATERIAL.

5. RESURFACING OF TRENCH PAVEMENT SHALL BE PER BREA STD PLAN 102.

V.C.P. PIPE BEDDING DETAILS
APPROVED: STD PLAN NUMBER
DATE: 10-15-2013 219-0
CITY OF BREA SHEET 1 OF 1
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
PRESSURE AND BAC-T TESTING STANDARDS 2022
A. GENERAL

1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY ALL MATERIAL, LABOR, EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD

NECESSARY TO CONDUCT TESTS AND PROVIDE CERTIFICATION OF PIPELINE DISINFECTION FROM AN ORANGE COUNTY - CA APPROVED LABORATORY. ALL TESTS SHALL BE MADE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE CITY INSPECTOR. ALL CONSTRUCTED FACILITIES SHALL BE ISOLATED FROM THE EXISTING PUBLIC SYSTEM WHILE BEING TESTED.

2. ALL PRESSURE AND DISINFECTION TESTING SHALL COMPLY WITH AWWA STANDARD C651 UNLESS MODIFIED HEREIN.

3. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A TESTING PLAN WHICH INDICATES THE LOCATIONS OF ALL

PRESSURE AND DISINFECTION TESTING FOR CITY APPROVAL PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.

B. DISINFECTION

1. ALL WATER MAINS, WATER SERVICES, ATTACHED APPURTENANCES, AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DISINFECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWWA STD. C651 "DISINFECTING WATER MAINS", UNLESS MODIFIED HEREIN.

2. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSURE THAT ALL PIPE, FITTINGS, AND APPURTENANCES ARE KEPT FREE FROM DIRT AND FOREIGN MATTER AT ALL TIMES.

3. DURING THE CHLORINATION PROCESS, ALL VALVES SHALL BE OPERATED, AND THE CHLORINE SOLUTION SHALL BE DRAWN THROUGH ALL LATERALS AND APPURTENANCES.

4. DISINFECTION OF MAINS AND APPURTENANCES, HYDROSTATIC TESTING, AND CHLORINE RETENTION MAY RUN CONCURRENTLY FOR THE REQUIRED MINIMUM 24 HOUR PERIOD. IN THE

EVENT OF LEAKAGE WHERE REPAIRS ARE NECESSARY, ADDED DISINFECTION SHALL BE MADE ONLY BY INJECTION OF A CHLORINE SOLUTION INTO THE LINE.

5. DISINFECTION SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY CHLORINATION USING EITHER DIRECT

CHLORINE GAS, CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE TABLETS, OR LIQUID CHLORINE AS SPECIFIED IN AWWA STANDARD C651, EXCEPT THAT ALL PIPELINES LARGER THAN 12 INCHES SHALL BE DISINFECTED USING CHLORINE GAS.

6. THE CHLORINE GAS FEED, TABLETS, OR LIQUID CHLORINE USED IN THE DISINFECTION PROCESS SHALL PRODUCE A RESIDUAL OF NOT LESS THAN 50 PPM OF CHLORINE IN ALL SECTIONS OF PIPELINE AND APPURTENANCES BEING DISINFECTED AND 25 PPM OF CHLORINE AFTER 24 HOURS OF RETENTION.

7. IF THE CHLORINE RESIDUAL IS LESS THAN 25 PPM (20 mq/L) AFTER 24 HOURS, THE LINE SHALL

BE FLUSHED AND THE STERILIZATION SHALL BE REPEATED UNTIL ALL TEST REQUIREMENTS ARE MET.
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
2 | P a g e

C I T Y O F B R E A

P U B L I C W O R K S D E P A R T M E N T
C. FLUSHING AND BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTS

1. FOLLOWING THE CHLORINATION PERIOD OF 24 HOURS, THE WATER SHALL BE FLUSHED FROM THE LINE AT ITS EXTREMITIES NOT TO EXCEED 1,000 LINEAR FEET

OF PIPE AND AT ALL OUTLETS UNTIL THE CHLORINE RESIDUAL OF THE WATER SYSTEM BEING FLUSHED EQUALS THAT OF THE PUBLIC WATER SYSTEM. TEST

SAMPLES FROM THE EXISTING CITY WATER FACILITIES SHALL BE OBTAINED TO DETERMINE THE CURRENT LEVELS. HOWEVER, TESTS FOR THE NEW SYSTEM SHALL INDICATE NO HIGHER THAN 1.5 PPM.

2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE AN ORANGE COUNTY - CA CERTIFIED LABORATORY PERFORM THE BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTS. SAMPLES SHALL BE TAKEN AT ALL TIEINS, INTERSECTIONS, AND PIPE SECTIONS NOT EXCEEDING 1,000 LINEAR FEET, WITH AT LEAST ONE SAMPLE TAKEN FROM EACH DEAD—END MAIN SECTION, UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE BY THE CITY. THE TEST SITES SHALL COINCIDE AT

THE FLUSHING FACILITIES WITH THE APPROPRIATE BLOW-OFF VALVE, MAIN PLUGS/BULKHEAD, RISER PIPING, AND SAMPLE VALVES. SAMPLES SHALL BE TAKEN 24 OR MORE HOURS AFTER FINAL FLUSHING. ALL SAMPLES MUST SHOW RESULTS THAT MEET THE CITY REQUIREMENTS FOR TWO CONSECUTIVE DAYS.

3. ALL FLUSHING WATER FROM THE SYSTEM SHALL BE DISCHARGED TO THE NEAREST CITY SEWER MANHOLE AS APPROVED BY THE CITY.

D. BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING VERIFICATION

1. AFTER 24 HOURS OR MORE AFTER FINAL FLUSHING, THE SAMPLE FOR HETEROTROPHIC PLATE COUNT (HPC), SHALL NOT EXCEED 100 CFU/mL. IF THE SAMPLE RESULTS SHOW HPC GREATER THAN 100 CFU/mL, FLUSHING SHOULD

RESUME AND ANOTHER SET OF HPC AND COLIFORM SAMPLES SHALL BE COLLECTED UNTIL NO COLIFORM ARE PRESENT AND THE HPC IS LESS THAN 100 CFU/mL.

E. PRESSURE TESTING

1. TEST PRESSURE SHALL NOT BE PLACED ON THE SYSTEM UNTIL 48 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION AND BACKFILL HAS BEEN ACCEPTED BY THE CITY. THE TEST SHALL

BE MADE BY PLACING A TEMPORARY PLUG/BULKEAD, AT THE END OF ALL NEW PIPES, TIE-INS, SEGMENT OF NEW PIPE NOT EXCEEDING 1,000 LINER FEET, WITH THE APPROPRIATE TESTING FACILIITIES, METER, BLOW-OFF VALVE ETC., INSTALLED AND ACCEPTED BY THE CITY.

2. THE PIPIING SHALL BE SLOWLY FILLED WITH POTABLE WATER. CARE SHALL BE

EXERCISED TO SEE THAT PROVISION IS MADE FOR THE ESCAPE OF AIR AT HIGH POINTS AND ENDS OF LATERALS.
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
3 | P a g e

C I T Y O F B R E A

P U B L I C W O R K S D E P A R T M E N T

3. AFTER THE LINE HAS BEEN COMPLETELY FILLED, IT SHALL BE ALLOWED TO STAND AT THE EXISTING SYSTEM ACTING PRESSURE BUT NOT LESS THAN 40 PSI MINIMUM PRESSURE FOR 24 HOURS MINIMUM TO ALLOW THE MORTAR LINING IN MORTAR

LINED PIPES TO ABSORB THE MAXIMUM MOISTURE AND DIP FITTINGS TO EXPAND, AND TO ALLOW THE ESCAPE OF ANY AIR POCKETS.

4. THE INITIAL 24-HOUR PRESSURE WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED DURING CONTRACT WORKING DAYS AND HOURS AND SHALL NOT BE COMMENCED ON A FRIDAY.

5. THE PIPELINE SHALL THEN BE BROUGHT UP TO THE TEST PRESSURE OF 225 PSI

AND MAINTAINED ON THE SECTION UNDER TEST FOR A PERIOD OF NOT LESS THAN

FOUR HOURS DURING CONTRACT WORKING DAYS AND HOURS AND SHALL NOT BE COMMENCED ON A FRIDAY.

6. ACCURATE MEANS (PUMP AND METER READING IN GALLONS/MIN AND/OR PRESSURE (0.5 PSI INCREMENTS)) SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR MEASURING THE

ACTUAL LEAKAGE BY DETERMINING THE AMOUNT OF WATER (IN GALLONS) NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE TEST PRESSURE (225 PSI) FOR THE TEST PERIOD OF FOUR HOURS.

7. MORTAR LINED AND DIP
a. THE ACTUAL LEAKAGE SHALL NOT EXCEED THE ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE DETERMINED BY THE FOLLOWING FORMULA:

L = N* D* P^1/2
3,700
WHERE, L = MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE, GALLONS PER HOUR
N = NUMBER OF JOINTS FOR THE SYSTEM TESTED
D = NOMINAL DIAMETER OF THE PIPE, INCHES
P = THE AVERAGE TEST PRESSURE DURING THE TEST, PSI

8. PVC
a. THE PRESSURE SHALL REMAIN AT 225 PSI THROUGHOUT THE TEST.

9. SHOULD ANY TEST DISCLOSE LEAKAGE GREATER THAN THAT SPECIFIED, OR

PRESSURE LESS THAN SPECIFIED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL, AT HIS OWN

EXPENSE, LOCATE AND REPAIR THE DEFECTIVE JOINTS OR LEAKAGE LOCATION

AND RETEST THE SYSTEM UNTIL THE LEAKAGE IS WITHIN THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE AS DEFINED HEREIN.
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025

CITY OF BREA

PROJECT SIGN TEMPLATE
NTS
60”x48” sign dimensions

PROJECT NAME
START: MONTH/YEAR
ENDING: MONTH/YEAR

CONTRACTOR CONTACT INFORMATION
Notes:

1. Letter Size: 5” min

2. White background

3. Black lettering

4. City logo as provided and scaled larger than text size to fit (Template logo is approx. to scale)

5. Contractor’s logo scaled to fit (Template box is approx. to scale)

6. Contractor to provide sign submittal to City for approval prior to fabrication

7. Contractor to install sign with two posts connected to sign with appropriate support hardware and anchored as required using angled timber bracing connected to posts, bottom header connection to each lateral brace with sandbags dead weights, footings

8. Contractor shall be responsible for design, fabrication, installation, maintenance, and removal of sign(s)

9. Bottom of sign shall be no less than 7’-0” above EG

10. Contractor to coordinate sign(s) location with Engineer prior to installation

11. Contractor is directed to Project Contract Specifications for further requirements Contractor’s Logo
Here

CITY OF BREA
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025

APPENDIX B

CONTRACTORS BUSINESS LICENSE

APPLICATION

7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025

CITY OF BREA

BUSINESS LICENSE TAX APPLICATION

OUT-OF-CITY CONTRACTORS
Please submit completed application with payment
(see fee schedule below) and copy of
current contractor’s license (pocket card) to:

City of Brea, Business License Division,
1 Civic Center Cir., Brea, CA 92821
(714) 990-7686 office Fax (714) 671-4484
[email protected]

1. BUSINESS NAME (use exact name as contractor’s license) START DATE (Brea)

2. BUSINESS ADDRESS (physical address) BUSINESS TELEPHONE NO. BUSINESS FAX NO.

3. MAILING NAME AND ADDRESS (if different from business address) Include corp. name if applicable
NO. OF EMPLOYEES (Brea)
LOCAL CONTACT NAME, TITLE, RESIDENCE PHONE NO.

4. TYPE OF BUSINESS: State fully the exact nature of business.

5. FEDERAL EMPLOYER ID NO. STATE EMPLOYER ID NO. (EDD #)

6. CALIFORNIA STATE CONTRACTOR’S
LICENSE NO. & CLASSIFICATION
CALIFORNIA SELLER’S PERMIT NO./ RESALE
NO. (if applicable)

CALIFORNIA STATE PROFESSIONAL LICENSE
NO. (if applicable)

OWNER/OFFICER INFORMATION

7. Please check the type of ownership and complete information. Sole Proprietorship Partnership Husband & Wife Limited Liability Corporation Trust Name: Title: Home Phone No:

Home Address: City & State: Zip:

SSN (Only Sole or Partnership): DL # (Only Sole or Partnership):

Name: Title: Home Phone No:

Home Address: City & State: Zip:

SSN (Only Partnership): DL # (Only Partnership):

Name: Title: Home Phone No:

Home Address: City & State: Zip:

PAYMENT OF THIS TAX DOES NOT CONSTITUTE ZONING, BUILDING, OR FIRE CODE APPROVAL. CHECK WITH THE

DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT TO DETERMINE IF YOUR BUSINESS CAN BE LEGALLY ESTABLISHED AT YOUR LOCATION.

8. I DECLARE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY THAT THE FOREGOING IS TRUE AND CORRECT Signature Print Name Title Date

FOR OFFICE USE ONLY
ACCOUNT NO. ORDINANCE CLASSIFICATION

EFFECTIVE DATES ISSUE DATES FEE
NOTES:

SCHEDULE OF FEES (based on State contractor’s classification):
3-Months 6-Months 1-Year
CLASS A- General Engineering Contractor $50.00 $90.00 $150.00 CLASS B- General Building Contractor $40.00 $60.00 $100.00 CLASS C- Specialty Contractor $20.00 $36.00 $ 60.00
Rev. 01/10
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025

A P P E N D I X C

I N S U R A N C E A N D I N D E M N I T Y

R E Q U I R E M E N T S
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
City of Brea Insurance Requirements
Construction Projects
(Capital improvement projects, other construction and remodeling, etc.) Asbestos Related Projects
(Abatement, removal, etc.)
The insurance requirements below summarize, but do not supersede, the insurance requirements addressed in the body of the Bid Specifications. You are advised to refer to the bid specifications in addition to the information provided below. (Some projects may have different/additional requirements).

It is highly recommended that you consult your insurance carrier(s) or broker(s) to determine in advance of bid submission the availability and cost of insurance as prescribed and provided herein. Failure to comply with the insurance requirements may result in your bid or proposal not being considered for award of contract. While unlikely to be granted, any proposed deviations from the standards listed below will require City pre-approval.

Type of Insurance
Coverage
General
Liability
Automobile
Liability
Workers’
Compensation
Required by Contract? Yes Yes Yes
Minimum Limits of
Coverage
$2,000,000 Combined
Single Limit Per
Occurrence Minimum
$2,000,000 Combined
Single Limit Per
Occurrence Minimum
Workers' Compensation to Statutory
Limits; $1,000,000 Employers' Liability
Limit
Minimum A.M. Best’s
Guide Rating / Other
Requirements
A / VII A / VII A / VII or State Compensation Insurance Fund
Additional Insured
Endorsement Required?
Need ISO Form
Numbered CG 20 10 11
85 or similar
Yes Yes No
Waiver of Subrogation
Endorsement Required? Yes Yes Yes
Comments
Contract may require
higher limits.

Any asbestos clean-up
will require
“Environmental
Impairment Liability
Insurance” as per
contract specifications.

Unless Contractor
establishes that no
vehicles will be used.

Not needed for sole proprietors or
partnerships with no employees.
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025

APPENDIX D

UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT

IDENTIFICATION NUMBER FORM
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025

UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT

IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(To be completed only by the awarded Contractor prior to excavation) No excavation will be permitted until this form is completed and returned to the AGENCY.

Section 4216/4217 of the Government Code requires a Dig Alert Identification Number be issued before a Permit to Excavate will be valid.

To obtain a Dig Alert Identification Number, call Underground Service Alert at 811 a minimum of two working days before scheduled excavation.

Dig Alert Identification Number: __________________________________________________ Contractor
By
Title
Date: ___________________
Note: This form is required for every Dig Alert
Identification Number issued by U.S.A. during the course of the Work. Additional forms may be obtained from the
AGENCY upon request
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025

APPENDIX E

WARRANTY BOND
SAMPLE
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Bond No. __________

WARRANTY BOND
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that:

WHEREAS the City of Brea (“Owner”) has awarded to
______________________________________________________________________ (“Principal”), a contract (“Contract”) for the work described as follows:
________________________________________________________________ WHEREAS, Principal is required under the terms of the Contract to furnish a one (1) year warranty to make repairs or replacements made necessary by defects in materials, equipment or workmanship related to the Principal’s construction of the Improvements.

NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and ________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ (Insert name, address , and telephone number of Surety) (“Surety”), a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto Owner in the penal sum of
_____________________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________Dollars ($XXX.XX), in lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the hereby bounded Principal, his, her or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform all the undertakings, terms, covenants, conditions and agreements concerning the one (1) year warranty as set forth in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on the Principal’s part to be kept and performed, all within the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

In case suit is brought upon this bond, Surety further agrees to pay all court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees in an amount fixed by the court.

FURTHER, the Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, addition or modification to the terms of the Contract, or of the work to be performed thereunder, or the specifications for the same, shall in any way affect its obligations under this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, addition, or modification to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications thereunder. Surety hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code §§ 2845 and 2849. The City of Brea is the principal beneficiary of this bond and has all rights of a party thereto.
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, two (2) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original hereof, have been duly executed by Principal and Surety, on the date set forth below, the name of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative(s) pursuant to authority of its governing body.

Dated: _____________________
“Principal” “Surety”
___________________________ _____________________________ ___________________________ _____________________________ By: ________________________ By: __________________________ Its Its
By: ________________________ By: __________________________ Its Its
(Seal) (Seal)
Note: This bond must be executed in duplicate and dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney-in-fact must be attached. 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025

APPENDIX F

NPDES REQUIREMENTS

BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 15 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Perimeter / Linear Controls:

Ponding and/or filtering stormwater to remove pollutants (primarily sediment) from entering the storm drain system.

Type Description
Storm Drain
Inlet
Protection
Filtering or ponding of stormwater before it enters a storm drain inlet to reduce the amount of sediment that discharges. Storm drain inlet protection should be implemented at every storm drain inlet that receives runoff from active construction areas. Ponding of sediment laden stormwater can provide the best results if the ponding capacity is appropriate for the tributary drainage area. Ponding may be limited by street traffic constraints. Other sediment controls such as check dams should be used upstream to reduce the amount of sediment that reaches the storm drain inlet protection. After a storm sediment that has settled must be cleaned up. Reference: CASQA SE-10, SE-14. 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 16 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Table 7: Sediment Capture BMPs
Sediment Capture:

Capturing sediment in channelized stormwater to reduce sediment discharge.

Type Description
Sediment Trap
/ Basin
Constructing a temporary containment area to detain runoff to allow for deposition of sediment prior to stormwater discharge. Sediments traps / basins are effective when implemented within the downstream section of a construction site or at discharge points. Sediment traps can be effectively implemented throughout a large construction site. Sediment basins can efficiently be developed at locations where future post-construction basins will be utilized. Sediment traps should only be used for tributary drainage areas below 5 acres. Sediment basins should be used for tributary drainage areas between 5 and 75 acres. Sediment traps / basins can be large and may not be suitable for small construction projects. Sediment traps / basins should be sized by a Registered Civil Engineer to ensure they have sufficient capacity.

Sediment traps / basins should not hold water for longer than 72 hours. Local agencies may have stricter vector control and child safety fence requirements.

Typically dikes, swales, or piping are required to direct runoff to traps / basins.

Reference: CASQA SE-2, SE-3
Check Dams Constructing small barriers along a swale or channel to reduce channel erosion and allow for deposition of sediment. Check dams are effective for sediment control within un-stabilized concentrated flow paths on the construction site such as swales, ditches, or channels. Typically, check dams are constructed of rock, sand / gravel bags or fiber rolls. Effective check dams will collect sediment behind each check dam which must be removed regularly to maintain the performance of the check dam. Check dams should not be constructed with straw bales or silt fence. Reference: CASQA SE-4, SE-5, SE-6, SE-8 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 17 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Table 8: Street Cleaning BMPs
Street Cleaning:

Cleaning streets and other paved areas that have collected sediment and/or debris to prevent it from entering the storm drain system.

Type Description
Street
Sweeping and
Vacuuming
Cleaning sediment from streets and roadways to reduce the potential discharge to storm drain inlets or receiving waters. Sweeping and vacuuming should be implemented on all paved areas within and adjacent to construction sites.

Inspect and maintain areas subject to sediment tracking on a daily basis. Utilize methods that collect and remove sediment instead of methods that simply spread the sediment around. Reference: CASQA SE-7

3.4.3 Wind Erosion Control (WE)
Wind Erosion Control is any practice that protects the soil surface and prevents the soil particles from being detached by wind. Wind Erosion Control is also referred to as dust control.

Table 9: Wind Erosion Control BMPs
Wind Erosion Control:

Covering or wetting exposed soil to prevent erosion by-way-of wind.

Type Description
Wind Erosion
Control
Preventing wind from causing erosion or dust. Examples include: wet suppression, chemical dust suppression, covering exposed sediment, and minimizing disturbed area though scheduling. Wind erosion control should be implemented at every construction project throughout all disturbed areas. Wet suppression is sufficient for most projects if implemented regularly. Other requirements (Clean Air Act, Air Quality Management Districts, etc.) typically address wind erosion control. Chemical dust suppression should only be implemented when it will have no negative environmental impacts. Reference:

CASQA WE-1
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 18 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Wind Erosion Control:

Covering or wetting exposed soil to prevent erosion by-way-of wind.

Type Description

3.4.4 Tracking Control (TC)
Tracking Control is any practice that prevents or reduces the amount of sediment that is tracked to paved areas from unpaved areas by vehicles or construction equipment.

Table 10: Tracking Control BMPs
Tracking Control:

Reducing the amount of sediment that leaves the site from vehicles and construction equipment.

Type Description
Stabilized
Construction
Entrance / Exit
Constructing a stabilized surface where sediment can be dislodged from vehicle and equipment tires before being tracked onto off-site paved roads. Stabilized construction entrance / exits should be implemented at every construction project to prevent sediment tracking from the site. Stabilized construction entrances / exits should be 50 feet or more in length. The most common method is to place 3-6 inch rock at least 1 foot high over filter fabric. Additional rock may need to be added as sediment accumulates. Rumble plates can be added for additional sediment removal. Tracking controls are a minimum BMP requirement of the CGP. Reference: CASQA TC-1 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 19 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual

3.4.5 Non-Stormwater Management (NS)
Non-stormwater management is any practice that limits or reduces potential pollutants at their source before they are exposed to stormwater. Non-stormwater management typically involves day-to-day operations of the construction site and is usually under the control of the contractor. Non-stormwater management is often referred to as good housekeeping practices.

Table 11: Non-Stormwater Management BMPs
Non-Stormwater Management:

Preventing construction related pollutants from contacting stormwater.

Type Description
Vehicle and
Equipment
Pollution
Prevention
Preventing, containing, and disposing of pollutants from cleaning, fueling, and maintaining vehicles and equipment. Vehicle and equipment pollution prevention should occur at every construction project that cleans, fuels, or maintains vehicles or equipment. All cleaning, fueling, and maintenance performed on the site should occur in an area designated for the activity and at least 50 feet away from downstream storm drain facilities. Avoid “topping-off” of fuel tanks. Keep absorbent spill cleanup materials available; dispose of used materials properly. Train employees and subcontractors proper spill prevention, control, and cleanup procedures. Use drip pans or a secondary containment area for fueling and maintenance. Inspect for equipment leaks daily. Prevent wash water from entering storm drain system. Reference: CASQA NS-8, NS-9, NS-10
Dewatering
Operations
Managing and/or treating the discharge of accumulated stormwater or nonstormwater (groundwater or water used during construction activities) to prevent unauthorized discharge. Dewatering operations should be implemented for any discharge of accumulated stormwater or non-stormwater. Primary concern with accumulated stormwater is sediment. Common methods for reducing sediment from a discharge are sediment traps / basins, weir tanks, dewatering tanks, filter bags / socks, media / cartridge filters. Risk Level and LUP Type 2 and 3 projects must sample accumulated stormwater discharge. As an alternative, accumulated stormwater can be pumped to another area on the site for infiltration to eliminate the need to discharge. Non-stormwater discharges typically require a separate discharge permit. An example of a dewatering filter bag for stormwater dewatering discharges is provided below. Reference:
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 20 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Non-Stormwater Management:

Preventing construction related pollutants from contacting stormwater.

Type Description
CASQA NS-2
Paving and
Grinding
Operations
Managing paving and grinding operations to reduce the potential for pollutant discharge. Paving and grinding operations should be implemented at every construction project that involves paving, resurfacing, of saw cutting. Avoid paving operations when rain is forecasted. Grindings, saw-cutting slurry, and waste / debris must be collected and recycled or properly disposed of; none of this should be allowed to enter the storm drain system. Do not apply seal coat, tack coat, slurry seal, or fog seal if rain is forecasted within the curing period.

Reference: CASQA NS-3

3.4.6 Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control (WM) Waste management and materials pollution control are practices that limit or reduce or prevent the contamination of stormwater by construction wastes and materials. Potential wastes include solid, sanitary, concrete, hazardous, and equipment-related. Waste management and materials pollution control is also often referred to as good housekeeping practices. 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 21 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Table 12: Materials Pollution Management BMPs
Materials Pollution Management:

Handling, storing, and using construction materials with adequate precautions and control measures to reduce or prevent the contamination of stormwater.

Type Description
Stockpile
Management
Covering or stabilizing stockpiles and providing sediment controls around the perimeter of stockpiles. Stockpile management should occur at every required stockpile within a construction project. Require stockpiles include those of soil, sand, PCC or AC rubble, cold mix asphalt, aggregate base or sub base, and treated wood. Stockpile management is effective against stormwater and wind erosion. All stockpiles can be covered with plastic or similar material.

Alternatively, soil stockpiles may be protected with an erosion control (stabilization) practice. Raw materials such as cold mix treated wood should also be placed on top of plastic. Typical sediment controls placed around the perimeter of stockpiles are fiber rolls, silt fence, and sand / gravel bags. All stockpiles should be placed at least 50 feet away from downstream storm drain facilities. Reference: CASQA WM-3, SE-1, SE-5, SE-6, SE-8 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 22 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Materials Pollution Management:

Handling, storing, and using construction materials with adequate precautions and control measures to reduce or prevent the contamination of stormwater.

Type Description
Material
Delivery,
Storage, and
Use
Preventing and containing pollutant discharges from materials that are delivered, stored, and used on-site. Materials of concern include: petroleum products, asphalt, concrete, paints, solvents, soil stabilizers and binders, pesticides, herbicides, fertilizers, detergents, and other hazardous chemicals.

Material delivery, storage, and use management should occur at every location of a construction project where materials of concern are delivered, stored, or used. All material delivery and storage should occur in an area designated for the activity and at least 50 feet away from downstream storm drain facilities.

Minimize the quantities of materials of concern. Store materials in an enclosed area with secondary containment. Keep absorbent spill cleanup materials available; dispose of used materials properly. Train employees and subcontractors on proper spill prevention, control, and cleanup procedures.

Avoid over-application of soil binders, pesticides, herbicides, and fertilizers.

Reference: CASQA WM-1, WM-2, WM-4
Table 13: Waste Management BMPs
Waste Management:

Handling, storing, and disposing of construction wastes with adequate precautions and control measures to reduce or prevent the contamination of stormwater.

Type Description
Spill
Prevention
and Control
Preventing, controlling, and cleaning up spills to reduce pollutant discharges from construction activities. Spill prevention and control should occur at every construction project that uses petroleum products, asphalt, concrete, paints, solvents, soil stabilizers and binders, pesticides, herbicides, fertilizers, detergents, or other hazardous chemicals. Train employees and subcontractors proper spill prevention, control, and cleanup procedures. Do not bury or wash spills away with water. Keep absorbent spill cleanup materials available; dispose of used materials properly. Report significant spills (those that cannot be contained by personnel in the immediate vicinity) to a local agency, such as the Fire Department, for cleanup assistance. Additional agencies may need to be contacted in the event of a significant spill. Reference: CASQA WM-4 Solid Waste
Management
Containing and disposing of debris and non-hazardous waste to prevent it from being discharged to the storm drain system. Solid waste management and materials pollution control should occur throughout every construction project for non-hazardous 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 23 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Waste Management:

Handling, storing, and disposing of construction wastes with adequate precautions and control measures to reduce or prevent the contamination of stormwater.

Type Description
construction waste and scraps, trash from employees or subcontractors, and waste generated from demolition. Waste should be collected and contained in designated areas. Avoid using waste containers that do not have lids or are not watertight. Collect and dispose of loose trash and waste weekly. Reference: CASQA WM-5 Hazardous
Waste
Management
Containing and disposing of hazardous waste to prevent it from being discharged to the storm drain system. Hazardous waste management and materials pollution control should occur at every construction project that uses petroleum products, asphalt, concrete, paints, solvents, pesticides, herbicides, fertilizers, wood preservatives, or other hazardous chemicals. Train employees and subcontractors proper hazardous waste management and materials pollution control procedures. Store hazardous wastes in an enclosed area with secondary containment. Do not allow hazardous wastes to infiltrate at the site. Avoid overfilling hazardous waste containers. Hazardous wastes should be handled as required by Title 22. For projects that require demolition, lead-, cadmium-, or chromium-based paints, asbestos, and PCBs may exist and will require special treatment. All hazardous waste storage should occur in a designated area at least 50 feet away from downstream storm drain facilities. Hazardous wastes should be disposed of by a licensed hazardous waste transporter. Reference: CASQA WM-6 Concrete
Waste
Management
Containing and disposing of concrete waste to prevent it from being discharged to the storm drain system. Concrete Waste Management should occur at every construction project where concrete is poured, saw cut, grinded, or demolished. Inform all employees and subcontractors that washout from concrete trucks and concrete waste should be collected in concrete washout. Concrete washouts should be watertight and prevent any concrete waste from being able to discharge to the storm drain system. Avoid allowing concrete washout to become greater than 75% full. Concrete demolition debris may be stored by following the stockpile management BMP. Reference: CASQA WM-8, WM-3 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 24 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Waste Management:

Handling, storing, and disposing of construction wastes with adequate precautions and control measures to reduce or prevent the contamination of stormwater.

Type Description
Sanitary
Waste
Management
Containing and disposing of sanitary waste to prevent it from being discharged to the storm drain system. Sanitary Waste Management should occur at every construction project that contains portable or permanent sanitary facilities. Avoid placing portable sanitary facilities in a concentrated flow path, such as a gutter. Use secondary containment under portable sanitary facilities. Contract a licensed sanitary and septic waste hauler to maintain portable sanitary facilities. All portable sanitary facilities should be located at least 50 feet away from downstream storm drain facilities. If a spill occurs, follow federal, state, and local regulations for containment and cleanup. Reference:

CASQA WM-9
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 25 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual

3.4.7 Inspection and Maintenance Frequency Summary
Santa Ana Region
Criteria (only one need apply)
Inspection Frequency
Wet Season Dry Season
(Oct. – Apr.) (May – Sep.)
High All sites 20
acres and
larger
Sites over 1 acre tributary to
Clean Water Act Section 303(d)
waters listed for sediment or
turbidity impairment.

Sites tributary to and
within 500 feet of an Area
of Special Biological
Significance (ASBS).

Monthly Conduct at a frequency to
ensure that sediment and
other pollutants are
properly controlled and
that unauthorized, nonstormwater discharges are
prevented.

Medium All sites between 5 to 20 acres where none of the other above criteria apply. Twice during wet season Low All sites less than 5 acres where none of the other above criteria applies. Once during wet season When BMPs or BMP maintenance is deemed inadequate or out of compliance, an inspection frequency of once every week will be maintained until BMPs and BMP maintenance are brought into compliance (regardless of site prioritization).

San Diego Region
Criteria (only one need apply)
Inspection Frequency
Wet Season Dry Season
(Oct. – Apr.) (May – Sep.)
All sites 30 acres
or more in size
with rough grading
or active slopes
occurring during
wet season.

All sites one acre or more, and tributary
to a CWA section 303(d) water body
segment impaired for sediment or within
or directly adjacent to, or discharging
directly to, the ocean or a receiving
water within an ESA.

Other sites determined
by the Copermittees or
the Regional Board as
a significant threat to
water quality.

Biweekly
(Once every two weeks)
As needed during the dry
season. Sites that meet
any of the criteria for
biweekly inspections
during the wet season
must be inspected at least
once in August or
September each year. All sites one acre or larger where none of the above criteria apply. Monthly All sites less than one acre where none of the above criteria apply. As needed to ensure compliance with
ordinances and MS4
Permit.

Reinspection frequencies must be determined by each Copermittee based upon the severity of deficiencies, the nature of the construction activity, and the characteristics of soils and receiving water quality.
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 26 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
4 References
Web links to permits listed in Table 1.
· National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities. Order number 2009-0009-DWQ. NPDES number CAS000002.
www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/construction.shtml · Waste Discharge Requirements for the County of Orange, Orange County Flood Control District and The Incorporated cities of Orange County within the Santa Ana Region.

Order number R8-2009-0030. NPDES number CAS618030.
www.waterboards.ca.gov/rwqcb8/water_issues/programs/stormwater/oc_permit.shtml · Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges of Runoff from the Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (MS4s) Draining the Watershed of the County of Orange, The Incorporated cities of Orange County, and The Orange County Flood Control District Within the San Diego Region. Order number R9-2009-0002 NPDES number CAS0108740.
www.waterboards.ca.gov/rwqcb9/water_issues/programs/stormwater/oc_stormwater.shtml · Statewide General Waste Discharge Requirements (WDRs) for Discharges to Land with a Low Threat to Water Quality. Order number 2003-0003-DWQ. www.waterboards.ca.gov/board_decisions/adopted_orders/water_quality/2003/wqo/wqo2003-0003.pdf · General Discharge Permit for Discharges to Surface Waters of Groundwater Resulting from Groundwater Dewatering Operations and/or Groundwater Cleanup Activities at Sites within the San Diego Creek / Newport Bay Watershed Polluted by Petroleum Hydrocarbons, Solvents, Metals and/or Salts. Order number R8-2007-0041. NPDES number CAG918002.
www.waterboards.ca.gov/santaana/board_decisions/adopted_orders/orders/2007/07_041_gen_wdr_sandiego_crk_11302007.pdf · Discharges of Extracted Groundwater to Surface Waters Except for San Diego Bay.

Order number R9-2008-0002. NPDES number CAG919002.
www.waterboards.ca.gov/sandiego/board_decisions/adopted_orders/2008/r9-2008-0002.pdf · General Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges to Surface Waters that Pose an Insignificant (De Minimus) Threat to Water Quality. Order number R8-2009-0003.

NPDES number CAG998001.
www.waterboards.ca.gov/santaana/board_decisions/adopted_orders/orders/2009/09_003_deminimus_permit_wdr.pdf · General NPDES Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges of Hydrostatic Test Water and Potable Water to Surface Waters and Storm Drains or Other Conveyance Systems within the San Diego Region. Order number R9-2010-0003. NPDES number CAG679011.
www.waterboards.ca.gov/sandiego/board_decisions/adopted_orders/2010/r9-2010-0003.pdf 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 27 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
5 Glossary
ASBS – Area of Special Biological Significance. The Water Quality Control Plan for Ocean Waters of California (California Ocean Plan) designates 35 Areas of Special Biological Significance, two of which lie within the Santa Ana Regional Board jurisdiction:
· Newport Beach Marine Life Refuge (HU801.110)
· Irvine Coast Marine Life Refuge (HU801.110)
BMP – Best Management Practices (BMPs) are activities, practices, procedures, or facilities implemented to avoid, prevent, or reduce pollution of the stormwater system and receiving waters.

Common Plan of Development – Generally a contiguous area where multiple, distinct construction activities may be taking place at different times under one plan. A plan is generally defined as any piece of documentation or physical demarcation that indicates that construction activities may occur on a common plot. Such documentation could consist of a tract map, parcel map, demolition plans, grading plans or contract documents. Any of these documents could delineate the boundaries of a common plan area. However, broad planning documents, such as land use master plans, conceptual master plans, or broad-based CEQA or NEPA documents that identify potential projects for an agency or facility are not considered common plans of development.

Construction General Permit (CGP) – A National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit (No. CAS000002) issued by the State Water Resources Control Board for the discharge of stormwater associated with construction and land disturbance activities of one acre or more (Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ).

Construction Project – any site for which building or grading permits are issued and where an activity results in the disturbance of soil such as soil movement, grading, excavation, clearing, road construction, structure construction, or structure demolition; and sites where uncovered storage of materials and wastes such as dirt, sand, or fertilizer occurs; or exterior mixing of cementaceous products such as concrete, mortar, or stucco will occur.

Demolition – an activity involving the demolishing or the destruction of a structure, facilities, or associated appurtenances.

Discharge – the release spill, leak, pump, flow, escape, leaching, dumping or disposal of any liquid, semi-solid, or solid substance.

Environmentally Sensitive Area (ESA) – includes but is not limited to all Clean Water Act Section 303(d) impaired water bodies; areas designated in the Ocean Plan as Areas of Special Biological Significance (ASBS) or by the State Water Resources Control Board (Water Quality Control Plan and amendments); water bodies designated with the RARE beneficial use by the State Water Resources Control Board (Water Quality Control Plan and amendments); areas designated as preserves or equivalent under the Natural Community Conservation Planning Program; and any areas designated as Critical Aquatic Resources (CARS) or other equivalent environmentally sensitive areas which have been identified by the County or city. 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 28 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Erosion – the wearing away of the ground surface as a result of the movement of wind, water, and/or ice
Erosion Control – the activity of reducing or eliminating erosion by using a combination of Best Management Practices to protect adjacent private property, watercourses, public facilities, and receiving waters from an abnormal deposition of sediment or dust.

Erosion Control Plan – A plan (including drawings, specifications, or other requirements) detailing the methods of implementing an erosion control system.

Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) – the street gutter, channel, storm drain, catch basin, constructed drain, lined diversion structure, wash area, inlet, outlet, or other facility, which is part of or tributary to the County-wide stormwater runoff system and owned, operated, maintained, or controlled by the County / city, and used for the purpose of collecting, storing, transporting, or disposing of stormwater.

NPDES Permit – NPDES is an acronym for National Pollution Discharge Elimination System.

NPDES is the national program for administering and regulating Sections 307, 318, 402 and 405 of the Clean Water Act (CWA).

Non-stormwater – any runoff or discharge not entirely composed of stormwater.

Notice of Intent (NOI) – an application submitted by the owner / operator of a project that constitutes his intent to be authorized by an NPDES permit issued for stormwater discharges associated with the construction activity indicated.

Notice of Termination – a form to discontinue coverage under an NPDES general permit for stormwater discharges associated with industrial activity and stormwater discharges associated with construction activity.

Pollutant – any liquid, solid or semi-solid substances that will interfere with or adversely affect the beneficial uses of the receiving waters, flora, or fauna of the state. A more detailed definition is included in the Water Quality Ordinance. Generally, pollutants can include such items as:
· Artificial materials
· Household wastes
· Metals and Non-metals
· Petroleum and related hydrocarbons
· Animal wastes
· Substances having a pH less than 6.5 or greater than 8.6, or unusual coloration, turbidity or odor
· Waste materials, sediment, and wastewater generated by construction sites and construction activities
· Pollutants defined by the Federal Clean Water Act
· Other constituents or materials, including but not limited to pesticides, herbicides, fertilizers, fecal coliform, fecal streptococcus or enterococcus, or eroded soils, sediment and particulate materials.
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 29 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Post-Construction BMPs – Structural and non-structural controls which detain, retain, or filter the release of pollutants to receiving waters after construction is complete and final stabilization is attained.

Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) – Individual who is authorized per the requirements of Order No. 2009-0009-DWQ to develop and revise SWPPP’s.

Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) – Individual assigned responsibility by the owner for non-stormwater and stormwater visual observations, sampling and analysis, and responsibility to ensure full compliance with the Construction General Permit and implementation of all elements of the SWPPP, including the preparation of the annual compliance evaluation and the elimination of all unauthorized discharges.

RARE – Rare, Threatened, or Endangered Species (RARE) Uses of water that support habitats necessary, at least in part, for the survival and successful maintenance of plant or animal species established under state or federal law as rare, threatened or endangered.

Receiving Water – A river, lake, ocean, stream, or other watercourse identified in the Basin Plan into which waters may be discharged.

Regional Board – Regional Water Quality Control Boards administer water quality requirements within a watershed region. There are nine Regional Boards under the SWRCB. The SWRCB is one of five branches of the California Environmental Protection Agency The San Diego Regional Board and the Santa Ana Regional Board have jurisdiction in Orange County.

Runoff – Water originating from rainfall, melted snow, and other sources (e.g., sprinkler irrigation) that flows over the land surface to receiving waters.

Run-on – Off site stormwater surface flow which enters your site.

Scour – The erosive and digging action in a watercourse caused by flowing water.

Secondary Containment – Structures, usually dikes, berms, or large containers, surrounding tanks or other storage containers, designed to catch spilled material to prevent it from being discharged.

Sediment – Solid particulate matter, both mineral and organic that comes from the weathering of rock.

Sedimentation – The process of depositing soil particles, clays, sands, or other sediments that were picked up by runoff.

Sheet Flow – Flow of water that occurs overland in areas where there are no defined channels where the water spreads out over a large area at a uniform depth.

Storm Drains – Above- and below-ground structures for transporting stormwater to streams or outfall for flood control purposes.

Stormwater – Urban runoff and snowmelt runoff consisting only of those discharges, which originate from precipitation events.

Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) – Document required by the General Construction Permit to be developed and implemented by construction sites with 1 acre or greater of soil disturbance, or less than 1 acre but part of a greater common plan of development.

The SWPPP emphasizes the use of appropriately selected, correctly installed, and maintained 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 30 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
pollution reduction BMPs. This approach provides the flexibility necessary to establish BMPs that can effectively address source control of pollutants during changing construction activities.

State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) – California agency that implements and enforces water quality and NPDES permit requirements and oversees the Regional Boards.

Waste Discharge Identification (WDID) Number – an identification number assigned by the State Water Resources Control Board upon receipt of a complete NOI. 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 31 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Appendix A: Permit Determination Flowcharts
This appendix includes flowcharts for project owners or developers to quickly determine which permits are required for a particular project and a short description of each permit. For each project, follow the questions in each of the three flow charts to determine construction permitting and site management requirements. For example if a project is less than an acre, but requires dewatering, the reader should quickly understand that the CGP does not apply to them, but that they need to read more about dewatering permits.

To use this appendix, follow Steps 1-3 for each project. After following the steps, refer to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 for details on the specific permits and ordinances that may affect your project.

Step 1: Project Size
Will disturbed area be > 1
acre?
Construction General Permit (2009-0009-DWQ) and Local
Ordinances and Grading Code.

Local Ordinances and Grading Code.

No
Yes
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 32 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Step 2: Dewatering
Will dewatering
occur?
Will discharge be to land,
sewer, or storm drain?
WDR for Discharge to Land
(2003-0003-DWQ)
Is project within
Santa Ana or San
Diego Region?
Dewatering Permit outside of San Diego
Bay for San Diego Region (R9-2008-
0002)
Is project within San
Diego Creek/
Newport Bay
Watershed?
Dewatering Permit in
Newport Bay Watershed
for Santa Ana Region (R8-
2007-0041)
De Minimus WDRs for
Santa Ana Region (R8-
2009-0003)
Contact sewer agency.

No dewatering
requirements.

SD
SA
Land
Sewer
Storm
No
Yes
No
Yes
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 33 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Step 3: Hydrostatic Testing or Potable Discharge
Will hydrostatic testing or
potable water discharge
occur?
Will discharge be to land,
sewer, or storm drain?
WDR for Discharge to Land (2003-
0003-DWQ)
Is project within Santa Ana
or San Diego Region?
Potable Water WDRs for
San Diego Region (R9-
2010-0003)
De Minimus WDRs for Santa
Ana Region (R8-2009-0003)
or MS4 Permit (R8-2009-
0030 Section III.3.ii.b)
Contact sewer agency.

No hydrostatic testing
or potable water
requirements.

No
Yes
SD
SA
Land
Sewer
Storm
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 34 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Appendix B: Permit Descriptions

1. Construction General Permit (2009-0009-DWQ / CAS000002) Note: This Section applies only to projects with greater than or equal to one acre of disturbed area.

In 2009, the State Water Resources Control Board (SWRCB) adopted Order No., 2009-0009- DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities, NPDES No.

CAS000002 (Construction General Permit or CGP).

The CGP requires that construction sites with one acre or greater of soil disturbance or less than one acre but part of a greater common plan of development apply for coverage for discharges under the CGP by submitting Permit Registration Documents (PRD) for coverage, developing a stormwater pollution prevention plan (SWPPP), implementing BMPs to address construction site pollutants and complying with the monitoring requirements of the CGP.

The County’s and cities’ construction site requirements are coordinated with, but separate from the CGP. The CGP applies regardless of whether a construction site discharges directly to receiving waters or to a municipal storm drain system. Inspections of construction sites by County / cities (for MS4 permit compliance) or by Regional Board staff (for CGP compliance) are separate and carry different enforcement actions / mechanisms.

The following briefly summarizes the process for a construction project that is subject to the CGP:
§ The project owner, Legally Responsible Person (LRP), is responsible for obtaining CGP coverage. Permit coverage is obtained by preparing and certifying the Permit Registration Documents (PRDs). PRDs must be uploaded and certified by the LRP in the SWRCB Storm Water Multi Application Report Tracking System (SMARTS, https: / / smarts.waterboards.ca.gov / ).
§ Each project subject to the CGP requires the services of a Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) and a Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP). These titles are defined in the CGP, Section VII.
§ Each year an Annual Report must be submitted and certified in SMARTS. The reporting period is from August 1 to June 30 and Annual Reports are due on September 1. § After construction is completed and the site fully complies with the final stabilization requirements of the CGP, the owner must terminate permit coverage through SMARTS.

2. MS4 Permit for Santa Ana Region (R8-2009-0030 / CAS618030) In 2009, the Santa Ana Regional Board issued its fourth term MS4 permit, Order No. R8-2009- 0030. This permit regulates stormwater discharge from municipal storm drain systems. The permit is issued to the County of Orange and the cities within the Santa Ana Region boundary.

The goal of the MS4 permit is to protect water quality by requiring the County and cities (collectively, the Co-Permittees) to implement a program to eliminate significant pollutant discharges from construction activities by requiring the implementation of appropriate Best 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 35 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Management Practices (BMPs) on all construction sites. BMPs are activities, practices, procedures, or devices implemented to avoid, prevent or reduce pollution of the municipal storm drain system and receiving waters.

3. MS4 Permit for San Diego Region (R9-2009-0002 / CAS0108740) In 2009, the San Diego Regional Board issued its fourth term NPDES permit, Order No. R9- 2009-0002. This permit regulates stormwater discharge from municipal storm drain systems. The permits issued to the County of Orange and the cities within the San Diego Region Boundary.

The goal of the MS4 permit is to protect water quality by requiring the County and cities (collectively, the Co-Permittees) to implement a program to eliminate significant pollutant discharges from construction activities by requiring the implementation of appropriate Best Management Practices (BMPs) on all construction sites. BMPs are activities, practices, procedures, or devices implemented to avoid, prevent or reduce pollution of the municipal storm drain system and receiving waters.

4. WDRs for Discharge to Land (2003-0003-DWQ)
This permit, Order No. 2003-0003-DWQ, applies to projects that discharge to land where the discharge has a low threat to water quality. These are typically low volume discharges with minimal pollutant concentrations. The primary difference between this permit and the permits described in herein is the destination of the water. This permit regulates discharges to land, while the following two sections discuss discharges to storm drains or receiving waters. For instance, if a dewatering discharge will be piped to an infiltration basin during construction, this permit should be used.

5. De Minimus WDRs for Santa Ana Region (R8-2007-0041 / CAG918002 and R8- 2009-0003 / CAG998001)
There are two permits within the Santa Ana Region that regulate dewatering discharges to a storm drain or receiving water. Order No. R8-2007-0041, NPDES No. CAG918002, regulates dewatering discharges in the San Diego Creek / Newport Bay watershed. And, Order No. R8- 2009-0003, NPDES No. CAG998001, amended by R8-2012-0062, regulates dewatering discharges for the Santa Ana Region. Refer to the permit text for specific circumstances allowing projects to be covered under the region-wide permit even though it is located within the San Diego Creek / Newport Bay watershed.

Dischargers subject to the San Diego Creek / Newport Bay Permit (Order No. R8-2007-0041) formed a Working Group and funded the development of a Work Plan to develop a management plan for nitrate and selenium discharges to surface waters that result from groundwater-related inflows. If those entities that participate in the Working Group (refer to Order for enrollees list), can demonstrate that compliance with the numeric selenium effluent limitations identified in the Order is infeasible, the groundwater-related discharge is allowed provided that the Working Group implements the Work Plan in a timely manner and that the discharger fulfills its financial and participatory requirements established by the Group. For dischargers who are not participating in the Working Group and cannot comply with the numeric effluent limitations, the discharger must either not proceed with the planned discharge or must identify and participate in a program that assures that selenium discharges in excess of those allowed by the Order are offset on at least a one-to-one basis.
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 36 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
To obtain coverage under either of these permits, the general guidelines below should be followed:

Existing Dischargers

1. Submit an updated Notice of Intent (NOI) to continue discharging; and

2. A copy of the current Monitoring and Reporting Program along with any proposed treatment modifications.

Additionally, Order No. R8-2007-0041 should be reviewed by all parties as there are different and/or additional stipulations that need to be met based on enrollment status in the Nitrogen and Selenium Management Program (NSMP).

New Dischargers
At least 45 days (180 days if applying under Order No. R8-2007-0041) before the start of a new discharge, the Discharger needs to submit an application for coverage and obtain a letter of authorization from the Executive Officer for the dewatering discharge. The application needs to include:

1. A Notice of Intent (NOI) to be covered under the Order.

2. A site characterization study that identifies the presence of contaminated groundwater onsite (constituents of concern listed with the Orders), its properties, and a threedimensional assessment of the extent of concentration of contaminants in the subsurface; which includes a description of the geologic and hydrologic factors that control the migration of the contaminants; and, if adjacent to a contaminated site, the Discharger has to evaluate the depth and flow rate of the extraction as well as the possibility of extracting the contaminated groundwater from the adjacent site.

3. A report including the following:
a. A list of constituents and the discharge concentration of each constituent from each source (See the Order for constituent of concern); and for coverage under Order No. R8-2007-0041 only, a chemical analysis of the untreated groundwater for organic pollutants using EPA method 8260B (See the Order for specific constituent testing and reporting requirements);
b. Estimated average and maximum daily flow rates in million gallons per day (mgd), the frequency and the expected start date and duration of the discharges; c. Proposed discharge location(s) and the latitude and longitude of each discharge point;
d. A description of the proposed treatment system (if applicable); e. The affected receiving water and a map showing the path from the point of initial discharge to the ultimate receiving water; and

4. Any other information deemed necessary by the Regional Board Executive Officer. 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 37 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
It should be noted that coverage under Order No. R8-2007-0041 requires several extra steps and it is highly recommended to review those requirements within the Order. Some of those additional items are:

1. An evaluation of selenium and nitrogen concentrations and the feasibility of meeting the numeric effluent limitations specified in the Order. The conclusion of which has varying impacts on coverage as specified in the Order;

2. A fixed hardness value for sites polluted with metals needs to be submitted for approval by the Regional Executive Officer as outlined in the Order; and

3. A description of run-on, interception and diversion of runoff.

Additionally, Order No. R8-2007-0041 should be reviewed by all parties as there are different and/or additional stipulations that need to be met based on enrollment status in the NSMP.

6. Dewatering Permit Outside of San Diego Bay for San Diego Region (R9-2008- 0002 / CAG919002)
This permit, Order No. R9-2008-0002, applies to discharges of extracted groundwater to receiving waters or storm drains within the San Diego Regional Board jurisdiction (South of El Toro Road). To qualify for this permit, a laboratory analysis of the groundwater must show that the water quality is within the limits set by the permit. The permit requires sampling and analysis of dewatering discharges, and reporting to the Regional Board on a periodic basis.

7. Potable Water Discharges in Santa Ana Region (R8-2009-0003 / CAG998001) The permit identified in Section 2. 1 for de minimus discharges, Order No. 2009-0003, is also the permit that applies to discharges of potable water during construction. This may include discharges of hydrostatic test water for pipes or tanks.

8. Potable Water Discharges in San Diego Region (R9-2010-0003 / CAG679011) This permit, Order No. R9-2010-0003, regulates discharges of hydrostatic test water and/or potable water to storm drains or receiving waters in the San Diego Region, to all receiving waters except for San Diego Bay and its tributaries. Activities covered may include discharge from testing, repair and maintenance of pipelines, tanks and vessels dedicated to drinking water purveyance.
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 38 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Appendix C: Erosion Control Best Management
Practices Field Evaluation – Summary
Background
The County of Orange conducted a field evaluation of five erosion control BMPs to evaluate their effectiveness in the field. A full copy of the Erosion Control Best Management Practices Field Evaluation (Study) may be found on the OC Watersheds website (http: / / www.ocwatersheds.com / documents / OCErosionControl_FINALReportJan07II.pdf), and a brief summary of the Study is provided here. The Study included development of a study plan, selection of an appropriate test site with soils and slopes commonly found in Orange County, selection of erosion controls for evaluation, study implementation, monitoring and maintenance of the test plots.

BMPs Selected
Four erosion control BMPs were selected for the Study:
§ UltraTack- UltraTack is a low molecular weight polyacrylamide product.

UltraTack is a spray on binder or tackifier, and is nontoxic to plant and animal life. UltraTack must be applied 24 hours prior to a storm event, and must be reapplied as needed, but generally every three months at a minimum. § EarthGuard – EarthGuard is a high molecular weight polyacrylamide product.

Earth Guard is a spray on binder and is nontoxic to plant and animal life. It is effective immediately, even when applied during a rain event, and may provide erosion control for up to three months.
§ EarthGuard Fiber Matrix (recycled paper mulch and wood fiber mulch) – This BMP combines Earth Guard and fiber to form a matrix that provides erosion control for a full rainy season. The binder plus fiber harden after application to form a crust that protects soil from raindrop impact. Two types of EarthGuard fiber mulch were used; one consisting of 100% recycled paper mulch, and the other wood fiber mulch.
§ Landscaping Mulch – The wood mulch tested for this study was a typical landscaping mulch made of shredded wood mulch and bark. Wood mulch helps reduce soil erosion by protecting bare soil from rainfall impact, increasing infiltration and reducing runoff.

Test Plots
A total of fifteen test plots were used in the Study, three for each of the BMPs selected. Each BMP was tested on a slope of 2% (flat slope), 5% (mild slope) and 50%. Each test plot was approximately 25 feet by 100 feet, with flow in the long direction. 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 39 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Test Period
Each of the test plots was observed over the course of the 2004-2005 wet season. Observations of the performance of each type of control were made before and after forecast events, as well as once per month. The condition of each test plot and the location and mechanism of any failures were documented, along with evidence of erosion and unraveling of erosion control materials.

Findings
The 2004-2005 water year was one of the wettest on record, with the Study site receiving over twice the normal amount of precipitation for the area. The relative performance of the selected erosion controls was evaluated qualitatively using the results of the visual monitoring. BMPs were considered to have “failed” when rilling or similar evidence of erosion became visually apparent. In general, the hydro mulches outperformed the binders; whereas landscape mulch performed best on all slopes. The binders and hydro mulches did not hinder growth of volunteer vegetation. Although seed mix was not added to the controls, new vegetation was observed on all test plots except for the landscape mulch.

Recommendations
The Study provides erosion control recommendations based on the findings of the Study (see Table C-1). These recommendations are based on appropriate slope, application rate, duration of effectiveness, application methods, inspection requirements and costs 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 40 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Table C-1: Recommendations from the Erosion Control Best Management Practices Field Evaluation EC Control
Amount Rain / Duration1
Appropriate Site
Applications Flat Area Application Methods Inspection Requirements Costs (< 5%)
Slope Area
(> 5%)
PAM
(low weight)
1”;
1 storm
Not
recommended
Temporary, single storm
event; cohesive soils;
slope length<500 feet
Dissolve in water,
20 lbs. per 2000 gallons,
per acre
After each rain event $1.30 –
$5.50 / lb
(material
cost only)
PAM
(high weight)
< 2”;
2+storm
1”; 2+
storm
Temporary, two storm
events; cohesive soils;
slope length<500 feet
Dissolve in water,
20 lbs. per 2000 gallons,
per acre
After each rain event $1.30 –
$5.50 / lb
(material
cost only)
Wood
Hydro-mulch2
<12”;
1 season
<12”;
1 season
Steep slopes, steeper than
3:1; high erosion potential
slopes; slopes where
anchored mulch is
needed; disturbed areas
where plants slow to
develop; stockpiles; slopes
adjacent to ESAs
3,000 lb / acre to 4,000 lb /
acre based on the
manufacturer’s
recommendation,
12-24 hours to dry and
become effective
Prior to forecast rain, daily
during extended rain events,
after rain events, weekly
during the rainy season,
and at two-week intervals
during the non-rainy season
(nrs)
$6,000
per acre
Landscape
Mulch3
< 12”;
1 season
< 12”;
1 season
Flat areas, steep slopes,
cohesive soils
Distribute by hand or use
pneumatic methods,
2-3- inch depth (thickness)
per CASQA guidance
Prior to forecast rain, daily
during extended rain events,
after rain events, weekly
during the rainy season,
and at two-week intervals
during the nrs
$4,000
per acre
1 When used per manufacturer recommendations.
2 When used with a high-weight binder. Hydro mulch consisting only of paper fiber is not recommended. Wood hydro mulch may not contain more than 25% paper fiber.
3 Tested at about 5-inch depth (thickness).
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 i Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Table of Contents
1 Introduction and Overview ....................................................................................................... 1

1.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 1

1.2 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 1 2 Regulatory Requirements.......................................................................................................... 2

2.1 State and Regional Permit Requirements......................................................................... 2

2.2 Local Agency Requirements............................................................................................ 5

2.2.1 Local Grading Code............................................................................................. 5

2.2.2 Local Water Quality Ordinance ........................................................................... 5 3 Best Management Practices (BMPs) ........................................................................................ 7

3.1 BMP Overview Diagram.................................................................................................. 7

3.2 Minimum Site BMP Requirements.................................................................................. 9

3.3 CASQA BMP Handbook ............................................................................................... 10

3.4 BMP Directory ............................................................................................................... 10

3.4.1 Erosion Control (EC)......................................................................................... 10

3.4.2 Sediment Control (SE)....................................................................................... 14

3.4.3 Wind Erosion Control (WE).............................................................................. 17

3.4.4 Tracking Control (TC)....................................................................................... 18

3.4.5 Non-Stormwater Management (NS).................................................................. 19

3.4.6 Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control (WM)............................. 20

3.4.7 Inspection and Maintenance Frequency Summary............................................ 25 4 References............................................................................................................................... 26 5 Glossary .................................................................................................................................. 27 Appendix A: Permit Determination Flowcharts ........................................................................... 31 Appendix B: Permit Descriptions................................................................................................. 34 Appendix C: Erosion Control Best Management Practices Field Evaluation – Summary........... 38 Figures
Figure 1: Map of Boundary between Santa Ana Regional Board (Yellow) and San Diego Regional Board (Blue).................................................................................................. 3 Figure 2: Typical Construction Site BMPs (Graphic provided by the City of San Clemente) .... 8 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 ii Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Tables
Table 1: Summary of State and Regional Permits that May Affect Construction Projects in Orange County.............................................................................................................. 4 Table 2: Allowed and Prohibited Discharges.............................................................................. 6 Table 3: Physical / Vegetative Stabilization BMPs.................................................................. 11 Table 4: Concentrated Flow Erosion Control BMPs................................................................ 13 Table 5: Perimeter / Linear Control BMPs............................................................................... 14 Table 6: Storm Drain Inlet Protection BMPs............................................................................ 15 Table 7: Sediment Capture BMPs............................................................................................. 16 Table 8: Street Cleaning BMPs................................................................................................. 17 Table 9: Wind Erosion Control BMPs...................................................................................... 17 Table 10: Tracking Control BMPs.............................................................................................. 18 Table 11: Non-Stormwater Management BMPs......................................................................... 19 Table 12: Materials Pollution Management BMPs..................................................................... 21 Table 13: Waste Management BMPs.......................................................................................... 22 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 1 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
1 Introduction and Overview

1.1 Introduction
This Construction Runoff Guidance Manual (Manual) is intended to enable applicants for building or grading permits to understand and comply with the regulatory requirements for creek, river, stream and coastal water protection during the construction phase of new development and significant redevelopment projects. Project owners and developers should be able to use this Manual as a guide to understand which permits and ordinances apply to their construction project. Contractors should be able to use this Manual as a guide to the Best Management Practices (BMPs) typically needed to be implemented at a construction site to ensure compliance with the Construction General Permit (CGP) and local ordinances.

1.2 Overview
The goal of this Manual is to provide useful, succinct information to enable contractors to control pollutant discharges from construction sites. Activities and materials used on a construction site may be a source of pollutants, including but not limited to sediment, concrete and grout; paints, lacquers, and primers; herbicides and pesticides; soaps and detergents; wood preservatives; equipment fuels, lubricants, coolants, and hydraulic fluids; and cleaning solvents. Water from construction sites can be a major transporter of these pollutants, which can leak from heavy equipment, be spilled, or can be eroded by rain from exposed soil or stockpiles. Once released, they can be transported into the receiving waters of the County of Orange (Orange County or “the County”), where they may enter aquatic food chains and cause fish toxicity problems, contribute to algal blooms, impair recreational uses, and degrade drinking water sources. 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 2 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
2 Regulatory Requirements

2.1 State and Regional Permit Requirements
Construction activity in Orange County is subject to regulation by both the Santa Ana and the San Diego Regional Water Quality Control Boards (Regional Boards or RWQCBs). The Regional Boards are responsible for implementing the Clean Water Act and the California Porter-Cologne Act. The boundary between the two Regional Board jurisdictions approximately follows El Toro Road in Lake Forest, separating the Santa Ana Region (Regional Board 8 or RB8) (north of El Toro Road) from the San Diego Region (Regional Board 9 or RB9) (south of El Toro Road). While some of the permits listed in Table 1 are issued statewide by the State Water Resources Control Board (State Board or SWRCB) and implemented throughout the state by the Regional Boards, other permits, like dewatering or de minimus permits, are issued and implemented on a Region-by-Region basis. Additionally, the Regional Boards issue Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) Permits to the County and cities, which include additional requirements for managing construction sites.
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 3 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Table 1 includes a list of all State or Regional permits related to runoff water quality that may apply to construction projects in Orange County. To determine which, if any, of these permits affect your construction project, go to Appendix A and follow the three flow charts. Appendix B includes a brief summary of each permit shown in Table 1. A list of web links for each permit is included in the Reference section at the end of this Manual.

Figure 1: Map of Boundary between Santa Ana Regional Board (Yellow) and San Diego Regional Board (Blue) 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 4 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Table 1: Summary of State and Regional Permits that May Affect Construction Projects in Orange County Order Number /
NPDES Number Permit Name Affected Area
CGP 2009-0009-DWQ/
CAS000002
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (Construction General Permit)
Statewide
MS4
R8-2009-0030/
CAS618030
Waste Discharge Requirements for the County of Orange, Orange County Flood Control District and The Incorporated Cities of Orange County within the Santa Ana Region (MS4 Permit for Santa Ana Region)
Santa Ana
Region within
Orange County
R9-2009-0002/
CAS0108740
Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges of Runoff from the Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (MS4s) Draining the Watershed of the County of Orange, The Incorporated Cities of Orange County, and The Orange County Flood Control District Within the San Diego Region (MS4 Permit for San Diego Region) San Diego
Region within
Orange County
Discharge To
Land 2003-0003-DWQ Statewide General Waste Discharge Requirements (WDRs) for Discharges to Land with a Low Threat to Water Quality (WDR for Discharge to Land) Statewide Groundwater
Dewatering
R8-2007-0041/
CAG918002
General Discharge Permit for Discharges to Surface Waters of Groundwater Resulting from Groundwater Dewatering Operations and/or Groundwater Cleanup Activities at Sites within the San Diego Creek / Newport Bay Watershed Polluted by Petroleum Hydrocarbons, Solvents, Metals and/or Salts (Dewatering Permit for Santa Ana Region) Santa Ana
Region within
Orange County
R9-2008-0002/
CAG919002
Discharges of Extracted Groundwater to Surface Waters Except for San Diego Bay (Dewatering Permit outside of San Diego Bay for San Diego Region) San Diego
Region within
Orange County
Potable Water
R8-2009-0003/
CAG998001
General Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges to Surface Waters that Pose an Insignificant (De Minimus) Threat to Water Quality (De Minimus WDRs for Santa Ana Region)
Santa Ana
Region within
Orange County
R9-2010-0003/
CAG679011
General NPDES Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges of Hydrostatic Test Water and Potable Water to Surface Waters and Storm Drains or Other Conveyance Systems within the San Diego Region (Potable Water WDRs for San Diego Region) San Diego
Region within
Orange County
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 5 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
In 2009, the SWRCB adopted Order No., 2009-0009-DWQ, National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities, NPDES No. CAS000002 (Construction General Permit or CGP). The CGP requires that construction sites with one acre or greater of soil disturbance or less than one acre but part of a greater common plan of development apply for coverage for discharges under the CGP by submitting Permit Registration Documents (PRD) for coverage, developing a stormwater pollution prevention plan (SWPPP), implementing BMPs to address construction site pollutants and complying with the monitoring requirements of the CGP.

The County’s and cities’ construction site requirements are coordinated with, but separate from the CGP. The CGP applies regardless of whether a construction site discharges directly to receiving waters or to a municipal storm drain system. Inspections of construction sites by the County / cities (for MS4 permit compliance) or by Regional Board staff (for CGP compliance) are separate and carry different enforcement actions / mechanisms.

More details regarding the CGP and other State and Regional permits can be found in Appendix A.

2.2 Local Agency Requirements
Each city, as well as the County of Orange, has a Municipal Code that establishes requirements for erosion and sediment control on grading projects. All project owners must meet the requirements of the applicable code prior to, during, and after construction. Additionally, through the MS4 Permits listed in Table 1 and described in Appendix B, each city or the County is responsible for periodic inspections of construction sites within its boundaries. (All project owners must allow city or County inspectors onto the project site for these inspections.)

2.2.1 Local Grading Code
The Grading Code sets the rules and regulations for grading operations including operations preparatory to grading on private property. In addition to other requirements, the Grading Code requires that a project owner, developer or contractor prepare erosion control plans (ECPs), obtain a grading permit, and implement and maintain erosion and sediment control BMPs. Refer to the appropriate city or County website and/or Public Works Department for the full text of the municipal grading code.

2.2.2 Local Water Quality Ordinance
The County and cities in Orange County have adopted Water Quality Ordinances for the purpose of improving water quality and compliance with NPDES permit requirements and for the control of urban pollutants. The Water Quality Ordinances are part of their municipal codes and are, in effect, laws that contractors are required to comply with. Non stormwater discharges to the municipal storm drain system are prohibited unless covered by a discharge exception. Prohibited non-stormwater discharges include wastewater from concrete truck washing, paint equipment cleaning, spill cleanup, etc. (See Table 3). Please refer to the appropriate city or County website and/or Public Works Department for the full text of the municipal water quality ordinance. 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 6 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Table 2: Allowed and Prohibited Discharges
Allowed Prohibited (not allowed)
§ Discharges composed entirely of stormwater
§ Projects permitted under the CGP may be
authorized to discharge non-stormwater
discharges including dechlorinated potable water
sources such as:

A. fire hydrant flushing,
B. irrigation of vegetative erosion control
measures (only in Region 8),
C. pipe flushing and testing,
D. water to control dust, and
E. uncontaminated ground water from
dewatering.

Consult a construction stormwater professional
to review the specific conditions.
§ Discharges that are authorized by a De Minimus
or Dewatering permit.
§ Trash / debris / litter
§ Concrete waste
§ Sanitary waste
§ Fuel or oil (Dumping, Spills, or Leaks)
§ Non-stormwater discharges to the municipal
storm drain system or receiving water (unless
covered by an NPDES Permit, such as CGP
or De Minimus)
§ Projects in Region 9 permitted under the
CGP are not authorized to discharge nonstormwater discharges including dechlorinated potable water sources such as:

F. irrigation of vegetative erosion control
measures
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 7 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
3 Best Management Practices (BMPs)
Best Management Practices (BMPs) collectively refer to a variety of pollution prevention controls implemented throughout the project site at various times of the project. BMPs discussed herein are specifically aimed to control pollution in stormwater runoff during the construction phase of the project. The major construction BMP categories can be broken down into · Erosion Control (EC)
· Sediment Control (SE)
· Wind Erosion Control (WE)
· Tracking Control (TC)
· Non-Stormwater Management (NS)
· Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control (WM) These BMPs will be discussed in detail throughout the remainder of this section. Permanent post-construction BMPs are not addressed in this document. Post construction BMP requirements are detailed in the Model Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) as required by the MS4 Permits of either the Santa Ana Region or San Diego Region.

3.1 BMP Overview Diagram
The BMPs that are commonly used on construction sites are shown in Figure 2. 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 8 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Figure 2: Typical Construction Site BMPs (Graphic provided by the City of San Clemente) 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 9 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual

3.2 Minimum Site BMP Requirements
The following requirements are for deployment of selected construction BMPs and apply yearround (not just during the rainy season) to all projects.

A. Pollution prevention where appropriate.

B. Development and implementation of a site specific run-off management plan.

C. Minimization of areas that are cleared and graded to only the portion of the site that is necessary for construction.

D. Minimization of exposure time of disturbed soil areas.

E. Minimization of grading during the wet season and correlation of grading with seasonal dry weather periods to the extent feasible.

F. Limitation of grading to a maximum disturbed area as determined by the County / city before either temporary or permanent erosion controls are implemented to prevent stormwater pollution. The County / city has the option of temporarily increasing the size of disturbed soil areas by a set amount beyond the maximum, if the individual site is in compliance with applicable stormwater regulations and the site has adequate control practices implemented to prevent stormwater pollution.

G. Temporary stabilization and reseeding of disturbed soil areas as rapidly as feasible.

H. Non-stormwater management measures to prevent illicit discharges and control stormwater pollution sources.

I. Erosion Control BMPs shall be implemented.

J. Wind erosion control BMPs (dust control) shall be implemented.

K. Sediment control BMPs shall be implemented at all appropriate locations along the site perimeter, at all operational storm drain inlets and at all non-active slopes.

L. Tracking control BMPs to control off-site sediment tracking shall be implemented and maintained.

M. Waste management and materials pollution control BMPs shall be implemented to prevent the contamination of stormwater by construction wastes and materials.

N. Non-stormwater BMPs shall be implemented to reduce or prevent the contamination of stormwater from construction activities.

O. Weather tracking: projects shall monitor the National Weather Service (www.weather.gov) probability of precipitation. When a rain event is predicted (forecast predicts a greater than 50% probability of precipitation), the project must be inspected and BMPs must be maintained or deployed as needed to protect the project from discharging pollutants. (CGP projects only)
P. BMP failures must be repaired or replaced with an acceptable alternate as soon as it is safe to do so. Repairs or replacements must result in an adequate BMP, or additional BMPs should be installed to provide adequate protection. 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 10 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Q. Active exposed areas: Sufficient materials needed to install standby erosion and sediment control BMPs necessary to protect all active exposed areas from erosion and to reduce or prevent sediment discharges shall be stored on site. The total active exposed area shall not exceed that which can be adequately protected by deploying standby erosion control and sediment control BMPs prior to a predicted rain event.

R. Inactive exposed areas: All exposed areas not being actively worked in shall be protected from erosion with temporary or permanent BMPs (erosion and sediment control). The ability to deploy standby BMP materials is not sufficient for these areas; erosion and sediment control BMPs must actually be deployed.

S. Completed areas: Areas that have already been protected from erosion using permanent erosion control BMPs (physical or vegetation) are not considered “exposed”.

Deployment of permanent erosion control BMPs should commence as soon as practical on completed areas.

T. Preservation of natural hydrologic features where feasible.

U. Preservation of riparian buffers and corridors where feasible.

V. Evaluation and maintenance of all BMPs, until removed.

W. Retention, reduction, and proper management of all stormwater pollutant discharges on site to the Maximum Extent Practicable (MEP) standard.

3.3 CASQA BMP Handbook
The California Stormwater Quality Association (CASQA) has prepared a handbook providing details about all of the recommended BMPs. The current version of this handbook is the CASQA Best Management Practice Handbook, Construction, 2009 Edition. A membership to CASQA can be obtained at www.casqa.org. Access to the BMP Fact Sheets referenced in this section is included with the CASQA membership. The Handbook contains six major categories of BMP fact sheets with guidelines on how to select each BMP. The six categories include: Erosion Control (EC), Sediment Control (SE), Wind Erosion Control (WE), Tracking Control (TC), NonStormwater Management (NS), and Waste Management and Materials Pollution Control (WM).

These categories of BMPs and their applicability are discussed in the following sections.

3.4 BMP Directory
In order to meet the requirements of the Permits and Ordinances mentioned in Section 2, BMPs must be selected, installed, and maintained properly throughout the duration of construction projects. BMPs must be discussed with all project contractors, subcontractors, and any party involved, because education is the most important BMP.

3.4.1 Erosion Control (EC)
Erosion control BMPs focus on preventing soil from being eroded by stormwater and potentially discharged from the construction site. Erosion control is more effective than sediment control for reducing sediment discharge. However, a combination of both erosion control and sediment control is required to effectively reduce sediment discharge. This section highlights the most common erosion control BMPs for construction projects.
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 11 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Erosion prevention is to be used as the most important measure for keeping sediment on site during construction. Permanent revegetation or landscaping shall be done as early as feasible at a minimum.

Table 3: Physical / Vegetative Stabilization BMPs
Physical / Vegetative Stabilization:

Covering the soil with a protective layer that can help to hold soil in place and/or reduce the erosive impact of rain drops or runoff.

Type Description
Scheduling
Sequencing construction activities to reduce the amount of exposed soil during seasons of higher precipitation probability. All projects should consider scheduling activities to minimize the amount of disturbed area during seasons of higher precipitation probability.

Phasing can be used to maintain stabilized areas (vegetation or impervious cover) as much as possible during construction. Disturbed areas should be stabilized as soon as practical. Attempt to schedule grading outside of seasons of higher precipitation probability. Reference: CASQA EC-1, EC-2
Seeding
Applying seed to a surface with the intention of achieving vegetation which can effectively protect soils from erosion while reducing runoff by encouraging infiltration / transpiration.

Seeding is effective for temporary and permanent stabilization of slopes, stock piles, and other disturbed soils. Seeds can be combined with mulch and water then sprayed onto surfaces (also referred to as hydro seeding) for immediate erosion protection. Without combining or covering seeds with mulch seeds will be susceptible to erosion until vegetation has sufficiently established. Supplemental irrigation may be required to establish vegetation. Scarifying surfaces prior to seed application can increase its effectiveness. Reference: CASQA EC-4
Soil Binders
Spraying a liquid compound to disturbed soils to bind and stabilize the soil surface (forming a crust). This process reduces the potential for wind and water erosion.

Examples include: guar, psyllium, starch, gypsum, pitch and rosin emulsion, polymers, and acrylates. Soil binders are effective for temporary stabilization of slopes, stockpiles, and other disturbed areas. Soil binders need time to cure and should not be applied less than 24 hours before predicted precipitation. The specific soil binder selected depends on the type of soil. Soil binders must be non-toxic and environmentally benign. Soil binders will need to be reapplied as needed based on the specific soil binder and visual inspection. Soil binders are much less effective in areas that receive traffic. Reference:

CASQA EC-5
Mulching
Covering disturbed soils with a fibrous wood, straw, or similar material to protect the bare soil from rainfall impact erosion while reducing runoff by encouraging infiltration / evaporation. Mulching is effective for temporary stabilization of slopes, stock piles, and other disturbed soils. Mulch materials can be combined with water then sprayed onto surfaces (also referred to as hydraulic mulch) for increased wind erosion protection.

Typically, mulch must be reapplied every 6 to 12 months. Soil roughening prior to mulch application can increase its effectiveness. Reference: CASQA EC-3, EC-6, EC-8 Geotextiles
and Mats
Covering disturbed soils with a natural or synthetic blanket or mat. This process greatly reduces the potential for wind and water erosion. Some rolls and mats physically hold the soil in place. Example include: geotextiles, plastic covers, rolled erosion control blankets / mats, straw / mulch blanket, coconut fiber blanket, and plastic netting. Geotextiles and mats are effective for temporary stabilization of steep slopes with high erosion potential, stockpiles, and channels that will be vegetated. Geotextiles and mats are more expensive than other erosion control BMPs. Materials may need to be removed prior to final stabilization. Mats / blankets are most effective when in direct contact with the soil; do not roughen soil or leave significant rocks / roots. Mats / blankets typically require an anchoring mechanism to hold them in place. Mats / blankets should be laid parallel to the 7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 12 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Physical / Vegetative Stabilization:

Covering the soil with a protective layer that can help to hold soil in place and/or reduce the erosive impact of rain drops or runoff.

Type Description
direction of flow. Mats / blankets should allow water to flow on top of them and not below which would cause the soil to wash out. Reference: CASQA EC-7 NonVegetative
Stabilization
Covering disturbed soils with a non-vegetative material to protect the bare soil from rainfall impact erosion while reducing runoff by encouraging infiltration / evaporation.

Examples include: decomposed granite, gravel, and rock slope protection. Other nonvegetative stabilization is effective for temporary and permanent stabilization of areas with heavy vehicular or pedestrian traffic or areas where a vegetative cover is infeasible.

Other non-vegetative stabilization is intended to be used in combination with additional erosion control and sediment control BMPs. If used for permanent stabilization, periodic inspection and maintenance may be required. Material should be selected based on the slope and use of the area. Reference: CASQA EC-16 and Caltrans Standard Specifications May 2006 Section 72-2.
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 13 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual
Table 4: Concentrated Flow Erosion Control BMPs
Concentrated Flow Erosion Control:

Reducing concentrated flow velocity or protecting concentrated flow paths to prevent erosion.

Type Description
Dikes,
Swales, and
Slope Drains
Grading and compacting soil or installing pipe to control / divert / direct runoff. Dikes, swales, and slope drains can be combined to safely convey runoff down a slope, direct runoff to a stabilized channel, reduce potential for flooding, direct runoff to sediment traps / basins. Dikes, swales, and pipes that are used to direct runoff must be properly sized based on the specific application. Typically, slope drains require energy dissipation. Monitor swales and dikes for erosion or accumulation of sediment or debris.

Swale and dike slopes should be 2:1 or less. Use vegetation, geotextiles, or mats to stabilize swales. Temporary devices must be removed. Reference: CASQA EC-9, EC-11 Energy
Dissipation
Placing rock, riprap, or similar material to reduce erosion from concentrated, high velocity flows. Energy dissipation is effective at pipe outlets, channel linings, and transitions from stabilized to un-stabilized conveyances. Line the area with filter fabric prior to placing rock or riprap. Accumulated sediment may be difficult to remove from energy dissipation area. For pipe outfalls the size of the energy dissipation area will increase with flow rate and/or pipe size. Temporary devices must be removed.

Reference: CASQA EC-10, EC-12
Soil
Roughening
Mechanically roughening soil (track walking or imprinting) to prepare soil for additional BMPs or create small terraces to break up sheet flow. Soil roughening can be applied to slopes, stockpiles, basins, and other disturbed soil areas. Soil roughening is intended to be used in combination with additional erosion control and sediment control BMPs. A common implementation method is to drive heavy equipment with its treads parallel to the contours of the slope. For long slopes additional terracing may be required.

Reference: CASQA EC-15
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025
Orange County Stormwater Program
December 2012 14 Construction Runoff Guidance Manual

3.4.2 Sediment Control (SE)
Sediment control BMPs focus on preventing eroded soil from being discharged from the construction site. The demand placed on sediment control BMPs is dependent upon the effectiveness of the erosion control BMPs. More robust erosion controls will reduce the need for sediment controls and vice versa. However, a combination of both erosion control and sediment control is required to effectively reduce sediment discharge. This section highlights the most common sediment control BMPs for construction projects.

At a minimum, sediment controls are to be used as a supplement to erosion prevention for keeping sediment on-site during construction, and slope stabilization must be used on all active slopes during rain events regardless of the season and on all inactive slopes during the rainy season and during rain events in the dry season.

Table 5: Perimeter / Linear Control BMPs
Perimeter / Linear Controls:

Establishing linear BMPs to reduce the potential for sediment discharge across a slope, at the project’s perimeter, or to Environmentally Sensitive Areas (ESAs) Type Description
Linear
Sediment
Controls
Installing sediment control BMPs along contours to reduce runoff velocity, remove sediment, and discourage rill erosion. Examples include: fiber rolls, sand / gravel bags, and straw bales. Linear sediment controls are effective parallel to contours on the face of slopes and at the top and toe of slopes.

Linear sediment controls are typically implemented temporarily until slope is stabilized. Straw bales must be anchored and should not be used on the face of slopes. Fiber rolls must be trenched and staked during installation. For Risk Level / LUP Type 2 and 3 projects, the CGP specifies minimum uninterrupted sheet flow lengths for slopes to be 20 feet for slopes under 25%, 15 feet for slopes 25-50%, and 10 feet for slopes over 50%. Reference: CASQA SE-5, SE6, SE-8, SE-9, SE-14 Perimeter
Controls
Installing a barrier to prevent sediment discharges by controlling run-on and run-off around the perimeter of the construction site or limits of grading.

Examples include: silt fence, fiber rolls, sand / gravel bags, and straw bales.

Perimeter controls are effective when implemented around the perimeter of the construction site or limits of grading. Perimeter controls are not effective when used in a concentrated flow path. Silt fence and fiber rolls require proper installation which includes trenching and staking. Typically, perimeter controls should be installed prior to grading and remain functional until final stabilization is achieved. Maintenance of perimeter controls must be performed as needed.

Perimeter controls are a minimum BMP requirement of the CGP. Reference:

CASQA SE-1, SE-5, SE-6, SE-8, SE-14
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENT MAY 2025

APPENDIX G
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENTS MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENTS MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENTS MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENTS MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENTS MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENTS MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENTS MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENTS MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENTS MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENTS MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENTS MAY 2025
7631 APPENDICES BID DOCUMENTS MAY 2025

CONSTRUCTION PLANS
FOR

BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
CIP NO. 7631
IN THE

CITY OF BREA, CALIFORNIA
MAY 2025

KEY MAP

ENGINEER'S NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR

CITY OF BREA

UTILITY COMPANY

EMERGENCY PHONE NUMBERS

PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD DRAWINGS

SEWER IMPROVEMENTS
STD. PLAN NO.
102-0
205.0
DESCRIPTION:

TRENCHING DETAILS

MANHOLE DETAILS

SHEET INDEX

THE EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF ANY UNDERGROUND UTILITY PIPES OR STRUCTURES SHOWN ON THESE PLANS ARE OBTAINED BY A SEARCH OF THE AVAILABLE RECORDS. TO THE BEST OF OUR KNOWLEDGE THERE ARE NO EXISTING UTILITIES EXCEPT AS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO TAKE DUE PRECAUTIONARY

MEASURES TO PROTECT THE UTILITY LINES SHOWN AND ANY OTHER LINES NOT OF RECORD OR NOT SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR NOTIFYING "UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT" AT DIAL 811 TWO WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION OR CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT HE SHALL ASSUME SOLE

AND COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY FOR JOB SITE CONDITIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT, INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY; THAT THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL APPLY CONTINUOUSLY AND NOT BE LIMITED TO NORMAL WORKING HOURS; AND THAT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY, AND HOLD THE

OWNER, AND THE ENGINEER HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL LIABILITY REAL OR ALLEGED, IN CONNECTION WITH THE

PERFORMANCE OF WORK ON THIS PROJECT, EXCEPTING FOR LIABILITY ARISING FROM THE SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE OWNER OR THE ENGINEER.

SPECTRUM......................................................... ERNEST CHANG - (562) 383-9989 SOUTHERN CA GAS.......................................... CORY BLAKE - (714) 634-3030 SOUTHERN CA EDISON.................................... GILBERT ACEVES - (909) 548-7249 CITY OF BREA WATER...................................... RUDY CORREA - (714) 990-7697 CITY OF BREA SEWER...................................... RUDY CORREA - (714) 990-7697 CITY OF BREA WATER MAINTENANCE........... (714) 990-7687 BREA OLINDA UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT.... (714) 990-7800
BREA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT............. (714)-990-7691 BREA POLICE..................................................... (714) 990-7625

BRIARWOOD

LIFT STATION

WEST IMPERIAL AVE

BREA CREEK

GOLF COURSE JASMINE DR
NTS
N

AROVISTA
PARK

BREA CREEK

GOLF COURSE

BREA CREEK AROVISTA AVE S PUENTE ST
SHEET NO. DESCRIPTION
1 TITLE SHEET
2 GENERAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, & LEGEND
3 SITE & LIFT STATION DEMOLITION
4 SITE PLAN
5 FORCEMAIN PLAN & PROFILE
6 CIVIL DETAILS 1
7 CIVIL DETAILS 2
8 LIFT STATION MECHANICAL
9 ELECTRICAL NOTES, ABBREVIATIONS, & LEGEND
10 ONE-LINE DIAGRAM & CABLE SCHEDULES
11 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
12 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
13 INSTRUMENTATION LEGEND
14 P&ID
15 INSTRUMENTATION INSTALLATION DETAILS
16 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE

BRIARWOOD DR

E HERMOSA DR

EADINGTON DR GREENMEADOW DR

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com
218.0 P.V.C. PIPE BEDDING & MANHOLE CONNECTION DETAILS GREENMEADOW DR BRIARWOOD DR

LARCHWOOD DR E HERMOSA DR S PUENTE ST

E LAS PALMAS DR FERN AVE

BREA CREEK

VICINITY MAP
NTS
BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025
GENERAL NOTES:

SEWER NOTES:

ABBREVIATIONS:

ABAND. ABANDON
ALT.
&
APPROX.

A.C.

ASSY.

AVE.
@
B.C.

B.M.

BOT.

BLVD.

BLDG.

BDRY.

B.V.

L
CATV
C
CTR.

CONC.

CO.

COND.

COORD.

CONT.

CONST.

CPLG.

C.A.B.

CU.

CL.

C.Y.
° OR DEG.

DEPT.

DET.

D, DIA., OR Ø
DWG.

DR.

DI
D.I.P.

EA.

E/O
EP
EL. OR ELEV.

ALTERNATE
AND

APPROXIMATE

ASPHALT CONCRETE

ASSEMBLY
AVENUE
AT

BEGINNING OF CURVE

BENCH MARK

BUILDING
BOTTOM

BOUNDARY

BOULEVARD

BUTTERFLY VALVE

CABLE TELEVISION

CENTER LINE
CENTER

COMPANY

CONCRETE

CONDUIT

COORDINATE

CONTINUOUS

CONSTRUCTION

COUPLING

CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE
CUBIC

CLEARANCE

CUBIC YARD
DEGREE

DEPARTMENT
DETAIL

DRAWING

DIAMETER
DRIVE

DUCTILE IRON

DUCTILE IRON PIPE
EAST
EACH

EAST OF

EDGE OF PAVEMENT

ELEVATION
NS-2 DEWATERING OPERATIONS
NS-3 PAVING & GRINDING OPERATIONS
WM-1 MATERIAL DELIVERY AND STORAGE
WM-2 MATERIAL USE
WM-4 SPILL PREVENTION AND CONTROL
WM-5 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
WM-8 CONCRETE WASTE MANAGEMENT
SC-21 VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT CLEANING
SC-20 VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT FUELING
SC-22 VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT REPAIRS
EC-2 PRESERVATION OF EXISTING VEGETATION
WE-1 WIND EROSION CONTROL
SE-8 SAND BAG BARRIER
SE-10 STORM DRAIN INLET PROTECTION
WM-9 SANITARY / SEPTIC WASTE MANAGEMENT

59.15 FG
250
(102.78)

EXISTING GAS

EXISTING GRADE

EXISTING CONTOUR

FINISHED CONCRETE SURFACE

CONCENTRATED FLOW LINE

EXISTING ELEVATION
ELEC.

E.C.

ELL.

EXIST. OR EX.

EQ. OR =
FIG.

FT.

FLG.

FLGD.

FL
GA.

G.V.

HWY.

G.B.

GND.

HORIZ.

IN. OR "
HP.

I.D.

INST.

INT.

INV.

LG.

LAT.

LT.

L.F.

LONG.

M.C.C.

MAX.

MFR.

M.H.

MJ
' OR MIN.

MIN.

MON.

MISC.

NEG.

N.T.S.

N/O
NO. OR #
N.I.C.

NOS.

O.A.E.

O.D.

PVMT.

PL
PE
P.I.

P.C.

ELECTRIC
ELBOW

END OF CURVE

EXISTING
EQUAL

FOOT OR FEET
FIGURE
FLANGE

FLANGED

FLOWLINE

GAGE OR GAUGE

GATE VALVE

GRADE BREAK
GROUND

HIGHWAY

HORSE POWER

HORIZONTAL
INCH

INSIDE DIAMETER

INSTALL
INVERT

INTERIOR

LINEAR FOOT
LENGTH

LATITUDE
LEFT

LONGITUDINAL

MANUFACTURER

MANHOLE

MECHANICAL JOINTS

MAXIMUM

MISCELLANEOUS
MINUTE

MINIMUM
NORTH

NEGATIVE

MONUMENT

NORTH OF

NOT TO SCALE

NOT IN CONTRACT

NUMBERS
NUMBER

OR APPROVED EQUAL

OUTSIDE DIAMETER

PAVEMENT

PLATE OR PROPERTY LINE

PLAIN END

POINT OF INTERSECTION

POINT OF CURVE
" OR SEC.

SECT.

SSMH
SHT.

S/O
SPEC'S.

SQ.

STD.

STA.

STL.

STR.

ST.

SRV.

T.P.

TELE.

TEMP.

TC
TF
T.G.

TOP
TW
TRANS.

TYP.

VERT.

V.C.P.

WM
WV
WT.

W/O
YD.

SECTION
SECOND

SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE
SHEET
SOUTH

SPECIFICATIONS

SOUTH OF

STATION

STANDARD
SQUARE
SLOPE
STEEL
STREET

SERVICE

TELEPHONE POLE

TELEPHONE

TEMPERATURE

TOP OF CURB

TOP OF FOOTING

TOP OF GRATE

TOP OF SLOPE

TOP OF WALL

TRANSITION

TYPICAL

VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE

VERTICAL

WATER METER

WATER VALVE
WEIGHT
WITH
WEST
YARD

WEST OF

EXISTING FENCE

PROPOSED ASPHALT

CONCRETE PAVEMENT

RIGHT-OF-WAY

EXISTING EDGE OF PAVEMENT

CONCRETE PAVEMENT

EXISTING CONCRETE

EXISTING ELECTRICAL

EXISTING OVERHEAD

EXISTING WATER MAIN
LEGEND:

PROPOSED CONCRETE

STREET CENTERLINE (CL)

EXISTING SEWER MANHOLE

PROPOSED SEWER

EXISTING SEWER

STRUCTURAL
R. OR RAD.

REF.

REINF.

RES.

R.C.P.

R.W.G.V.

REV.

RD.

RT.

R/W

REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE

REINFORCING

REFERENCE
RADIUS

RIGHT-OF-WAY

REVISION

RESERVOIR
ROAD
RIGHT

RESILIENT WEDGE GATE VALVE
LB.

PT.

P.V.C.

POS.

P.P.

P.S.I.

POINT

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE

POUND PER SQUARE INCH
POUND

POSITIVE

POWER POLE

1. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARD PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF THE CITY OF BREA, STANDARD PLANS AND SPECIFICATION FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION, (GREENBOOK) 2015 EDITION AND CALTRANS STANDARDS AS APPLICABLE. ALL WORK SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE CITY ENGINEER'S ACCEPTANCE AS A CONDITION OF COMPLETION OF WORK BY THE CONTRACTOR.

2. WORK NOT DONE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE CITY INSPECTOR IS SUBJECT TO REJECTION.

3. WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED WITHOUT DELAY SO AS TO PROVIDE MINIMUM INCONVENIENCE TO PUBLIC.

4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL NECESSARY AND PROPER PRECAUTIONS TO PROTECT ADJACENT

PROPERTIES FROM ANY AND ALL DAMAGE THAT MAY OCCUR FROM STORM WATER RUNOFF AND/OR DEPOSITION OF DEBRIS RESULTING FROM ANY AND ALL WORK IN CONNECTION WITH PROJECT CONSTRUCTION.

5. FENCE, STRUCTURE AND/OR APPURTENANCE ADJACENT TO THIS PROJECT SHALL BE PROTECTED IN PLACE. IF DAMAGED, THESE ITEMS SHALL BE REPLACED IN LIKE AND KIND.

6. ALL DAMAGED AND/OR REMOVED P.C.C SIDEWALK OR CURB AND GUTTER SHALL BE RECONSTRUCTED ACCORDING TO THE CITY OF BREA STANDARD DRAWINGS (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE).

7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CLEARING OF THE PROPOSED WORK AREA.

8. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OVERALL JOBSITE MAINTENANCE; INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO

STREET/SITE SWEEPING, TRASH AND/OR CONSTRUCTION-RELATED DEBRIS/WASTE, STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION BMP'S ETC.

9. NO TRENCHES MAY BE LEFT OPEN OVERNIGHT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE CITY ENGINEER. SHOULD

THE CONTRACTOR REQUEST TO LEAVE THE TRENCHES OPEN A PLAN FOR PROTECTING THE TRENCH AND THE PUBLIC SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY ENGINEER IN WRITING FOR APPROVAL BEFORE BEING IMPLEMENTED.

10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT (U.S.A) AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE START OF THE WORK. UPON EXPOSING ANY UTILITY'S UNDERGROUND FACILITY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THAT UTILITY IMMEDIATELY. IF ANY UTILITIES OR FACILITIES CONFLICT WITH PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS, THE CITY ENGINEER SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY.

11. CONSTRUCTION SITE SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN SUCH A CONDITION THAT AN ANTICIPATED STORM DOES NOT CARRY WASTES OR POLLUTANTS OFF THE SITE. DISCHARGES OF MATERIAL OTHER THAN STORM WATER ARE

ALLOWED ONLY WHEN NECESSARY FOR PERFORMANCE AND COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES AND WHERE THEY DO NOT: CAUSE OR CONTRIBUTE TO A VIOLATION OF ANY WATER QUALITY STANDARD; CAUSE OR THREATEN TO CAUSE POLLUTION, CONTAMINATION, OR NUISANCE; OR CONTAIN A HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE IN A QUANTITY REPORTABLE UNDER FEDERAL REGULATIONS 40 CFR PARTS 117 AND 302. POTENTIAL POLLUTIONS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO; SOLID OR LIQUID CHEMICAL SPILLS; WASTES FROM PAINTS, STAINS, SEALANTS, GLUES, LIMES, PESTICIDES, HERBICIDES, WOOD PRESERVATIVES AND SOLVENTS; ASBESTOS FIBERS, PAINT FLAKES OR STUCCO FRAGMENTS; FUELS OILS, LUBRICANTS AND HYDRAULIC, RADIATOR OR BATTERY FLUIDS; FERTILIZERS, VEHICLE/EQUIPMENT WASH WATER AND CONCRETE WASH WATER; CONCRETE, DETERGENT OR FLOATABLE WASTES; WASTES FROM ANY ENGINE/ EQUIPMENT STEAM CLEANING OR CHEMICAL DEGREASING; AND SUPERCHLORINATED POTABLE WATER LINE FLUSHING. DURING CONSTRUCTION, DISPOSAL OF SUCH

MATERIALS SHOULD OCCUR IN A SPECIFIED AND CONTROLLED TEMPORARY AREA ON-SITE, PHYSICALLY SEPARATED FROM POTENTIAL STORM WATER RUN-OFF, WITH ULTIMATE DISPOSAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL., STATE AND FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS.

12. DEWATERING OF CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER, OR DISCHARGING CONTAMINATED SOILS VIA SURFACE DISCHARGE IS PROHIBITED. DEWATERING OF NON-CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER REQUIRES A NATIONAL

POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM PERMIT FROM THE RESPECTIVE STATE REGIONAL WATER QUALITY CONTROL BOARD.

13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CONDUCT ANY OPERATIONS OR PERFORM ANY WORK PERTAINING TO THE PROJECT BETWEEN 5:00 PM AND 8:00 AM ON ANY WEEK DAY AND NOT ON SATURDAY, OR SUNDAY, OR HOLIDAYS AT ANY TIME EXCEPT AS APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE CITY ENGINEER.

14. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATION OF ALL UTILITY/ SUBSTRUCTURE

CROSSINGS AND WITHIN THE ALIGNMENT OF THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS BEFORE CONSTRUCTING ANY WATER OR SEWER LINES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT IN PLACE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES/ SUBSTRUCTURES ON THESE PLANS AND THOSE FOUND DURING CONSTRUCTION.

15. THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED THAT ALL EXCAVATED MATERIALS SHALL BECOME HIS PROPERTY FOR BACKFILL

SUBJECT TO APPROVAL OF SOILS ENGINEER AND ANY UNUSED MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE JOB UNLESS INSTRUCTED BY THE CITY ENGINEER TO DO OTHERWISE.

16. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE DURING ALL PHASES OF THE WORK TO PROVIDE FOR PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ESTABLISH ADEQUATE ACCESS TO ALL

ENTRIES,DRIVEWAYS,GARAGES, AND PARKING LOTS DURING THE WORKING DAY TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ENGINEER. PEDESTRIAN ACCESS IS TO BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR.

17. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST MANHOLES AND VALVE COVERS TO FINISHED GRADE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL

ADJUST, TIGHTEN AND/OR REPAIR MANHOLES, LIDS AND COVERS BY THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY TO ENSURE MINIMAL IMPACT (NOISE AND OTHERWISE) TO ADJACENT PROPERTY OWNERS.

18. USE OF TRENCH PLATING MAY BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER UPON SUBMITTAL OF A PLATING PLAN AND APPROVAL OF PLAN BY THE CITY ENGINEER. ALL PLATES SHALL BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED ON ADJACENT PAVEMENT OR BEAMS. ALL PLATES IN A.C. PAVEMENT SHALL BE STUDDED INTO PAVEMENT WITH TOP OF PLATES FLUSH WITH PAYMENT SURFACE. THERE SHALL BE NO OPENINGS BETWEEN PLATES. PLATES SUPPORTED ON BEAMS SHALL BE BOLTED TO OR COMPOSED OF CONTIGUOUS PLATES. PLATES SHALL BE SECURED SO AS TO NOT MOVE, SLIP OR SLIDE AND CAPABLE OF CARRYING H-20 LOADING. ALL PLATE SURFACES SHALL BE ROUGHENED OR RAISED TO MINIMIZE TIRE SLIPPAGE. FOR CONCRETE SECTION OF STREETS THE PLATES MAY BE PLACED ON SURFACE AND HELD IN PLACE WITH ASPHALT CONCRETE EDGE BERMS AND STUDS INTO DRILLED HOLES.

19. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A 72- HOUR WRITTEN NOTIFICATION TO AFFECTED PROPERTIES (IN A

DOOR-HANGER FORMAT), POLICE DEPARTMENT, AND FIRE DEPARTMENT IN THE EVENT OF A STREET CLOSURE TO TRAFFIC AND/OR PUBLIC SAFETY VEHICLES OR IMPLEMENTATION OF PARKING RESTRICTIONS. THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL COORDINATE THE PROJECT WORK AND ASSOCIATED PICK-UP ROUTES WITH THE CITY REFUSE COLLECTION COMPANY (BREA DISPOSAL) PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.

20. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND OPERATE A SELF-LOADING STREET SWEEPER WITH SPRAY NOZZLES AT

LEAST TWICE EACH WORKING DAY TO KEEP PAVED AREAS ACCEPTABLY CLEAN WHEREVER CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING RESTORATION, IS INCOMPLETE.

21. ALL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (P.C.C.) AND ASPHALT CONCRETE (A.C.) SHALL BE REMOVED TO A SAWCUT, COLD JOINT, SCORE MARK OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT. NO "FLOATER" SLABS WILL BE PERMITTED. SAWCUT SLURRY SHALL BE REMOVED WITH A VACUUM MACHINE AND DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. NO SLURRY SHALL BE ALLOWED TO ENTER THE STORM DRAIN SYSTEM.

22. IN SOME CASES MATCH LINES MAY OVERLAP FROM THE PLAN SHEET TO PLAN SHEET. CONTRACTOR SHOULD REVIEW PLANS THOROUGHLY.

23. CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS PERFORMING WORK SHOWN ON OR RELATED TO THESE PLANS SHALL

CONDUCT THEIR OPERATIONS SO THAT ALL EMPLOYEES ARE PROVIDED A SAFE PLACE TO WORK AND THE PUBLIC IS PROTECTED. CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE "OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS" OF THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR, AND WITH THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS "CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS". PRIOR TO COMMENCING THE EXCAVATION OF A TRENCH 5 FEET IN DEPTH OR GREATER AND INTO WHICH A PERSON WILL BE REQUIRED TO

DESCEND, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIRST OBTAIN A PERMIT TO DO SO FROM THE DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA (CAL OSHA) PURSUANT TO 8-10 4.1. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A COPY OF THE SHORING PLAN AND PERMIT TO THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO EXCAVATION.

24. THE CITY SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE IN ANY WAY FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S AND SUBCONTRACTOR'S COMPLIANCE WITH THE "OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS" OF THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR OR WITH THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS "CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDER".

25. BIDDERS MUST HOLD A VALID CALIFORNIA CLASS A CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE.

26. THERE SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1 CERTIFIED EMPLOYEE ON SITE AT ALL TIMES ON CONSTRUCTION WITH RED CROSS FIRST AID TRAINING INCLUDING CPR TRAINING FOR THIS PROJECT. ALL EMPLOYEES ON THE PROJECT ARE TO HAVE CERTIFIED TRAINING FOR CONFINED SPACE WORK IN VICINITY OF SEWER. COPIES OF THE EMPLOYEE CERTIFICATES SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE CITY ENGINEER. ALL EQUIPMENT NEEDED TO ENTER CONFINED SPACE/SEWER MANHOLES SHALL BE STORED ON THE PROJECT SITE.

27. BASED ON INFORMATION OBTAINED FROM UTILITY/SUBSTRUCTURE OWNERS POSSIBLE CONFLICT LOCATIONS HAVE BEEN SHOWN ON THE PLANS. HOWEVER, THERE MAY BE OTHER CONFLICT LOCATIONS. THE INFORMATION

PROVIDED BY UTILITY/SUBSTRUCTURE OWNERS IN VARIOUS INSTANCES DOES NOT INDICATE DEPTHS TO THEIR

FACILITIES, WHERE DEPTH INFORMATION WAS NOT AVAILABLE THE UTILITIES/SUBSTRUCTURES HAVE BEEN PLOTTED AT DEPTHS AT WHICH SUCH UTILITIES/SUBSTRUCTURES ARE COMMONLY FOUND. IN THE EVENT OF

SUBSTRUCTURE DAMAGE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR THE TOTAL COST OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT AT NO COST TO EXTRA COST TO THE CITY.

28. TREES, FOLIAGE, SIGNS, AND OTHER IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE PROTECTED IN PLACE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY. DAMAGE TO EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE REPLACED IN KIND.

29. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE IN ADVANCE OF OPENING A TRENCH TO VERIFY LOCATIONS OF UTILITY/SUBSTRUCTURES AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE CITY. ALL POTENTIAL CONFLICTS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE CITY FOR REVIEW.

30. UTILITY INFORMATION RECEIVED FROM THE UTILITIES HAS BEEN PLOTTED. IN SOME CASES, SERVICE CONNECTIONS ARE SHOWN. HOWEVER PLANS FROM UTILITIES MAY NOT HAVE INCLUDED ALL SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND OTHER FEATURES SUCH AS FIRE HYDRANT LATERALS AND VAULTS AND BOXES.

CONTRACTOR SHOULD BE PREPARED TO LOCATE SUCH AND TO PROTECT IN PLACE.

31. ABANDONMENT AND/OR REMOVAL OF CONDUITS AND STRUCTURES SHALL BE PER SECTION 306-5 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION.

1. MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS SHALL HAVE NO LOCKING FEATURES AND CONFORM TO THE CITY OF BREA STANDARD DWG 207-0.

2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ALL NEW SEWER MANHOLE COVERS TO FINISHED PAVEMENT GRADE.

3. SEWER LINE DISTANCE SHOWN IN PLAN AND PROFILE IS THE HORIZONTAL DISTANCE MEASURED BETWEEN MANHOLES.

4. SEWER MAIN CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE MONITORED BY VIDEOTAPE EQUIPMENT & THE VIDEOTAPE SHALL BE PROVIDED TO CITY ENGINEER. STATIONING IS TO SHOWN ON VIDEOTAPE.

5. MANHOLE CONES FOR REPLACEMENT MANHOLES SHALL BE SET STRAIGHT SIDE UPSTREAM. MANHOLE STEPS SHALL BE MADE OF STEEL REINFORCED POLYPROPYLENE.

6. ALL JOINTS BETWEEN VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE AND OR PVC SEWER PIPE SHALL BE MADE WITH A RUBBER SLEEVE JOINT. TYPE "D' (WITH BUSHING IF NECESSARY) PER "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION" SECTION 208-2.

7. WYE FITTINGS SHALL BE USED FOR LATERAL CONNECTIONS TO THE MAINLINE SEWERS EXCEPT AS NOTED.

8. NEW PIPE AND NEW MANHOLE BEDDING SHALL BE INSTALLED PER CITY OF BREA STANDARD DWG 206-0.

9. CONTRACTOR TO COAT OUTSIDE OF ALL NEW SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES WITH WATERPROOF MEMBRANES.

10. ALL NEW SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS SHALL BE WATERTIGHT.

11. PRIOR TO THE ACCEPTANCE OF ANY SANITARY SEWER LINE BY THE CITY OF BREA AN INSPECTION OF SAID LINE BY VIDEO SHALL BE REQUIRED AS PART OF COST FOR PROJECT TO THE CITY. ALL NEW MAINLINE SEWERS SHALL BE VIDEO INSPECTED. THE CCTV INSPECTION SHALL BE COMPLETED BY CERTIFIED NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SEWER SERVICE COMPANY (NASSCO). PIPELINE ASSESSMENT AND CERTIFICATION PROGRAM (PACP_ SHALL BE PERFORMED BY TRAINING OPERATOR(S) USING ESTABLISHED PACP CODING AND OBSERVATIONS. THE RESULTS

OF THE VIDEO INSPECTION SHALL BE RECORDED IN DVD FORMAT AND A COPY SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE CITY DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. ANY NOTED DEFICIENCIES SHALL BE CORRECTED, THEN FOLLOWED BY A POST CORRECTION VIDEO TO BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY OF BREA IN WRITING AT LEAST 48 HOURS (2 WORKING DAYS) IN ADVANCE OF THE SCHEDULED DATE AND ANY VIDEO INSPECTIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM CTV TO LOCATION EXISTING SEWER LATERALS PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION.

12. CONNECTION TO EXISTING CITY MANHOLES, WHERE STUBS DO NOT EXIST OF CORRECT SIZE, SHALL BE DONE CORE DRILLING.

13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN SEWER FLOW AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION IN MAIN SEWER LINES.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR IMPLEMENTING TEMPORARY SEWER BYPASS LINES TO FACILITATE CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEW SEWER LINE WHILE MAINTAINING UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE.

NPDES NOTES:

1. ERODED SEDIMENTS AND OTHER POLLUTANTS MUST BE

RETAINED ON SITE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSPORTED FROM

THE SITE VIA SHEET FLOW, SWALES, AREA DRAINS OR
NATURAL DRAINAGE COURSES.

2. STOCKPILES OF EARTH AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION

RELATED MATERIALS MUST BE PROTECT FROM BEING

TRANSPORTED FROM THE SITE BY THE FORCES OF WIND
AND WATER. FUELS, OILS, SOLVENTS, AND OTHER TOXIC

MATERIALS MUST BE STORED IN ACCORDANCE WITH

THEIR LISTING AND ARE NOT TO CONTAMINATE THE SOIL
AND SURFACE WATERS. ALL APPROVED STORAGE

CONTAINERS ARE TO BE PROTECTED FROM THE
WEATHER. SPILLS MUST BE CLEANED UP IMMEDIATELY
AND DISPOSED OF IN A PROPER MANNER. SPILLS MAY NO
BE WASHED INTO THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM.

3. EXCESS OR WASTE CONCRETE MAY NOT BE WASHED
INTO BREA CREEK CHANNEL OR ANY DRAINAGE SYSTEM.

PROVISIONS SHALL BE MADE TO RETAIN CONCRETE

WASTES ON SITE UNTIL THEY CAN BE DISPOSED OF AS
SOLID WASTE.

4. TRASH AND CONSTRUCTION RELATED SOLID WASTES

MUST BE DEPOSITED INTO A COVERED RECEPTACLE TO

PREVENT CONTAMINATION BY RAINWATER AND
DISPERSAL BY WIND.

5. SEDIMENTS AND OTHER MATERIALS MAY NOT BE
TRACKED FROM THE SITE BY VEHICLE TRAFFIC.

ACCIDENTAL DEPOSITIONS MUST BE SWEPT UP

IMMEDIATELY AND MAY NOT BE WASHED DOWN BY THE
TRAIN.

6. THE FOLLOWING BMP'S AS OUTLINED IN, BUT NOT LIMITED

TO, THE CALIFORNIA STORM WATER BEST MANAGEMENT

PRACTICE HANDBOOK, CALIFORNIA STORMWATER
QUALITY TASK FORCE, SACRAMENTO, CALIFORNIA 2003,

OR THE LATEST REVISED EDITION, MAY APPLY DURING

CONSTRUCTION (ADDITIONAL MEASURES MAY BE
REQUIRED IF DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY INSPECTOR).

SEWER GENERAL NOTES:

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com

LS LIFT STATION

DEMOLISH

DEMOLISH SEWER
STREET IMPROVEMENT GENERAL NOTES:

MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

1. ALL APPLICABLE "CITY OF BREA PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS", LATEST REVISIONS, ARE HEREBY MADE A PART OF THIS PLAN AND ALL STREET IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SAME.

2. THE "STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION (GREENBOOK)", LATEST EDITION INCLUDING SUPPLEMENTS THERETO, IS HEREBY MADE A PART OF THIS PLAN.

3. PAVEMENT SHALL CONSIST OF A MINIMUM OF 4" (INCHES) ASPHALT CONCRETE ON 6" (INCHES) AGGREGATE BASE OR CRUSHED MISCELLANEOUS BASE. 4" ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING SHALL CONSIST OF 2" WEARING COURSE III-C3-PG-64-10 OVER 2" BASE COURSE III-B2-PG-64-10.

4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE ALL UTILITIES AND MONUMENTS OF EVERY NATURE, WHETHER SHOWN ON PLANS AND/ OR HEREON OR NOT, AND PROTECT THEM FROM DAMAGE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR THE TOTAL EXPENSE OF REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF UTILITIES AND MONUMENTS DAMAGED OR DESTROYED.

5. ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 560-C-3250 (6 SACK MIX) AND SHALL BE CURED WITH TYPE-1 (CLEAR) CURING COMPOUND IMMEDIATELY AFTER FINISHING.

6. ALL ASPHALT CONCRETE STREET SURFACES SHOWN HEREON SHALL BE SEAL-COATED, WHEN DIRECTED BY THE CITY ENGINEER, FULL-WIDTH USING AN APPROVED TYPE SS-1H EMULSION WITH NO MORE THAN 50% WATER ADDED. A TRUCK MOUNTED SPRAY BAR SHALL BE UTILIZED FOR SPREADING.

7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL SIGN INSTALLATIONS WITH THE CITY ENGINEER PRIOR TO SIDEWALK INSTALLATION.

8. AN APPROVED SOIL STERILANT SHALL BE UNIFORMLY APPLIED IN ALL AREAS TO BE PAVED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE CITY ENGINEER.

9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING MAILBOX BLOCK-OUT LOCATIONS WITH THE U.S. POSTAL SERVICE PRIOR TO SIDEWALK INSTALLATION.

10. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY ALL WORK FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE CITY AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIR AND OR REPLACEMENT OF ALL FAILURES DETERMINED BY THE CITY ENGINEER CAUSED BY WORKMANSHIP OR SUBSTANDARD MATERIALS.

11. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL AT ALL TIMES MAINTAIN PROPER BARRICADING, DUST CONTROL, TRAFFIC CONTROL, SHORING AND SAFETY MEASURES OF EVERY NATURE.

12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE APPLICATION TO THE CITY OF BREA, AND OBTAIN A CONSTRUCTION WATER METER (IF APPLICABLE) PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION.

13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED PERMITS FROM THE CITY OF BREA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AND AFFECTED AGENCIES PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION.

14. EXCAVATION IN STREETS WHICH HAVE BEEN CONSTRUCTED OR RECONSTRUCTED WITHIN THE PAST FIVE (5) YEARS AND SEAL COATED WITHIN THE PAST TWO (2) YEARS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS.

15. ALL CONSTRUCTION WITHIN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A "C-8" OR "A" LICENSED CONTRACTOR.

16. 24-HOUR NOTIFICATION IS REQUIRED FOR ALL PUBLIC WORKS INSPECTIONS. CONTACT THE CITY OF BREA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, MONDAY TO THURSDAY (EXCLUDING HOLIDAYS), 8 a.m. to 5 p.m., AT (714) 990-7650.

17. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN CONFORMING TO THE CITY OF BREA TRAFFIC CONTROL REQUIREMENTS.

18. ANY CHANGES FROM THE PLAN, STANDARDS NOTES, STANDARD DESIGNS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED NON-CONFORMING UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE CITY ENGINEER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

19. INSTALLATIONS NOT CONFORMING TO THE "CITY OF BREA PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS" SHALL BE REMOVED, REPLACED AND OR CORRECTED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY ENGINEER.

20. BASIC TRENCH REPAIR PROCEDURES SHALL BE PRE BREA STD PLAN 102.

PROPERTY LINE

ABANDON

1. THE SEWER CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE A COPY OF THE PROJECT PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AS WELL AS THE CITY OF BREA DESIGN CRITERIA FOR SEWER FACILITIES ON THE JOB SITE.

2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A CITY AND/ OR APPLICABLE AGENCY PERMIT FOR WORK DONE IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY.

3. THE CITY OF BREA ENGINEERING DIVISION SHALL BE CALLED FOR INSPECTION FIVE (5) WORKING DAYS BEFORE START OF WORK AT (714) 990-7667.

4. A PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE SHALL BE HELD 48 HOURS BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION WORK.

5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE ALL JOIN POINTS TO THE EXISTING SEWER SYSTEM FOR VERIFICATION OF LOCATION AND ELEVATION BEFORE CONSTRUCTION.

6. STATIONS SHOWN AS 1+00.00 ARE SEWER STATIONS AND ARE INDEPENDENT OF ALL OTHER STATIONS.

7. ALL LATERALS SHALL BE STAKED BY A SURVEYOR BEFORE TRENCHING AND A COMPLETE SET OF CUT SHEET SHALL BE SUPPLIED TO THE CONTRACTOR AND CITY INSPECTOR.

8. THE CITY WILL INSPECT AND TEST THE SEWER COLLECTION SYSTEM AND LATERAL SEWERS TO THE PROPERTY CLEAN-OUT. PRIVATELY OWNED SEWER LATERALS FROM THE PROPERTY LINE CLEAN-OUT WILL BE INSPECTED AND

TESTED BY AN APPROVED CONTRACTOR SUBJECT TO THE CITY OF BREA BUILDING AND SAFETY DIVISION APPROVAL. MAINTENANCE OF SEWER LATERAL FROM SEWER MAIN TO THE BUILDING SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF PROPERTY OWNER.

9. ALL SEWER LINES SHALL BE BALLED IN THE PRESENCE OF THE CITY INSPECTOR BEFORE COMPLETION OF ALL LEAKAGE TESTS.

10. PIPELINE LEAKAGE TESTS SHALL BE COMPLETED IN THE PRESENCE OF THE CITY INSPECTOR.

11. PIPELINE LEAKAGE TESTS SHALL BE MADE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE CITY INSPECTOR, ONLY AFTER BACKFILL HAS

BEEN COMPLETED, COMPACTION TESTS ON BACKFILL HAS BEEN MADE, AND THE BACKFILL HAS BEEN ACCEPTED BY THE CITY INSPECTOR.

12. ALL SEWER MAIN LINES SHALL BE INSPECTED USING A CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION SYSTEM. TWO RECORDINGS

SHALL BE MADE OF INSPECTION ON A DVD DISK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY OF BREA SPECIFICATIONS FOR VIDEO INSPECTION OF SEWER LINES. ONE RECORDING SHALL INSPECT THE SYSTEM CONSTRUCTED WITH NO FLOW, AND ONE SHALL CONDUCT THE INSPECTION 15 MINUTES AFTER FLOWING WATER IN THE SEWER.

13. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CITY OF BREA WITH AN AS-BUILT SET OF JOB PRINTS WITH TIE-DOWN MEASUREMENTS FOR ALL LATERALS AND MANHOLES.

14. BEFORE FINAL ACCEPTANCE, THE DEVELOPER'S ENGINEER SIGNING THE PLANS SHALL FURNISH THE CITY OF BREA WITH A SET OF AS-BUILT MYLARS OF THE SEWER PLAN.

15. CURBS OR PAVEMENT SURFACES IN ALLEYS WHERE SEWER LATERALS EXIST SHALL BE INSCRIBED WITH AN "S" INDICATING LOCATIONS OF ALL SEWER LATERALS.

16. CURBS SHALL BE INSCRIBED WITH TIES FOR ALL MANHOLE LOCATIONS.

17. TRENCH BACKFILL, ON ALL SEWER LINES TO BE DEDICATED TO THE CITY, SHALL BE COMPACTED TO A MINIMUM OF 90% (PERCENT) RELATIVE DENSITY AS DETERMINED BY THE FIVE-LAYER TEST METHOD (CALIFORNIA 216 G). TESTS WILL BE REQUIRED EVERY 300-FEET OF TRENCH OR AS DETERMINED BY THE CITY INSPECTOR. THE DEVELOPER SHALL SUBMIT WRITTEN RESULTS OF COMPACTION TESTING TO THE CITY BEFORE ACCEPTANCE. IF IN A COUNTY

ROAD OR STATE HIGHWAY, COMPACTION WILL BE AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION, BUT NO LESS THAN 90% (PERCENT) OF RELATIVE COMPACTION.

DRAWING FROM WHICH

SECTION IS CUT

DETAIL NUMBER
-2

DRAWING WHERE

SECTION IS SHOWN

SECTION LETTER
B
-
3 6
A
6 SECTION TITLE

SECTION LETTER

SECTION
SCALE:

DETAIL NUMBER
DETAIL
SCALE:

DRAWING ON WHICH

DETAIL APPEARS

SECTION CALLOUT

DETAIL CALLOUT DETAIL TITLE

DRAWING ON WHICH

DETAIL IS CALLED OUT

SECTION AND DETAIL IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025
S
X
X
X X
MB LS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
E
330
330 330
330
330 330
330
330
329
329 329 329
329
329
331
331
331
331
331
331
331
332
332
332
S
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
E
E
E
W
W
W
W
W
W
WM
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

14.0'

16.0'

30.0'

30.0'
S

EXISTING LIFT STATION DEMOLITION DETAIL
SCALE: NTS

EXISTING LIFT STATION DEMOLITION DETAIL
SCALE: NTS
EXISTING 8" VCP

GRAVITY SEWER

TO REMAIN
EXISTING 8" VCP

GRAVITY SEWER

TO REMAIN

EXISTING LIFT STATION

STRUCTURE TO REMAIN
EXIST 8" VCP

GRAVITY SEWER

EXISTING STEPS
TO REMAIN 14.5' 7.8'
DEMOLITION NOTES:
1 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING HATCH
2 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE
3 CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT WITHIN EXISTING

VAULT AND REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS FOR THE SEWER LIFT STATION. ALL OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROTECTED IN PLACE.
4 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING 3" OVERFLOW VENT & PIPING 5 PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING 4" DIP PIPING x2
6 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING 4" CHECK VALVE
7 CUT OUT AND DISPOSE 48" DIA OF EXISTING STEEL PLATFORM 8 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING 4" FLEXIBLE PIPING
9 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
10 REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING PUMP PEDESTAL
11 PROTECT IN PLACE EXISTING PIPE SEAL x2
12 CUT AND PLUG ENDS OF EXISTING 140LF DIP FORCEMAIN WITH 2'

CONCRETE PLUG AND ABANDON IN PLACE
13 CONTRACTOR TO CLEAR AND GRUB EXISTING VEGETATION TO CONSTRUCT

PROPOSED CONCRETE PAD
14 INSTALL BLIND FLANGE ON 4" PIPING PENETRATING WALL & PROTECT WALL PENETRATIONS x2
1 5
2 3
4 6
7 8
9 10
4 1

BRIARWOOD DR
11 5
5 9
9 10
10 EXISTING STEPS 7

TO REMAIN
EXISTING 8" VCP

GRAVITY SEWER

TO REMAIN
12 3

EXISTING FENCE

PROTECT IN PLACE
EXISTING MH FB3513

TO REMAIN

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com
SCALE: 1"=10'

EXISTING ROW

EXISTING ROW
EXISTING 2" GAS
(SOCAL-GAS)
EXISTING 8" DIP WATER
(CITY OF BREA)

EXISTING WATER LATERAL
(CITY OF BREA)
EXISTING 3
4" GAS
(SO-CAL GAS)

EXISTING OH
(SPECTRUM)
13 14
14 14

EXISTING ELECTRICAL

TO LIFT STATION

LOCATION UNKNOWN,

CONTRACTOR TO POTHOLE
ABANDON IN PLACE EXISTING 4" FORCEMAIN
& PROTECT PENETRATIONS
6" PROTRUSION FROM

EXISTING PLATFORM

TO REMAIN
6" PROTRUSION FROM

EXISTING PLATFORM

TO REMAIN
6"
BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025
S
X
X
X X
MB LS
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
E
330
330 330
330
330 330
330
330
329
329 329 329
329
329
331
331
331
331
331
331
332
332
332
SS
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
E
E
E
W
W
W
W
W
W
WM
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

16.0'

4.0'

14.0'

30.0'

26.0'

30.0'

4.0'
WM
EXIST MH FB3513
EXIST 8" VCP GRAVITY SEWER

PROPOSED ELECTRICAL PANELS & LIGHTING
(SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS)
EXIST 8" VCP GRAVITY SEWER

EXISTING LIFT STATION

STRUCTURE TO REMAIN

PROPOSED HATCH
(SEE MECHANICAL DWGS)

PROPOSED PIPE VENT
(SEE MECHANICAL DWGS)
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
1 INSTALL 6" SDR26 PVC FORCE MAIN PER CITY TRENCH DETAIL CASE 2 WITH SLURRY BACKFILL.
2 INSTALL REINFORCED CONCRETE PAD @ 4" THICK PER DETAIL SECTION A/SHEET 7. 3 TRENCH AC LIMITS PER CITY OF BREA STD PLAN 102-0 CASE 2 WITH SLURRY

BACKFILL
4 REPLACE IN PLACE CURB AND GUTTER DAMAGED BY CONSTRUCTION PER CITY STD DWG 106-0. REPLACEMENT SHALL BE TO NEAREST CONSTRUCTION JOINT. 5 CONSTRUCT NEW 6 FT TALL WROUGHT IRON FENCE WITH 4 FT WIDE MAIN GATE FACING STREET, SEE SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS 1/SHEET 7 & 2/SHEET 7. 6 CONSTRUCT NEW 1" WATER METER SERVICE PER CITY OF BREA STD DETAIL 304-0. 7 REMOVE AND RE-POUR SSMH BASE WITH TROUGH
1 2
3 BRIARWOOD DR

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com

EXIST FENCE

PROTECT IN PLACE
SCALE: 1"=10'

8.63'

5.00'

CONCRETE PAD DETAIL
SCALE: 1" = 2'
2 5

EXISTING LIFT STATION

STRUCTURE TO REMAIN
6" PVC SDR26, 122.94 LF

EXISTING ROW

EXISTING ROW
EXISTING 2" GAS
(SOCAL-GAS)
EXISTING 8" DIP WATER
(CITY OF BREA)

EXISTING WATER LATERAL
(CITY OF BREA)
EXISTING 3
4" GAS
(SO-CAL GAS)

EXISTING OH
(SPECTRUM)
ABANDON EXIST 4" FORCEMAIN
4 5
6 PROPOSED HOSE BIB AND

BACKFLOW DEVICE
(SEE SHEET 6 DETAIL 4/5)

EXISTING ELECTRICAL TO LIFT

STATION LOCATION UNKOWN,

CONTRACTOR TO POTHOLE

EXISTING LIFT STATION

POWER PANEL

10.00'

9.40'
7 PUMP CONTROL PANELS
(SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS

FOR ELECTRICAL DETAILS)

POLE-MOUNTED
LIGHT
(SEE SHEET 10 DETAIL 3

FOR LIGHT STANDARD)
TOP OF EXIST 8"

WATER MAIN
(CONTRACTOR

TO POTHOLE

AND VERIFY)

CLEAR AND GRUB

SHRUBS AND TREES

IN CONFLICT WITH

PROPOSED WORK

5.00'

OVERFLOW VENT PIPE
B
SHT 7
A
SHT 7

SWING GATE
PER SHEET 7/DETAIL 2
BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
OH
E
E
E
W
W
W
W
W
W WM
W
W
W
W
W
W
W

W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W W
W
W
W
W

E E E E E E E E E E E
S
X
MB LS
X
X
X

X X X X X X X
X
X
E
330
330
330
330
330
330
330
329 329
329
329
329
331
331
331
331
331
331
331
332
332
332
S
1 2
9+50
10+00
11+00 14.0' 16.0' 25.9' 4.1' 30.0' 30.0'
S 5.75'
L1
WM STA 10+00.00 INV ELEV: 324.08 STA 11+22.94 INV ELEV: 327.61 BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION RIM EL: 329.91 NEW W LAT ASSUMED 326.25± CONTRACTOR TO POTHOLE/VERIFY DEPTH AT 1" WL CONNECTION TO 8" WM EXISTING GAS LAT ASSUMED 326.25± CONTRACTOR TO POTHOLE/VERIFY DEPTH 80 LF OF 6" PVC SDR26 @ 3.12%
44 LF OF 6" PVC SDR26 @ 0.11% STA 10+44.19 1.7° VERT DEFL. EXISTING MH FB3513 RIM EL: 330.63 EXISTING W LAT ASSUMED 326.25± CONTRACTOR TO POTHOLE/VERIFY DEPTH STA 11+27.60 INV ELEV: 327.41

LINE TABLE
LINE
L1

BEARING
N17° 58' 25"E
LENGTH

46.92'

POINT TABLE
POINT #
1 2

STATION NORTHING
2278926.21
2279042.89

EASTING
6056787.29
6056825.14

DESCRIPTION
CONNECT TO 6" COUPLER

CONNECT TO MH
FORCEMAIN CONNECTION DETAIL PROPOSED 6" PVC
SDR26 FORCEMAIN
EXISTING MH FB3513
PER DETAIL 1/ SHEET 6
EXISTING 8" VCP GRAVITY SEWER EXISTING 8" VCP

GRAVITY SEWER

BRIARWOOD DR
11+00 12+00
320
10+00
310
330
320
310
330
10+00.00
11+22.94

EXISTING FENCE

PROTECT IN PLACE

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com

EXIST SURFACE
340 340
SCALES
HORZ. 1"=10'
VERT. 3"=10'
SCALE: 1"=10'

FORCEMAIN CONNECTION DETAIL
SCALE: 1' = 10"
6"- 45° DI BEND (FLG)

EXISTING ROW

EXISTING ROW
EXISTING 8" DIP
WATER
EXISTING 2" GAS
(SO-CAL GAS) EXISTING 8" DIP WATER
(CITY OF BREA)

EXISTING WATER LATERAL
(CITY OF BREA)
EXISTING 3
4" GAS
(SO-CAL GAS)

EXISTING OH
(SPECTRUM)

PROPOSED LIFT STATION

IMPROVEMENTS PER DETAIL
ON SHEET 6
6" DISMANTLING

JOINT/COUPLER
6" PVC SDR26"

FORCEMAIN
STA 10+00.00

ABANDON IN PLACE
EXIST 4" FORCEMAIN
122.94'
EXISTING 4"

DIP FORCEMAIN
EXISTING 8"

GRAVITY SEWER
4" BLIND FLANGE
CORE DRILL NEW 6" WALL

PENETRATION AND INSTALL
2 LINK SEALS, INNER AND OUTER
CORE DRILL NEW 6" WALL

PENETRATION AND INSTALL
2 LINK SEALS, INNER AND OUTER
6"- 45° DI BEND (FLG)
6" TRUE WYE (FLG)
6" DIA, 1
2" LONG DI

FILLER (FLG)
6" DIA, 1
2" LONG DI

FILLER (FLG)
6"DIA, 12" LONG

DI SPOOL (FLG X PE)
PROPOSED 1"

WATER SERVICE

PROPOSED HOSE BIB
6 1
EXIST. 8"
VCP SS
MAIN

SEE FORCEMAIN

CONNECTION DETAIL

THIS SHEET
EXIST 8" VCP

SEWER MAIN

CONTRACTOR TO POTHOLE

AND DETERMINE IF DEFLECTION
IS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN 12"

SEPARATION
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
1 INSTALL 6" SDR26 PVC FORCE MAIN. PER CITY TRENCH DETAIL CASE 2 WITH SLURRY BACKFILL.
2 INSTALL 75 SF REINFORCED CONCRETE PAD @ 4" THICK.
3 TRENCH AC LIMITS PER CITY OF BREA STD PLAN 102-0 CASE 2 WITH SLURRY BACKFILL.
4 REPLACE IN PLACE CURB AND GUTTER DAMAGED BY CONSTRUCTION PER CITY STD DWG 106-0. REPLACEMENT SHALL BE TO NEAREST CONSTRUCTION JOINT. 5 CONSTRUCT 42 LF OF NEW 6 FT TALL WROUGHT IRON FENCE WITH 4 FT WIDE MAIN GATE FACING STREET, SEE SPECIFICATIONS.
6 CONSTRUCT NEW 1" WATER METER SERVICE PER CITY OF BREA STD DETAIL 304-0. 1' MIN BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025
EXISTING 48"Ø I.D. MANHOLE
EXISTING 8"Ø VCP SEWER PIPE

ABANDON IN

PLACE EXISTING
4"Ø DIP FORCE
MAIN
MIN. 2'-0"

FORM SHELF AND TROUGH WITH
FAST-SETTING CONCRETE.

CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT

TROUGH FORM AND FINISH
DURING COMPLETE CURE TIME.

ABANDON EXISTING

PIPE PER DETAIL
NEW 6"Ø SDR26

PVC FORCE MAIN

MANHOLE REPAIR

PER DETAIL
EXISTING MH FB3513
FLOW
FLOW
2 - 3
-

NEW MANHOLE CHANNEL
INV. IN=327.61
INV. OUT=327.41
2'
MIN.

PLUG PIPE TO MAINTAIN

CONCRETE PLUG FORM

SEWER PIPE SEGMENT TO BE

ABANDONED
CLASS "A" CONCRETE

CUT END
NOTES:

1. EXPAND EXISTING MANHOLE OPENINGS AND
BENCHES BY CHIPPING.

2. PIPE INSERTED INTO MANHOLES SHALL BE CUT AT

APPROPRIATE ANGLE TO FIT FLUSH WITH INSIDE
MANHOLE WALL FACE. THE NEW INLET SHALL BE

OFFSET TO MAINTAIN THE CHANNEL BETWEEN
THE NEW INLET AND THE PREVIOUS INLET.

3. INSTALL O-RING WATERSTOP SEAL AROUND NEW

PIPE AND CENTER WITHIN EXISTING MANHOLE
WALL.

4. FILL ANNULAR SPACE BETWEEN NEW PIPE AND

EXISTING MANHOLE WALL WITH NON-PERMEABLE
NON-SHRINK GROUT. ROUGHEN EXISTING
CONCRETE SURFACE TO FULL AMPLITUDE OF 1
4" AND APPLY A BONDING AGENT PRIOR TO PLACING
NON-SHRINK GROUT.

5. RECONSTRUCT BENCHES AND CHANNELS.

REMOVE PORTION OF WALL

TO ALLOW INSERTION OF
NEW PIPE (SEE NOTES 3 & 4)

NEW PIPE SPINGLINE

PROPOSED PIPE

REMOVE PORTION OF CONCRETE BASE SO NEW PIPE

INVERT MATCHES THAT OF THE EXISTING PIPE,
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. LAY PIPE THROUGH

INLINE MANHOLES AND FILL VOID UNDER PIPE WITH
CONCRETE.
6" MIN
1" PVC TO 1" GSP

ADAPTER
1" 90° ELBOW 2'-6" UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS

PVC PIPE SLEEVE
1"Ø GSP
1" BRONZE HOSE BIBB
1"Ø SCH40 PVC
PIPE
3 4" HOSE ADAPTER
3"X4" GALVANIZED

STEEL CHANNEL

STIFFENER

NEOPRENE SPACER (TYP)
3 8" U-BOLTS, 2 PLACES
5 1
1 2
1 1
2 1'-0" (TYP.) MAY VARY WITH SIZE 3'-0" MIN. COVER
4 3

DI PIPE DI PIPE
1" HOSE BIBB
SCALE: NTS -4 DOUBLE CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER
SCALE: NTS -5
CONNECTION AT EX MH FB3513
SCALE: NTS C-2
1 TYPICAL PIPE ABANDONMENT
SCALE: NTS -2 MANHOLE REPAIR DETAIL
SCALE: NTS -3

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com
NOTES:

1. FITTINGS SHALL BE THREADED FOR

BRASS PIPE OR SOLDERED FOR
COPPER PIPE.

2. PROVIDE 100% POLYESTER FABRIC

INSULATION BLANKET WITH
MINIMUM 5-YEAR U.V. RESISTANCE
WARRANTY.

3. PROVIDE POWDER COATED STEEL
ENCLOSURE.

MATERIAL LIST:
90° ELBOW

COPPER OR BRASS SPOOL

DOUBLE CHECK VALVE BACKFLOW

PREVENTER

STRAINER
CLASS A PCC PAD, 4" THICK, 12"

MINIMUM SURROUNDING
BACKFLOW PREVENTER, ON 4" OF
BASE
1 2
3 4
5 BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025
2" SQ. x 14 GA, TYP.
3-1516" TYP.
1'-0"
CONCRETE FOOTING 3'-0" 3" 2" NOM. 6'-0"
10'-0" O.C. NOM.
3 4" SQ x 16 GA.
1 1
2" SQ. x 14 GA
BOTTOM RAIL 4" 6"
1 1
2" SQ. x 14 GA

TOP RAIL

LEVEL OR SLOPES AS
INDICATED ON DWGS 4" MIN. SLAB THICKNESS OR AS INDICATED ON DWGS 2" CLR 8" 8"
1 2" R
TOOLED
EDGE

BASE & SUB-BASE

PER CIVIL & GEOTECH
#4 CONT
#4 @ 12" EW,

CENTERED,UON
2" SQ. GATE POST, TYP.
3-15
16" TYP.
1'-0"
CONCRETE FOOTING 3'-0" 3" 2" NOM.
4'-0" NOM.

OPENING 4" 6"
3 4" SQ x 16 GA.

BALL BEARING HINGES

WITH STAINLESS STEEL

PIN AND GREASE FITTING
(TYP OF 2)

SELF LOCKING

COMMERCIAL GRADE

SECURITY LATCH

DIA DIA
(SEE PLAN FOR FENCE DIMENSIONS) 2" CLR
8" 8"

BASE & SUB-BASE

PER CIVIL & GEOTECH
#4 CONT
#4 @ 12" EW,
CENTERED,UON 4" MIN. SLAB THICKNESS OR AS INDICATED ON DWGS 1 2" R
TOOLED
EDGE
(E) MANHOLE HATCH
(E) CURB AND GUTTER

ORNAMENTAL IRON FENCE DETAIL
SCALE: NTS C-2
1 LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com
NOTES:

1. TUBING GALVANIZED
BEFORE FABRICATION.

ORNAMENTAL IRON SINGLE SWING GATE DETAIL
SCALE: NTS C-2
2 TYP. SLAB ON GRADE SECTION
SCALE: NTS C-2
A TYP. SLAB ON GRADE SECTION
SCALE: NTS C-2
B
BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025

LIFT STATION SECTION
SCALE: NTS

LIFT STATION DETAIL
SCALE: NTS
CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
1 INSTALL NEW 26" X 41" PUMP PEDESTAL PAD
2 REPAIR LIFT STATION STRUCTURE FLOOR BY POURING 2" THICK CONC SLAB 3 INSTALL NEW SUBMERSIBLE PUMP (MODEL: GOULDS WS2012D4) 4 INSTALL NEW 4" FLEXIBLE PIPING.
5 INSTALL NEW LINING ON INSIDE OF LIFT STATION STRUCTURE. 6 INSTALL NEW 4" CHECK VALVE
7 INSTALL 4" ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVE
8 INSTALL NEW LED LIGHTING, PER ELECTRICAL PLANS
9 INSTALL NEW 3" PVC VENT PIPE. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL AT SAME ELEVATION AS EXISTING PENETRATION OF WET WELL AND INSTALL NEW LINK SEAL 10 INSTALL NEW STAINLESS STEEL HATCH (MODEL: BILCO DRAINAGE CHANNEL FRAME J-3AL,SINGLE LEAF, 316 STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE, 36"L X 30"W) 11 INSTALL NEW PIPE OVERFLOW VENT (MODEL: ARMORCAST P6002712 POLYETHYLENE STAND PIPE VENT) 12 CORE DRILL NEW 6" WALL PENETRATION AND INSTALL 2 LINK SEALS, INNER AND OUTER 13 INSTALL NEW 4"X 6" DI REDUCER (FLG)
14 INSTALL NEW 6"- 90° DI BEND (FLG)
15 INSTALL NEW 6"DIA, 20" LONG DI SPOOL (FLG X PE)
16 INSTALL/WELD NEW STEEL PLATFORM ON TOP OF PROTRUDING EXISTING PLATFORM, THICKNESS TO EQUAL EXISTING PLATFORM 17 INSTALL NEW BLIND FLANGE ON EXISTING 4" DISCHARGE PIPING 18 PROVIDE "CONFINED SPACE" WARNING PLACARD
19 INSTALL FALSE ECHO LEVEL SENSOR

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com

INSTALL NEW ELECTRICAL
(SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS) 14.5' 7.8'
2 1
3 4
5 6
3 1
12 7
8 9
10 11
13 14
15 14
5 2
6" PROTRUSION FROM

EXISTING PLATFORM
16 3"
6"
5 6" PROTRUSION FROM

EXISTING PLATFORM
EXISTING 8" INLET
EXISTING 4" DISCHARGE
17 16
18 EXIST BOT ELE: 315.43±
LWL: 317.40±
HWL: 319.40±
BOT ELE: 315.60±
19 BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com

GROUND ROD

GROUND CONNECTION, DIAGRAMS ONLY

EXPOSED OR OVERHEAD CONDUIT

CONCEALED OR UNDERGROUND CONDUIT

CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION TAG

INSTRUMENT
PENDANT OR RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE, X=TYPE

THERMOSTAT

TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET

GROUND TEST WELL

FUSED DISCONNECT
LINEAR LIGHT FIXTURE, X=TYPE

DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, TYPE AS INDICATED

DRAWOUT CIRCUIT BREAKER

CIRCUIT BREAKER

CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER - VOLTAGE AS INDICATED

POWER DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMER
Y=NAME, #=KVA RATING, X=VOLTAGE, Z=DETAILS
CURRENT TRANSFORMER, NUMBER = QUANTITY
LIGHT SWITCH, Z = ZONE

ELECTRICAL SERVICE METER

VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE

MOTOR, HP AS INDICATED

GENERIC LOAD, FULL LOAD AMPACITY AS INDICATED
WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, X=TYPE
EXIT SIGN, X=TYPE

1. DIRECTION ARROWS AS SHOWN

2. SHADED QUADRANT INDICATES FACE(S) OF FIXTURE

FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING STARTER,

SIZE AS INDICATED

SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE

PANELBOARD, MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
XXX = PANEL NAME

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH, RATING AS INDICATED

DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER

FUSED OR NON-FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH

RATING AS INDICATED
#
#
X
Y
Z
XXX
VFD
SPD
XXX
FUSE

M MOTOR

CIRCUIT ORIGIN IDENTIFICATION TAG
LOAD
##

NON-FUSED DISCONNECT
N E
X
X
X

FULL VOLTAGE TWO SPEED, OR REVERSING, STARTER,

SIZE AS INDICATED
X
S
Z

GROUNDING BOND TYPE CONNECTION METHOD

EXOTHERMIC (CADWELD)

COMPRESSION OR MECHANICAL

GROUNDING LEGEND

PLAN SYMBOLS DIAGRAM SYMBOLS

GROUND CONDUCTOR,
#4/0 BARE COPPER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE

CONDUIT STUBBING DOWN, CONDUIT STUBBING UP

WIRING & CONDUIT INSTALLATION LEGEND

OHW EXPOSED OVERHEAD WIRE, TYPICAL FOR UTILITY POWER LINES

STARTER
SITE POLE LIGHT FIXTURE, X=TYPE

KIRK KEY

BREAKER DETAILS LEGEND
DETAIL NO. 1
A LOW VOLTAGE FIXED MOUNTED MOLDED CASE 3-POLE CIRCUIT
BREAKER WITH A 50 AMPERE TRIP RATING.

TRIP UNIT IS NON-ADJUSTABLE THERMAL-MAGNETIC TYPE.
50A
3P
DETAIL NO. 2
A 20A NEMA SIZE 1 COMBINATION FVNR MAGNETIC STARTER 20A 3P
S1

PANELBOARD, MAIN LUG ONLY
XXX = PANEL NAME
XXX
480V
120V
X
LINEAR LIGHT STRIP FIXTURE, X=TYPE

1. ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING CODES AND STANDARDS:

1.1. NFPA 70, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.

1.2. NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE.

1.3. NFPA 820 STANDARD FOR FIRE PROTECTION IN WASTEWATER TREATMENT AND COLLECTION FACILITIES.

2. ALL ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS SHALL INCLUDE A GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZED PER NEC.

3. CONDUIT AND DEVICE LOCATIONS ARE SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY ONLY, CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD LOCATE OR ROUTE AS REQUIRED.

4. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE INSTALLED PARALLEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO BUILDING STRUCTURE.

5. ALL PANEL SCHEDULES SHALL BE RETYPED AND LAMINATED TO REFLECT UP TO DATE CONDITIONS. TRACE EXISTING CIRCUITS. ALL PANEL LEGENDS SHALL INDICATE THE PANELS. SOURCE PANEL AND ITS LOCATION.

6. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PHENOLIC NAMEPLATES. ALL NAMEPLATES SHALL BE MECHANICALLY FASTENED WITH S.S. SCREWS OR RIVETS. THE USE OF ADHESIVE NAMEPLATES SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED.

7. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A SET OF PRINTS AND MARK-UP DURING CONSTRUCTION TO REFLECT "AS-BUILT" CONDITIONS.

8. CONDUIT RUNS SHALL NOT EXCEED 270 DEGREES OF TOTAL BENDS BETWEEN PULL POINTS.

9. PROVIDE CONDUIT EXPANSION FITTINGS AS CONDUIT CROSSES BUILDING EXPANSION JOINTS.

10.ALL SUPPORTING AND FASTENING DEVICES SHALL BE 316 STAINLESS STEEL.

11.CONTRACTOR MAY COMBINE HOMERUNS TO 120V PANELBOARD CIRCUIT PER NEC. COMBINING MORE THAN THREE 120V CIRCUITS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED WITHOUT SUBMITTING NEC DERATING CALCULATIONS.

12.ALL RECEPTACLE BRANCH CIRCUITS OVER 75' IN LENGTH SHALL USE #10 AWG CONDUCTOR (FOR VOLTAGE DROP).

13.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 2 SPARE FUSES FOR EACH FUSE INSTALLED INCLUDING ALL EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS.

14.CONTROL AND POWER CONDUITS SHALL BE SEPARATED BY 12" MIN. AND SHALL BE IN SEPARATE JUNCTION BOXES AND DUCT BANKS. MAINTAIN 12" SEPARATION BETWEEN DUCT BANKS.

15.INSTALLATION OF THE NEW FACILITIES WILL REQUIRE FIELD COORDINATION WITH PLANT OPERATIONS TO PERMIT MAINTENANCE OF OPERATION DURING CONSTRUCTION. DURATION OF POWER OUTAGES SHALL BE MINIMUM REQUIRED FOR SAFE INSTALLATION AND SHALL BE SCHEDULED WITH AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER.

16.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO AVOID EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES INCLUDING PROCESS PIPING, WATER LINES, CHEMICAL FEED PIPING, ELECTRICAL CONDUITS. HAND EXCAVATION SHALL BE REQUIRED IN CONGESTED AREAS WHERE THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES IS UNKNOWN. LOCATIONS SHOWN FOR THE EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY. NOT ALL OF THE EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES ARE SHOWN. FIELD ADJUST LOCATIONS OF THE NEW FACILITIES TO ACCOMMODATE THE EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS AND UNDERGROUND UTILITIES.

17.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER TO DETERMINE IF A LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM IS REQUIRED. IF IT IS DETERMINED THAT A LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM IS WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT, PROVIDE A UL 96A MASTER LABEL LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM INCLUDING GROUND RODS AT EACH LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM DOWN CONDUCTOR. INTERCONNECT EACH SYSTEMS GROUND RODS WITH A CONTINUOUS #4/0 COPPER TINNED COUNTERPOISE LOOP.

18.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A GROUNDING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE NEC AND IEEE GREEN BOOK. THE INSTALLED GROUNDING SYSTEM SHALL HAVE A RESISTANCE OF LESS THAN 5 OHMS TO GROUND. PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS #6/0 TINNED COPPER GROUNDING SYSTEM.

19.IF ITEM IS PROPOSED FROM OTHER THAN FIRST NAMED MANUFACTURER AND WILL REQUIRE ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING TO INCORPORATE INTO DRAWINGS, I.E., ADDITIONAL I/O, DIFFERENT OR ADDITIONAL BREAKERS, LARGER CONDUCTOR SIZE OR ADDITIONAL CONDUCTORS, LARGER OR ADDITIONAL CONDUIT(S). CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PAY FOR ALL ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING CHARGES AND ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL COST, ETC.

20.NAMEPLATES ON ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL HAVE P&ID TAG NUMBER AS WELL AS DESCRIPTION OF LOAD BEING SERVED AND EQUIPMENT TAG NUMBER AS A MINIMUM. EQUIPMENT BEING SERVED SHALL HAVE IDENTICAL TAG AS ELECTRICAL GEAR AND BREAKER NOTATION WHICH IS SERVING EQUIPMENT.

21.ENCLOSURE AND CONTROL PANELS SHALL BE THE FOLLOWING:

21.1. INDOOR AIR CONDITIONED NON-PROCESS AREAS SHALL BE NEMA 12 WITH NO VENTILATION TO THE OUTSIDE. MAY BE NEMA 1 IN A CLEAN ROOM WITH CARBON FILTERS.

21.2. INDOOR PROCESS AREAS SHALL BE NEMA 4X, 316 STAINLESS STEEL.

21.3. OUTDOOR ENCLOSURE SHALL BE NEMA 4X, 316 STAINLESS STEEL.

21.4. ALL CONTROL PANELS SHALL BE UL-508A AND COMPLY WITH ARTICLE 409 OF THE NEC. ALL CONTROL PANELS IN DESIGNATED HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS OR CONTAINING WIRING WHICH IS HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS SHALL BE UL-698A.

21.5. CONNECTIONS TO SCREW TYPE TERMINALS ARE ONLY ALLOWED IF COMPRESSION TYPE TERMINAL ARE NOT AVAILABLE.

21.6. ALL CONTROL CABINET WIRING TO THE PLC AND CONTROL DEVICES SHALL BE 16 AWG FOR ANALOG AND 16 AWG FOR DIGITAL AND TERMINATED WITH FERRULES.

21.7. ALL CONTROL PANEL SUBMITTALS SHALL CONTAIN SLOTTED HINGED DUCT CALCULATIONS FOR CONDUCTOR FILL. ALL CONTROL PANEL SUBMITTALS SUBMITTED WITHOUT WIRE FILL CALCULATIONS SHALL BE RETURNED INCOMPLETE WITHOUT EVALUATIONS. NO DUCT SHALL CONTAIN MORE THAN 40% FILL BASED ON NEC WIRE FILL STANDARDS. CALCULATIONS SHALL INCLUDE ALL FILED CONDUCTORS DESIGNED TO ENTER THE PANEL IN FIELD TERMINATIONS PORTION OF THE THE PANEL. ALL CONTROL PANELS SHALL CONTAIN DESIGNATED DUCTS FOR INTERNAL WIRING AND A SEPARATE DUCT(S) FOR FIELD WIRING.

21.8. ALL KEY INTERLOCKED SET (KIRK KEY) IF PART OF THE DESIGN, MUST BE INSCRIBED TO INDICATE SET LOCATIONS AND KEYED DIFFERENTLY TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED BREAKER COMBINATIONS. SPARE BREAKER INTERLOCKED KEYS MUST BE TIGHTLY CONTROLLED TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED BREAKER COMBINATIONS.

21.9. PANEL DRAWINGS SHALL BE LAMINATED, ATTACHED TO THE DOOR AND IN COLOR. DRAWING SHALL BE PRINTED ON 8.5 X 11 IF 11 X17 IS TOO LARGE TO FIT ON THE DOOR. FULL SET OF ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS PRINTED WITH A LASER PRINTER AND IN COLOR SHALL BE INSERTED IN THE DOOR POCKET. INK JET IS NOT ACCEPTED.

21.10.ALL CONTROL PANEL WITH A PLC/HMI/VFD SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A PANEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR. TEMPERATURE SENSOR SHALL BE CONNECTED TO SCADA WHERE APPLICABLE.

21.11.ALL EXPOSED CONDUITS LOCATED OUTDOORS SHALL BE GALVANIZED. ALL CONDUITS LOCATED INDOORS IN AIR CONDITIONED NON PROCESS AREA SHALL EMT.

22.ALL UNDERGROUND CONDUITS SHALL BE PVC SCHEDULE 40. BENDS AND CONDUIT STUB UPS SHALL BE PVC COATED GALVANIZED STEEL.

ELECTRICAL ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL NOTES

AMPERAGE

AIR CONDITIONING UNIT

ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR

ABOVE FINISHED GRADE

AIR HANDLING UNIT

AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH

AUTOMATIC

BLOWER FILTER MOTOR

CAPACITOR

CIRCUIT BREAKER

CIRCUIT

CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER

CURRENT TRANSFORMER CONTROL

CONDENSING UNIT/COPPER

DISCONNECT SWITCH

ELECTRIC HEATER UNIT

TIME METER EACH WAY

ELECTRIC WATER COOLER

ELECTRIC WATER HEATER

FULL LOAD AMPERAGE

FULL VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING

FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING
GROUND

GALVANIZED

GENERATOR

GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER

HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED

HOSPITAL GRADE

HAND OFF AUTOMATIC

INTERRUPTING CAPACITY

ISOLATED GROUND

INSTANTANEOUS

JUNCTION BOX

KEY INTERLOCK

KEY SWITCH

KILOVOLT-AMPERE

KILOWATT

LIGHTING CONTACTOR

LOCAL CONTROL PANEL

LIGHTING

LOW VOLTAGE

MOTOR (ELECTRIC)

MOTOR CONTROL CENTER

MANUFACTURE SUPPLIED CABLE

MEDIUM VOLTAGE

MAIN LUGS ONLY

MINI POWER CENTER

MOTOR RELAY PROTECTION

NEUTRAL GROUNDED CONDUCTOR

NON-AUTOMATIC

NORMALLY CLOSED

NON-FUSED

NORMALLY OPEN

OVERCURRENT

OVERCURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE

OVERVOLTAGE

PUSHBUTTON
PHASE

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER

PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER

PAD MOUNTED SWITCHGEAR

POWER PANEL

POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER

PUSH TO TEST

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
POWER
RELAY

REVERSE

REQUIRED

RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL
RELAY

RIGID STEEL

REDUCED VOLTAGE NON-REVERSING

REDUCE VOLTAGE

REVERSING

REDUCE VOLTAGE SOLID STATE

ROOF TOP UNIT

SECURITY CARD READER

SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION

SERVICE ENTRANCE

SUPPLY FAN

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE

STAINLESS STEEL

SWITCHGEAR
SWITCH

THERMOSTAT

TERMINAL BOX

TIME DELAY

TWISTED PAIR

TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR

TWISTED SHIELDED TRIAD

TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR

UNDERGROUND

UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY

UNDERVOLTAGE

UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE
VOLT

VARIABLE FREQUENCY

VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
WIRE

WEATHER PROOF

TRANSFORMER
A
ACU
AFF
AFG
AHU
ATS
AUTO
BFM
CAP
CB
CKT
CPT
CT
CU
DS
EHU
ETM
EWC
EWH
FLA
FVNR
FVR
G, GND
GAL
GEN
GFCI
HD
HG
HOA
IC
IG
INST
JB
K
KS
KVA
KW
LC
LCP
LTG
LV
M
MCC
MSC
MV
MLO
MPC
MRP
N
NA
NC
NF
NO
OC
OCPD
OV
PB
PH, Ø
PLC
PMT
PMGR
PP
PT
PTT
PVC
PWR
R
REV
REQ'D
RGS
RLY
RS
RVNR
RV
RVR
RVSS
RTU
SCR
SCADA
SE
SF
SPD
SS
SWGR
S
T
TB
TD
TP
TSP
TST
TVSS
UG
UPS
UV
U.N.O.

V
VF
VFD
W
WP
XFMR
BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025
P-UTIL-100
FROM 120/240V

UTILITY SERVICE
FEEDER
2 MCP
2P
2 15A
1P
PNL-110 PMP-110
FLA=16.3A

UTILITY
METER

PEDESTAL
MCP
2P
TO

PORTABLE

GENERATOR
FROM 120/240V

UTILITY SERVICE
FEEDER
15A MCP

COMMUNICATIONS PUMP
NO. 1
PUMP NO.
2 UTILITY
METER
40A
2P
MCP
SCALE: N.T.S.

SCALE: N.T.S.
100A
2P
SPD
20A
1P
20A
1P

RECEPTACLE

LIFT STATION ONE-LINE DEMOLITION DIAGRAM

LIFT STATION ONE-LINE MODIFICATION DIAGRAM

POWER CABLE SCHEDULE
CONTROL CABLE SCHEDULE P-REC-100 P-LTG-100 P-PNL-110 P-PMP-110 P-PMP-120

LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
60A
2P
60A
2P
NOTES BY SYMBOL:
1 DEMOLISH EXISTING PANEL. DEMOLISH ALL ASSOCIATE WIRING AND CONDUITS FROM POWER

POLE TO PANEL AND FROM PANEL TO PUMPS
PNL-100

POLE-MOUNTED
LIGHT

GENERATOR

CONNECTION

RECEPTACLE

LOAD SCHEDULE
20A
1P P-LTG-101

WETWELL
LIGHT
20A
1P

WETWELL
LIGHT
LABEL MANUFACTURER CATALOG NO. DESCRIPTION LAMP WATTAGE VOLT A CREE
OSQ-M-B-16L-40-3M-UL-OSQ-ML-B
-DA-BZ-F POLE:

AVPL-RSS164-11-DM19-BZ

SINGLE AREA LED, POLE SIDE MOUNT

WITH INTEGRAL PHOTOCELL
MOUNTED ON 16' ROUND STEEL
POLE
4000K INTEGRAL LED 104 120-277
B HOLOPHANE HEXS L4 MV 5K V60 CL

INFLUENT PS LED WETWELL

EXPLOSION PROOF LINEAR LIGHTING
5000K INTEGRAL LED 80 120-277

AIR GAP

JUNCTION
BOX

CABLE TAG MAX CKT

VOLTAGE

CONDUIT SIZE
(INCH) CONDUCTORS FROM TO
P-UTIL-100 240V 1.5 3#6, #8G UTILITY METER PEDESTAL PNL-100 P-LTG-100 120V 1 2#12, #12G PNL-100 POLE-MOUNTED LIGHT
P-LTG-101A 120V 1 2#12, #12G PNL-100 AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX P-LTG-101B 120V 1 2#12, #12G AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX WETWELL LIGHT P-REC-100 120V 1 2#12, #12G PNL-100 RECEPTACLE
P-PMP-110A 240V 1 2#10, #10G PNL-100 AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX P-PMP-110B 240V 1 MFR SUPPLIED CABLE AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX PMP-110 P-PMP-120A 240V 1 2#10, #10G PNL-100 AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX P-PMP-120B 240V 1 MFR SUPPLIED CABLE AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX PMP-120 P-PLC-110 120V 1 2#12, #12G PNL-100 PNL-110
240/120V, 1ɸ, NEMA 4X 316 SS

IDENTIFIER CONDUIT SIZE (INCHES) CONDUCTORS FROM TO
C-PLC-110 2 34#14, #14G PNL-110 PNL-100
C-ZSO-100 1 2#14, #14G PNL-110 PNL-100
C-ZSO-120A 1 2#14, #14G PNL-110 AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX
C-ZSO-120B 1 MFR SUPPLIED CABLE AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX ZSO-102 C-LT-100A 1 1PR#16TSP PNL-110 AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX
C-LT-100B 1 MFR SUPPLIED CABLE AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX LT-100 C-LS-100A 1 10#14, #14G PNL-100 AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX
C-LS-100B 1 MFR SUPPLIED CABLE AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX LSH-100 AND LSL-100 C-MSH-110A 1 4#14, #14G PNL-100 AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX
C-MSH-110B 1 MFR SUPPLIED CABLE AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX MSH-110 AND TSH-110 C-MSH-120A 1 4#14, #14G PNL-100 AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX
C-MSH-120B 1 MFR SUPPLIED CABLE AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX MSH-120 AND TSH-120 C-ANT-100 2 COAX CABLE PNL-110 ANTENNA ON LIGHT POLE

DESCRIPTION LOAD (PHASE A) LOAD (PHASE B)
RECEPTACLE 180VA
POLE-MOUNTED LIGHT 80VA
WETWELL LIGHT 208VA
PLC-100 624VA
PMP-110 1875VA 1875VA
PMP-120 1875VA 1875VA
CONNECTED LOAD PHASE A/PHASE B 4138VA 4454VA
TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD 37.2A
25% OF MAX LOAD 9.3A
MINMUM SERVICE SIZE 46.5A
PMP-120
FLA=16.3A

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com
BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

WOOD POWER POLE

UTILITY METER PEDESTAL
P-UTIL-100

PULL BOX

EXISTING ELECTRICAL CONDUIT

BRIARWOOD DRIVE

PULL BOX
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

REFER TO THE RIGHT

FOR ENLARGED VIEW
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

POLE-MOUNTED LIGHT
PNL-110
(PLC-110)
M
M
PMP-110
PMP-120
P-LTG-100
P-UTIL-100
PNL-100

AIR GAP JUNCTION
BOX
S
B
B
LS-100

PULL BOX
C-LT-100A
C-MSH-110A
C-MSH-120A
C-LS-100A
C-ZSO-120A

PULL BOX
P-LTG-101A
P-PMP-110A
P-PMP-120A
LT-100

GATE SWING
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
P-PLC-110
P-REC-100
C-PNL-110
C-ZSO-100
ZSO-102
C-ANT-100
A

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com
SCALE: 3/4"=1'

ENLARGED LIFT STATION ELECTRICAL PLAN
SCALE: 3/16"=1'

OVERALL ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN

FROM METER PEDESTAL
NOTES BY SYMBOL:

1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONDUITS BETWEEN UTILITY POLE AND PEDESTAL. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL UTILITY FOR EXACT REQUIREMENTS.

2. PROVIDE RECEPTACLE IN THE PLC PANEL.

3. RUN ALL WIRING GOING TO WETWELL THROUGH AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX. INTERCEPT MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED CABLES AT JUNCTION BOX.

4. COMBINE DIGITAL WIRING IN (1) 1.5"C FROM PANEL TO JUNCTION BOX. PROVIDE SPARE 1.5" CONDUIT BETWEEN PANELS.

5. PROVIDE EXPLOSION PROOF LIGHT FIXTURE & SWITCH & SEAL AS PER NFPA 820.

6. CONTRACTOR TO POTHOLE AND INFORM CITY OF BREA ON THE CONDITION OF THE EXISTING CONDUIT. IF CONDUIT IS IN ACCEPTABLE CONDITION, REUSE EXISTING CONDUIT TO PULL NEW CONDUCTOR THROUGH.

7. CONDUIT EXITING THE WETWELL SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A CONDUIT SEALING BUSHING FROM OZ/GEDNEY WITH A CLASS I, DIVISION 2 RATING.
0 SCALE: 3/16"=1'
0 0.5' 1' 2'
SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0"
32" 64" 128"
BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com
SCALE: NTS
1 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PEDESTAL DETAIL
1/2" RAD, TYP
9/16" DIA, TYP

MOUNTING PLATE

SIZED AS NEEDED
C4x5.4
8"X8"X3/8"

ALUMINUM PLATE
TOP

ALUMINUM PLATE

SIZED AS NEEDED
1/2" RAD, TYP
3'- 0"
MIN.

C4x5.4
8"X8"X3/8"

ALUMINUM PLATE

BITUMATIC MATERIAL

BETWEEN PLATE & GROUTE
1" NON-SHRINK GROUT
1"2 X 6" CONC (SS)

EXPANSION ANCHORS

W/ LEVELING NUTS

FRONT VIEW
NOTES:

1. HOT-DIP GALVANIZE ASSEMBLY AFTER FABRICATION

2. USE 316 SS HARDWARE, INCLUDE WASHERS AND SPLIT-LOCK WASHERS UNDER

ALL NUTS AND BOLTS
SCALE: NTS
2 TYPICAL EQUIPMENT BASE DETAIL
NOTES:

1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXISTING FLOOR SLAB THICHNESS IS ADEQUATE TO ACCOMODATE MIN. EMBED LENGTH PRIOR TO DRILLING
3/4" SS ANCHOR

REMOVE EXISTING CONCRETE TO EXPOSED AGGREGATE
4-3/4" SS ANCHOR BOLT W/ 7-1/2" MIN EMBEDED
USE "HILTI" HAS ROD 316 SS W/ HVA AGGREGATE
1' - 0"
#5 BAR @ 12" CENTER

REINFORCMENT
C6X10.5 STAINLESS STEEL

CHANNEL
3/4"

EQUIPMENT BASE
6"
1"
GROUT
3/4" CHAMFER
3/4" SS EXPANSION ANCHORS WHEN MOUNTING

EQUIPMENT TO EXISTING BASES

FINISHED GRADE
2" MIN.
3" MIN.
#4 REBAR
1 1/2" MIN.
5" MIN.
18" MIN.
24" UNDER ROADS
21" MIN
SCALE: NTS
3 CONDUIT SPACING FOR UNDERGROUND DUCTBANK
SCALE: NTS
5 WETWELL POWER & CONTROL SIGNAL JBOX/AIR BREAK
WETWELL POWER/SIGNAL CABLES.

CORD GRIPS &

COMPRESSION/GLAND FITTINGS

SHALL BE UTILIZED TO REDUCE

STRESS ON CABLES AND PREVENT

GASSES FROM ENTERING JBOX
AIR BREAK CAGE/JBOX PEDESTAL. SHALL BE
REQUIRED BY THE JBOX SIZE. SHALL BE
CONSTRUCTED OF 1-1/2" ALUMINUM ANGLE

AND REMOVABLE EXPANDED METAL COVERS
ON EACH SIDE. SHALL BE BOLTED DIRECTLY TO
THE WETWALL SLAB.

WETWELL SLAB
CONDUITS TO WETWELL. TYPICAL OF
MULTIPLE CONDUITS. CONDUIT BELL END
SHALL BE FLUSH WITH SLAB.

CONDUITS TO PUMP CONTROL
PANEL.TYPICAL OF MULTIPLE CONDUITS.

EXTEND CONDUITS TO JBOX.

HS20 TRAFFIC COVER
PRECAST HS20 RATED

ELECTRICAL PULL BOX
NOTE:

SIZE PULLBOX PER THE N.E.C.

SCALE: NTS
6 TYPICAL HANDHOLE DETAIL
18"
MIN.

LIGHT FIXTURE (SEE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE).
30" MIN.
3" MIN.

CONDUIT CONTAINING

CIRCUIT WIRING AND

EQUIPMENT GROUND
CONDUCTOR.

VERTICAL REBARS
GALVANIZED ANCHOR BOLT FURNISHED W/ POLE.

TYP.

MANUFACTURER PROVIDED BASE COVER
ANCHORED W/ TAMPER PROOF HARDWARE.

IN-LINE WATERTIGHT FUSE HOLDER WITH FUSES

SIZED PER LIGHT FIXTURE MANUFACTURER'S

RECOMMENDATION (TYPICAL)

LIGHT POLE (SEE LUMINARE
SCHEDULE).
#12 CIRCUIT GROUND

WIRE (EXTEND UP TO

LUMINARE)

MANUFACTURER PROVIDED

HAND HOLE W/GASKETED
BOLT DOWN COVER PLATE.

GROUND LUG (CONNECT

CIRCUIT AND POLE GROUNDS)

PROVIDE AND INSTALL

FIXTURE ON BACKSIDE OF
POLE
PROVIDE 1" COUPLING @ 48"AFF,

FOR INSTALLATION OF PUSHBUTTON
CONTROL. CONTRACTOR IS TO

FURNISH AND INSTALL NEW BUTTON

CONTROL FOR LIGHTING
SCALE: NTS
4 LIGHT POLE INSTALLATION DETAIL

DEPTH AND REINFORCEMENT CALL

OUT PER MANUFACTURER'S

RECOMMENDATION
BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025

EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION DESCRIPTION

PIPELINE IDENTIFICATION DESCRIPTION
SS"-PPP-MMMM

PIPE SIZE (INCH)

PROCESS CODE - DENOTES PROCESS STREAM

PIPELINE MATERIAL CODE - DENOTES MATERIAL
AA-BBB####

BBB-FUNCTION CODE - DENOTES ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT ABBREVIATION

SEQUENCE CODE - UNIQUE ALPHA-NUMERIC IDENTIFIER

FIRST TWO NUMBERS ARE BASED ON PROCESS SEQUENCING

LAST TWO NUMBERS ARE THE QUANTITY OF LIKE EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE PROCESS

AA - LIFT STATION NAME

BB - BREA BRIARWOOD

MEANINGS OF IDENTIFICATION LETTERS

LINE SYMBOLS

MAJOR PROPOSED PROCESS PIPING,

DIRECTION AS SHOWN

MAJOR EXISTING PROCESS PIPING,

DIRECTION AS SHOWN

MAJOR FUTURE PROCESS PIPING,

DIRECTION AS SHOWN

MINOR PROPOSED PROCESS PIPING,

DIRECTION AS SHOWN

ELECTRICAL OR ELECTRONIC SIGNAL
CAT6 CAT6 CABLE

COAX COAX CABLE

WIRELESS SIGNAL

I/O DESCRIPTION
PLC I/O SYMBOL. DIRECTION OF ARROW

DENOTES INPUT OR OUTPUT

CALCULATED ALARM DESIGNATION

COMPUTER DISTRIBUTE CONTROL SYSTEM
OR DISPLAY FUNCTION BLOCK. LETTER, TAG

NUMBERS, ABBREVIATIONS AND OTHER ANNOTATIONS

ARE SIMILAR TO THE GENERAL INSTRUMENT LEGEND

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER SYSTEM I/O
POINT. SEE ABBREVIATION
HH
H
L
LL
YA
00A

INSTRUMENT

FUNCTION OR HAND

SWITCH DESIGNATION

MEASUREMENT PRINCIPLE

NOTATION (IF APPLICABLE)
XXX
XXX
pH
US
TAH
100A MULTIPLE DEVICES USED

IN IDENTICAL DUPLICATE
SYSTEMS. A LETTER AFTER
THE LOOP NUMBER (31A,
31B, ETC) IS USED TO

DISTINGUISH MULTIPLE

SIMILAR DEVICES IN THE

SAME INSTRUMENT LOOP

INSTRUMENT OR SIGNAL
TYPE.SEE "MEANINGS OF

IDENTIFICATION LETTERS
TABLE" ON THIS SHEET

LOOP DESIGNATOR NUMBER

INSTRUMENTATION SYMBOLOGY AND DESIGNATION

TYPICAL TAG NUMBERS AND DESIGNATION

SCADA/HMI PLC
IN
AUTO
IN
AUTO
(A) (B)

PRIMARY ELEMENTS AND FITTINGS SYMBOLS

PRIMARY FLOW ELEMENT,

ORIFICE PLATE

PRIMARY FLOW ELEMENT,

VORTEX SENSOR

PRIMARY FLOW ELEMENT,

VENTURI TUBE, FLOW NOZZLE OR

FLOW TUBE

PRIMARY FLOW ELEMENT,

MAGNETIC FLOWMETER

PRIMARY FLOW ELEMENT,

TURBINE OR PROPELLER TYPE

PRIMARY FLOW ELEMENT,

ULTRASONIC FLOWMETER

PRIMARY FLOW ELEMENT,

PITOT TUBE

PRIMARY FLOW ELEMENT,

POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT

PRIMARY FLOW ELEMENT,
WEIR

UNDEFINED INTERLOCK
LOGIC

PRIMARY FLOW ELEMENT,
TARGET
FG
00 LEVEL SENSOR, ULTRASONIC TYPE

PURGE OR FLUSHING DEVICE

ROTAMETER

LEVEL SENSOR, PRESSURE SENSING
TYPE

LEVEL SENSOR, RADAR TYPE

LEVEL SENSOR,

CONDUCTANCE TYPE

LEVEL SENSOR, GUIDE WAVE TYPE
RADAR
LE
.

LE
.

LIT
.

LE
.

CON
GWR
DP
RAD
US

T THERMAL MASS FLOW METER

FIELD MONTED

DISCRETE INSTRUMENTS/SIGNALS

DISCRETE INSTRUMENT MOUNTED

ON FACE OF PRIMARY PANEL

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC
CONTROLLER SYSTEM I/O POINT.

SEE ABBREVIATION

HMI INDICATOR/PLC SIGNAL

GENERAL INSTRUMENT SYMBOLS

ANALOG INPUT

ANALOG OUTPUT

DIGITAL INPUT

DIGITAL OUTPUT

DISCRETE INSTRUMENT MOUNTED

ON FACE OF LOCAL PANEL

PILOT LIGHT

GENERAL CONTROL

INTERLOCK FUNCTION

DISCRETE INSTRUMENT MOUNTED

BEHIND OR INSIDE OF PRIMARY
PANEL

DISCRETE INSTRUMENT MOUNTED

BEHIND OR INSIDE OF LOCAL PANEL

PULSE INPUT

PUMP SYMBOLS

MOTOR, ELECTRIC PUMP, SUBMERSIBLE

VALVES AND GATE SYMBOLS

VALVE, CHECK

VALVE, GATE

VALVE, PLUG

PRIMARY ELEMENTS AND FITTINGS

SYMBOLS

CONCENTRIC REDUCER

BLIND FLANGE

DIAPHRAGM SEAL

VALVES AND GATE ACTUATOR SYMBOLS

MOTOR, INTELLIGENT ELECTRIC SOLENOID

INSTRUMENT AND I/O ABBREVIATION DEFINITION

AAX ANALYZER HORN

AAL STROBE ALARM LIGHT

AE ANALYZER SENSOR

AI ANALYZER INDICATION

AIT ANALYZER INDICATING

TRANSMITTER

ASH ANALYZER SWITCH HIGH

ASHH ANALYZER SWITCH HIGH-HIGH

CB CONTROL BLOCK REFERENCE
(SCADA LEVEL)

FAL FLOW ALARM LOW

FAH FLOW ALARM HIGH

FC FLOW CONTROLLER

FI FLOW INDICATOR

FIC FLOW INDICATING CONTROLLER

FE PRIMARY FLOW

ELEMENT/SENSOR

FG FLOW SIGHT GAUGE

FIT FLOW INDICATING TRANSMITTER

FQIT FLOW TOTALIZING INDICATING

TRANSMITTER

FSL FLOW SWITCH LOW

FSH FLOW SWITCH HIGH

FY FLOW SIGNAL CONVERTER,

REPEATER OR ISOLATOR

HIC HAND INDICATING CONTROLLER

HMS MOMENTARY PUSHBUTTON OR

SELECTOR SWITCH

HS HAND SWITCH

IE CURRENT ELEMENT/SENSOR

IAH CURRENT ALARM HIGH (MOTOR

OVERLOAD)

ISH CURRENT SWITCH HIGH

JA POWER FAILURE

JI POWER INDICATOR

JL POWER INDICATING LIGHT

JIT POWER INDICATING TRANSMITTER

KQI TIME TOTALIZING INDICATOR

LE PRIMARY LEVEL

ELEMENT/SENSOR

LG LEVEL SIGHT GAUGE

LI LEVEL INDICATOR (LED OR

SCREEN)

LIT LEVEL INDICATING TRANSMITTER

LSL LEVEL SWITCH LOW

LSH LEVEL SWITCH HIGH

LY LEVEL SIGNAL CONVERTER,

REPEATER OR ISOLATOR

NI STROKE POSITION SWITCH

NC STROKE POSITION COMMAND

OAH TORQUE ALARM HIGH

OAHH TORQUE ALARM HIGH-HIGH

PDG DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GAUGE

PDI DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE

INDICATOR (LED OR SCREEN)

PE PRIMARY PRESSURE

ELEMENT/SENSOR

PG PRESSURE GAUGE

PI PRESSURE INDICATOR

PIT PRESSURE INDICATING

TRANSMITTER

PSL PRESSURE SWITCH LOW

PSH PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH

SI SPEED INDICATION (LED OR

SCREEN)

SC SPEED CONTROL

SIT SPEED INDICATING TRANSMITTER

SS START-STOP SWITCH

SSL SPEED SWITCH LOW

SSH SPEED SWITCH HIGH

TAL TEMPERATURE ALARM LOW

TAH TEMPERATURE ALARM HIGH

TAHH TEMPERATURE ALARM HIGH-HIGH

TDI DIFFERENTIAL TEMPERATURE

INDICATOR (LED OR SCREEN)

TE TEMPERATURE SENSOR /

RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE

DETECTOR

TSL TEMPERATURE SWITCH LOW

TSH TEMPERATURE SWITCH HIGH

TI TEMPERATURE INDICATOR (LED

OR SCREEN)

TIT TEMPERATURE INDICATING

TRANSMITTER

UA MULTIVARIABLE/COMMON

ALARM/COMMON FAULT

UCR RUN COMMAND

UCS STOP COMMAND

VAH VIBRATION ALARM HIGH

WE PRIMARY WEIGHT SENSOR/LOAD
CELL

WIT WEIGHT INDICATING TRANSMITTER

YA GENERAL ALARM EVENT

YI EVENT INDICATION (LED OR

SCREEN)

YIR RUNNING INDICATION

YIS STOPPED INDICATION

YL EVENT INDICATING LIGHT

YLR RUNNING INDICATING LIGHT

YLS STOPPED INDICATING LIGHT

ZI POSITION INDICATOR

ZIC CLOSED INDICATION

ZIO OPEN INDICATION

ZLC CLOSED INDICATING LIGHT

ZLO OPEN INDICATING LIGHT

ZSC CLOSED POSITION SWITCH

ZSO OPEN POSITION SWITCH

ZIT POSITION INDICATING

TRANSMITTER

ZT POSITION TRANSMITTER
NOTES:

1. IN GENERAL THE P&ID SYMBOLS AND DEVICE IDENTIFICATIONS ARE BASED ON INTERNATIONAL SOCIETY OF AUTOMATION STANDARD PRACTICE ANSI/ISA-5.1 (2022).

SOME MODIFICATIONS, ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE AS NEEDED TO ACCOMMODATE THE PROJECT REQUIREMENTS.

2. SOME CONTROL AND INTERLOCK REQUIREMENTS WHICH CAN BE MORE CLEARLY

ILLUSTRATED ON SCHEMATICS DRAWINGS HAVE BEEN OMITTED FROM THE P&ID DRAWINGS.

3. THIS IS GENERAL LEGEND SHEET. SOME SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS MAY NOT BE UTILIZED ON THIS SPECIFIC PROJECT.

LETTER

FIRST LETTER SUCCEEDING LETTERS

MEASURED OR INITIATING

VARIABLE MODIFIER

READOUT OR PASSIVE

FUNCTION OUTPUT FUNCTION MODIFIER

A ANALYSIS ALARM

B BURNER, COMBUSTION USER'S CHOICE USER'S CHOICE USER'S CHOICE

C USERS CHOICE CONTROL CLOSE

D USER'S CHOICE DIFFERENCE OR DIFFERENTIAL DEVIATION

E VOLTAGE (EMF) SENSOR OR PRIMARY ELEMENT

F FLOW RATE RATIO (FRACTION)

G USER'S CHOICE GLASS, GAUGE, OR VIEWING
DEVICE

H HAND (MANUALLY INITIATED) HIGH

I CURRENT (ELECTRICAL) INDICATE

J POWER SCAN

K TIME OR TIME SCHEDULE TIME RATE OF CHANGE CONTROL STATION

L LEVEL LIGHT (PILOT) LOW

M USER'S CHOICE MIDDLE OR

INTERMEDIATE

N USER'S CHOICE USER'S CHOICE USER'S CHOICE USER'S CHOICE

O USER'S CHOICE ORIFICE (RESTRICTION) OPEN

P PRESSURE OR VACUUM POINT (TEST CONNECTION)

Q QUANTITY INTEGRATE OR TOTALIZE INTEGRATE OR TOTALIZE

R RADIATION RECORD RUN

S SPEED OR FREQUENCY SAFETY SWITCH STOP

T TEMPERATURE TRANSMIT

U MULTIVARIABLE MULTIFUNCTION MULTIFUNCTION
V

VIBRATION OR MECHANICAL

ANALYSIS VALVE, DAMPER, OR LOUVER

W WEIGHT OR FORCE WELL OR PROBE

X UNCLASSIFIED X AXIS ACCESSORY DEVICES OR

UNCLASSIFIED UNCLASSIFIED UNCLASSIFIED

Y EVENT, STATE OR PRESSENCE Y AXIS AUXILARY DEVICES

Z POSITION, DIMENSION

Z AXIS OR SAFETY

INSTRUMENTED SYSTEM

DRIVER, ACTUATOR, OR UNCLASSIFIED

FINAL CONTROL ELEMENT

SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE SYMBOLS

PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC
CONTROLLER (PLC) 900MHZ RADIO

YAGI RADIO ANTENNA

UPS - UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER
SUPPLY

SURGE ARRESTOR

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com
BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025
MSH
120
MSH
110
8"-VCP-SEW
. . SEW

GRAVITY SEWAGE
. . GRAV

FORCE MAIN
LE
100
RAD
LT
100
RAD
LSHH
100
LSLL
100
HIGH
LEVEL
LOW
LEVEL
TSH
120
TSH
110
WW-100
WET WELL 4" CV-111 4"-FLEX-FM 4" CV-121 4"-FLEX-FM
PMP-110

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
230V, 2 HP, 1750 RPM
205 GPM @ 25 FT TDH
PMP-120

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP
230V, 2 HP, 1750 RPM
205 GPM @ 25 FT TDH
3"-PVC-VENT 4" PV-111 4" PV-121 SCADA/HMI PROCESS

N/A N/A

N/A N/A
6"-PVC-FM 8"-VCP-GRAV

MANHOLE
YI
110
YI
110
YIR
110
YIR
110
UA
110
UA
110
MAH
110
MAH
110
TAH
110
TAH
110
UCR
110
LI
100
LI
100
ZAO
100
ZAO
100
YI
120
YI
120
YIR
120
YIR
120
UA
120
UA
120
MAH
120
MAH
120
TAH
120
TAH
120
UCR
120
IN
AUTO

STARTER
PANEL

LEVEL RUNNING FAULT LEAK INTRUSION
HIGH
TEMP
HH
H
L
LL
IN

AUTO RUNNING FAULT LEAK
HIGH
TEMP
RUN
CMD
IN

AUTO RUNNING FAULT LEAK
HIGH
TEMP
IN

AUTO RUNNING FAULT LEAK
HIGH
TEMP
RUN

LEVEL CMD BRAIRWOOD LOCAL CONTROL PANEL
ZSO
120
ZSO
100

INTRUSION
ZAO
120
ZAO
120
VAULT

INTRUSION

STARTER
PANEL

INTRUSION
VAULT

INTRUSION
HS
110
HOA
PNL-100
STARTER PANEL 4"-PVC-FM
VENT

COVER FIELD PANEL
LALL
100
LALL
100
LOW
LEVEL
LOW
LEVEL
LAHH
100
LAHH
100
HIGH
LEVEL
HIGH
LEVEL 4"x6" 4"-PVC-FM 4"x6"
6"-PVC-FM
GENERAL NOTES:

1. SEE LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS ON DRAWING SHEET 13.

2. LIGHTER LINEWEIGHTS INDICATE EQUIPMENT, INSTRUMENTS, PIPING, OR STRUCTURES THAT ARE EXISTING OR REUSED.

3. THIS DRAWING IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE TO SHOW THE MODIFICATIONS WITHIN THIS PROJECT. OTHER EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION MAY NOT BE SHOWN.

4. PROVIDE SURGE PROTECTION ON ANALOG CIRCUITS THAT RUN OUTDOORS.

5. PROVIDE INTRINSICALLY SAFE BARRIERS WITHIN CONTROL PANEL FOR CIRCUITS INTERFACING WITH HAZARDOUS AREAS.

6. CONTROL PANEL SHALL NOT INCLUDE OPENINGS THAT ALLOW OUTSIDE AIR TO ENTER THE PANEL.

KEYED NOTE

CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE THE STARTER PANEL TO PERFORM THE FOLLOWING CONTROL LOGIC BASED ON THE POSITIONS OF THE FLOAT SWITCHES:

1. WHEN LSHH-100 IS ENGAGED, BOTH PUMPS WILL BE CALLED TO RUN, AND THE

FLOAT CONTROL MODE SHALL TAKE OVER PUMP OPERATION, PREVENTING CONTROL FROM THE PLC PANEL.

1.1 DURING FLOAT CONTROL MODE, BOTH PUMPS WILL RUN WHEN LSHH IS ACTIVE,

ONE PUMP WILL RUN ON WHEN LSH IS ACTIVE AND LSHH IS INACTIVE, AND THE ACTIVATION OF EITHER THE LSL OR LSLL WILL CALL BOTH PUMPS TO STOP.

1.2 FLOAT CONTROL MODE WILL BE DEACTIVED BY A LOCAL RESET PUSHBUTTON ON PNL-100, RESUMING PLC/HMI CONTROL OF THE PUMPS.

2. WHEN LSLL-100 IS ENGAGED, BOTH PUMPS WILL BE PREVENTED FROM RUNNING, REGARDLESS OF CONTROL MODE.

LSL
100
LSH
100

PUMP ON

PUMP OFF
ZSO
110

INTRUSION
ZAO
110
ZAO
110

CONTROL
PANEL

INTRUSION

CONTROL
PANEL

INTRUSION
YIR
110

RUNNING
UA
110
FAULT
MAH
110
LEAK
TAH
110
TEMP
YIR
120

RUNNING
UA
120
FAULT
MAH
120
LEAK
TAH
120
TEMP
RQI
110

RUNTIME
RQI
120

RUNTIME
JL
100

CONTROL PWR
LK
100
BACKUP
FLOATS
ACTIVE
HS
100
FLOAT
RESET
HS
120
HOA
HS
110

PUMP RESET
HS
120
PUMP RESET PLC-110 PNL-110
LAHH
100

AIR GAP JUNCTION BOX
LI
100
LK
100
LK
100
FLOAT

CONTROL
ACTIVE
FLOAT

CONTROL
ACTIVE
XA
110
XA
110
UPS
LOW

BATTERY
UPS
LOW

BATTERY
1 1

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com
BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025
NTS
RADAR LEVEL ON WETWELL WALL BRACKET DETAIL 2
- LEVEL SWITCH DETAIL
NTS
1 -

WALL PENETRATION TO BE ABOVE

MAXIMUM LIQUID LEVEL AND SEALED

TO BE WATER TIGHT

JUNCTION BOXES PROVIDE AND ARRANGE

AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE PASSAGE OF

MANUFACTURER'S CABLE THROUGH
CONDUIT. SPLICES AND TERMINATION SHALL

BE IN A NON-HAZARDOUS AREA AND

INTRINSICALLY-SAFE RELAYS SHALL BE USED

ON ALL FLOAT SWITCH CIRCUITS

MOUNTING CLAMP

SECURE FLOAT CORD TO VERTICAL

PIPE WITH TIE WIRE SUPPLIED

WITH FLOATS

DIRECT ACTING FLOAT SWITCH

SHOWN IN FREE HANGING

POSITION

SEE DEVICE SCHEDULES AND

SCHEMATICS FOR ELEVATIONS,

CONTACT REQUIREMENTS, AND

NUMBER OF FLOAT SWITCHES
1" STAINLESS STEEL PIPE

RESERVOIR, BASIN OR TANK

CONDUIT
NOTES:

1. CONTRACTOR TO CONSULT THE ENGINEER AND FINALIZE THE LOCATION FOR INSTALLATION.

2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION FOR SENSOR PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS.

3. PROVIDE AN AIR PURGE OR HEATER IF CONDENSATION IS LIKELY TO OCCUR.

4. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMUM DISTANCE TO WATER SURFACE.

BRACKET FOR RIGID

INSTALLATION

TRANSMITTER
(SUITABLY MOUNTED)

LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL

CONDUIT TO ALLOW EASY

REMOVAL OF SENSOR

CONDUIT STRAP
12" FOR EVERY 10

FT OF MEASURING
LENGTH
℄
℄

PVC ISOLATION NIPPLE

RADAR TRANSDUCER BRACKET STIFFENER (SIZE AS REQUIRED)

THRU HOLE

MOUNTING

HARDWARE
8"
4"
8"

WETWELL WALL

SEAL AT WALL PENETRATION

MAGNETIC INTRUSION SWITCH DETAIL
NTS
3 -

ACCESS HATCH
6" X 6" X4"
NEMA 4X SS

PULL BOX

PROXIMITY SENSORS

SCREW-MOUNTED

STAINLESS STEEL BRACKET
NOTES:

1. CONTRACTOR TO CONSULT THE ENGINEER AND CITY TO FINALIZE THE LOCATION FOR INSTALLATION.

2. CONTRACTOR TO PULL WIRES THROUGH DRILLED HOLE WITH A GROMMET TO PROTECT THE WIRES AT THE CONNECTION TO THE PULL BOX.

3. DURING INSTALLATION, THE WIRE RUNNING FROM THE SWITCH TO THE PULL BOX SHOULD BE SECURELY FASTENED.

4. ENSURE THE CABLES ARE ROUTED AWAY FROM SHARP EDGES, SOURCES OF EXCESSIVE HEAT, AND MOVING PARTS. SEAL ANY OPENINGS TO PREVENT MOISTURE INGRESS.

5. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SHEET 23 FOR THE WIRING DETAILS.

TANK ROOF

LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com
BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025
PNL-110

BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION LOCAL CONTROL PANEL

GOLF COURSE PANEL

CITY OF BREA EXISTING SCADA NETWORK
CAT6 COAX COAX COAX COAXCAT6
KEYED NOTES:

GOLF COURSE RADIO AND ANTENNA PROVIDED BY OTHERS.

BRIARWOOD RADIO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROCURED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR.

RADIO SYSTEM SHALL BE CONFIGURED BY OTHERS.

PLC AND HMI PROGRAMMING PROVIDED BY OTHERS.
1 1
1 GENERAL NOTES:

1. FOR CLARITY, NOT ALL EXISTING CONNECTED EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN.

2. EQUIPMENT SHOWN IN GRAY IS EXISTING.

BRIARWOOD PLC-110
3 2
2 3
2 3
1 LIFT STATION REHABILITATION
9665 Chesapeake Drive, Suite 230
San Diego, CA 92123
(858)413-2400

BRIARWOOD
www.Ardurra.com
BID DOCUMENTS, PLANS MAY 2025

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation D-1 CIP 7631

C O N S T R U C T I O N A G R E E M E N T
BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION, CIP 7631
This Construction Agreement (“Agreement”) is dated _________________, 20____ for reference purposes and is executed by the City of Brea, a California municipal corporation, and US Builders & Consultants, Inc., a CA Corporation (“Contractor”). Contractor’s CSLB license number is 1067739, Type A & B. Contractor’s DIR registration number is 1000756487.

R E C I T A L S
A. City duly solicited, received, publicly opened, and declared bids for the following public works project: BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION, CIP 7631 (“Project”).

B. City selected Contractor as the lowest responsive and responsible bidder for the Project.

C. The parties are executing this Agreement to provide for Contractor’s furnishing of labor, equipment, and material for the construction of the Project.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, City and Contractor hereby agree as follows:

1. GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK: Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor, tools, materials, appliances, and equipment and shall do the work for the construction of the BRIARWOOD LIFT STATION REHABILITATION PROJECT, CIP 7631 (“Project”).

Such work shall be performed in accordance with contract documents for this Project on file in the office of the City Engineer and in accordance with bid prices, plans, and specifications more fully described in Section 4, below, and in accordance with the instructions of the Public Works Director (collectively, “Work”). Contractor shall at all times comply with applicable laws and City policies.

2. CONTRACT PRICE AND PAYMENT:

A. As total and complete compensation for satisfactorily completing the Work, City shall pay to Contractor the prices set forth in Contractor’s bid amount of $571,400.00.

Progress payments shall be made for each portion of the Work satisfactorily completed.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, City shall be authorized to withhold a retention from payments in the maximum amount permitted by law.

B. At the written request and expense of Contractor, securities equivalent to any moneys withheld by City to ensure performance of this Agreement shall be deposited with City, or with a state or federally chartered bank in the State of California as the escrow agent, that shall then pay those moneys to Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of this Agreement, the securities shall be returned to Contractor. Alternatively, Contractor may request that City make payment of retentions earned directly to the escrow agent at the expense of Contractor. At the expense of Contractor, Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities, and Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation D-2 CIP 7631
Contractor shall receive the interest earned on the investments upon the same terms provided for securities deposited by Contractor.

C. Upon satisfactory completion of this Agreement, Contractor shall receive from the escrow agent all securities, interest, and payments received by the escrow agent from City pursuant to the terms of this Section. Securities eligible for investment shall include those listed in Government Code Section 16430, bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security to which the parties agree in writing. Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for moneys withheld and shall receive any interest thereon.

D. If Contractor elects to receive interest on moneys withheld in retention by City, then Contractor shall, at the request of any subcontractor performing more than five percent of Contractor’s total bid amount, make that option available to the subcontractor regarding any moneys withheld in retention by Contractor from the subcontractor. Further mandatory details are provided in Public Contract Code Section 22300(d).

E. The escrow agreement for security deposits in lieu of retention shall be substantially similar to the form provided in Public Contract Code Section 22300(f).

3. CUSTOMER CARE: Contractor, while fulfilling the terms of this Agreement, shall provide exceptional customer care. Any negative contact with City staff, residents, businesses, visitors, or other contractors shall be reported by Contractor immediately to City.

Contractor’s management and supervisory personnel shall intercede to resolve or mitigate the negative contact in conjunction with City staff. The parties may agree in advance to a single person contact, a representative of either City or Contractor, for the investigation and response to complaints.

4. INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS: The plans and specifications referenced in Section 1, above, the Notice Inviting Sealed Bids attached hereto, the Instructions to Bidders (including attachments), and, unless omitted from such Notice, the 2018 edition of “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction” (“Standard Specifications”), as amended by the Contract Documents, all of which are incorporated by reference herein, and this written agreement (collectively, “Contract Documents”), shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties.

This Agreement is intended to require a complete and finished piece of work, and Contractor shall perform all work necessary to properly complete the Work and the Project in accordance with applicable laws, whether set out specifically in the Contract Documents or not. Should it be ascertained that any inconsistency exists between any of the Contract Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

5. COMPLETION DATE / LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:

A. The Total Contract Working Days shall not exceed 160 Working Days From the date of the Notice To Proceed issued for the Project (“Project Completion Date”) B. Liquidated damages will be assessed in the amount of $2,000.00 for each calendar day in excess of the contract time for the Project beyond the Project Completion Date.

City may deduct liquidated damages from any monies due or that may become due Contractor.

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation D-3 CIP 7631
Progress payments made after the completion date shall not constitute a waiver of liquidated damages.

6. TERMINATION:

A. City may terminate this Agreement for convenience without penalty at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to Contractor. In such event, City shall pay Contractor for all services satisfactorily rendered prior to date of termination, which in any case shall not exceed the total contract price, and such payment shall be in full satisfaction of all services rendered.

B. If Contractor breaches this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within seven days of written notice, then City may immediately terminate this Agreement for cause.

7. INSURANCE:

A. Contractor shall not commence work until it has obtained all insurance required hereunder from a company or companies acceptable to City, nor shall Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on its subcontract until all insurance required of the subcontractor has been obtained. Contractor shall take maintain the following policies of insurance:
i. Compensation insurance: Before beginning work, Contractor shall furnish to City a certificate of insurance as proof that it has taken out full compensation insurance for all persons whom Contractor may employ directly or through subcontractors in carrying out the Work, in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Such insurance shall be maintained in full force and effect during the period covered by this Agreement. Further, such policy of insurance shall provide that the insurer waives all rights of subrogation against City and its elected officials, officers, employees and agents. In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, every contractor shall secure the payment of compensation to its employees.

Contractor, prior to commencing work, shall sign and file with City a certification as follows:
“I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for worker’s compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of work of this contract.”
ii. For all operations of Contractor or any subcontractor in performing the Work, insurance with the following minimum limits and coverage:
a. Commercial General Liability (occurrence) - for bodily injury, death, and property damage products/completed operations and all other activities undertaken by Contractor in the performance of this Agreement. b. Comprehensive Automobile Liability (occurrence) - for bodily injury, death, and property damage, insuring against all liability arising out of the use of any vehicle.

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation D-4 CIP 7631
c. Owner’s and Contractor’s Protective (occurrence) - for bodily injury, death, and property damage arising out of any activities undertaken by Contractor in the performance of this Agreement.
d. Other required insurance, endorsement, or exclusions, as required by the Contract Documents.

B. The policies of insurance required in paragraph (A)(ii) above shall have no less than the following limits of coverage:
i. $2,000,000 for bodily injury or death;
ii. $2,000,000 for property damage; and
iii. The total of the limits specified in subsections (i) and (ii) above, where a combined single limit is provided.

C. Each such policy of insurance required in paragraph (A)(ii) above shall:
i. Be subject to no deductible amount unless otherwise provided, or approved in writing by City.
ii. Be issued by an insurance company approved in writing by City, which is admitted and licensed to do business in the State of California and which is rated A/VII or better according to the most recent A.M. Best Co. Rating Guide. iii. Name as additional insureds City, its elected officials, officers, employees, attorneys, and agents, and any other parties including subcontractors, specified by City to be included.
iv. Specify that it acts as primary insurance and that no insurance held or owned by the designated additional insureds shall be called upon to cover a loss under such policy.
v. Specify that it applies separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability. vi. Contain a clause substantially in the following words:
“It is hereby understood and agreed that this policy may not be canceled nor the amount of coverage thereof reduced until 30 days after receipt by the City of Brea of written notice of such cancellation or reduction of coverage as evidenced by receipt of such notice by registered letter.”
vii. Specify that any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the required policy, including breaches of warranty, shall not affect the coverage required to be provided.

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation D-5 CIP 7631
viii. Specify that the insurer waives all rights of subrogation against the named additional insureds.
ix. Specify that any and all costs of adjusting and/or defending any claim against any insured, including court costs and attorneys’ fees, shall be paid in addition to and shall not deplete any policy limits.
x. Otherwise be in form satisfactory to City.

D. Prior to commencing performance under this Agreement, Contractor shall furnish City with original endorsements, or copies of each required policy, effecting and evidencing the insurance coverage required by this Agreement. The endorsements shall be signed by a person authorized by the insurer(s) to bind coverage on its behalf. All endorsements or policies shall be received and approved by City before Contractor commences performance. If performance of this Agreement shall extend beyond one year, Contractor shall provide City with the required policies or endorsements evidencing renewal of the required policies of insurance prior to their expiration of any required policies of insurance.

E. The insurance obligations under this Agreement shall be: (i) all the insurance coverage and/or limits carried by or available to Contractor; or (ii) the minimum insurance coverage requirements and/or limits shown in this Agreement; whichever is greater. Any insurance proceeds in excess of or broader than the minimum required coverage and/or minimum required limits, which are applicable to a given loss, shall be available to City. No representation is made that the minimum insurance requirements of this Agreement are sufficient to cover the obligations of Contractor under this Agreement.

8. LABOR CODE COMPLIANCE:

A. Contractor acknowledges that the Work required is a “public work” as defined in Labor Code Section 1720 et seq. Contractor is required to pay not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in locality in which the public work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for holiday and overtime work. In that regard, the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations of the State of California is required to and has determined such general prevailing rates of per diem wages.

The applicable prevailing rates can be found on the following website:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/OPRL/pwd/. For federally funded projects, Davis-Bacon requirements apply, and the appropriate wage determinations can be found in the project specifications.

Contractor shall ascertain all prevailing wages applicable to the Project and shall cause a copy of such wage determinations to be posted at the job site.

B. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1775, Contractor and all subcontractors shall, as a penalty to City, forfeit not more than $200 for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Director of Industrial Relations for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for work done under this Agreement by Contractor or, except as provided in Section 1775(b), by any subcontractor.

C. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1777.5 concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects. Contractor Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation D-6 CIP 7631
shall be responsible for compliance with Section 1777.5 for all apprenticeable occupations. Prior to commencing the Work, Contractor shall provide City with a copy of the information submitted to any applicable apprenticeship program. Within 60 days after concluding work pursuant to this Agreement, Contractor and each of its subcontractors shall submit to City a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed under this Agreement.

D. Eight hours of labor shall constitute a legal day’s work for all workmen employed in the execution of this Agreement, and Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with and be governed by the laws of the State of California having to do with working hours.

E. Contractor and all subcontractors shall, as a penalty to City, forfeit $25 for each worker employed in the execution of this Agreement by Contractor or a subcontractor for each calendar day during which the worker is required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one calendar day and 40 hours in any one calendar week in violation of the Labor Code.

F. Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776, which requires Contractor and each subcontractor to: (i) keep accurate payroll records and verify such records in writing under penalty of perjury, as specified in Section 1776; (ii) certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided by Section 1776; and (iii) inform City of the location of the records. Contractor and each subcontractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1771.4(a)(3), which requires that each contractor and each subcontractor shall furnish the records specified in Section 1776 directly to the Labor Commissioner at least monthly, in a format prescribed by the Labor Commissioner.

G. For every subcontractor who will perform work on the Project, Contractor shall be responsible for such subcontractor’s compliance with Labor Code Sections 1771, 1775, 1776, 1777.5, 1813, and 1815, and Contractor shall include in the written contract between it and each subcontractor copies of Labor Code Sections 1771, 1775, 1776, 1777.5, 1813, and 1815 and a requirement that each subcontractor shall comply with these statutes. Contractor shall be required to take all actions necessary to enforce such contractual provisions and ensure each subcontractor’s compliance, including conducting a periodic review of the certified payroll records of the subcontractor. Upon becoming aware of a failure of the subcontractor to pay its workers the specified prevailing rate of wages, Contractor shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify the failure.

H. Contractor truthfully represents that at the time Contractor submitted its bid for this Project, and thereafter, Contractor possessed, and now possesses the required license(s) from the State Contractors State Licensing Board, and as required in the Contract Documents, as well as all permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of any nature that are legally required of Contractor to practice its trade(s) and complete the Project. Contractor agrees to not be debarred at any time through the duration of this Agreement. Contractor has investigated and represents and will ensure that all subcontractors possessed and now possess a valid specialty trade license in its trade, as well as all permits, qualifications, insurance and approvals of any nature that are legally required of the subcontractor to practice its trade during the term of this Agreement and at the time Contractor’s bid was submitted. All general building contractor licensees must comply with Business and Professions Code Section 7057. Contractor and all subcontractors must comply with Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation D-7 CIP 7631
business license requirements of City. Contractor shall not perform work with any debarred subcontractor pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or 1777.7.

9. UNRESOLVED DISPUTES:

A. In the event that a dispute arises between the parties regarding whether the conditions materially differ, involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in Contractor’s cost of or time required for performance of any part of the Work, Contractor shall not be excused from the Completion Date, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the Agreement. Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided that pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the parties. In the event of any dispute or controversy with City over any matter whatsoever, Contractor shall not cause any delay or cessation in or of work, but shall proceed with the performance of the work in dispute. This includes disputed time extension requests and prices for changes. The disputed work will be categorized as an “unresolved dispute” and payment, if any, shall be as later determined by agreement or a court of law. Contractor shall keep accurate, detailed records of all disputed work, claims and other disputed matters.

B. All claims arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or this Project, and the consideration and payment of such claims, are subject to the Government Claims Act (Government Code Section 810 et seq.) with regard to filing claims. All such claims are also subject to the dispute procedures set forth in Public Contract Code Section 9204 and Public Contract Code Section 20104 et seq., to the extent each is applicable. This Agreement hereby incorporates those provisions as through fully set forth herein. Thus, Contractor or any subcontractor must file a claim in accordance with the Government Claims Act as prerequisite to filing a construction claim in compliance with Section 9204 and Section 20104 et seq. (if applicable), and must then adhere to Section 20104 et seq. and Section 9204, as applicable, with respect to any asserted “claim,” as individually defined in those Sections.

10. ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS: In entering into this Agreement, Contractor offers and agrees to assign to City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Business and Professions Code Section 16700 et seq.) arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to this Agreement. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time City tenders final payment to Contractor without further action or acknowledgment by the parties.

11. THIRD PARTY CLAIMS: Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 9201, City has full authority to compromise or otherwise settle any claim relating to this Agreement at any time. City shall timely notify Contractor of the receipt of any third-party claim relating to this Agreement. City shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs incurred in providing the notification required by Public Contract Code Section 9201(b).

12. RIGHT TO AUDIT: City or its representative shall have the option of inspecting and/or auditing all records and other written materials used by Contractor in preparing its billings to City as a condition precedent to any payment to Contractor. Contractor will promptly furnish documents requested by City. Additionally, pursuant to Government Code Section 8546.7, if this Agreement involves the expenditure of public funds in excess of $10,000, Contractor shall be Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation D-8 CIP 7631
subject to State Auditor examination and audit at the request of City or as part of any audit of City, for a period of three years after final payment under this Agreement.

13. TRENCHING AND EXCAVATIONS:

A. If the Project involves trenching more than four feet deep, Contractor shall promptly and before the following conditions are disturbed notify City in writing of any: (i) material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 25117, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law; (ii) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated; or (iii) unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in this Agreement. City shall investigate the conditions, and if City finds that the conditions do materially differ or do involve hazardous waste and cause a decrease or increase in Contractor’s cost of or the time required for performance of any part of the Work, City shall issue a change order.

B. In addition, whenever work under this Agreement involves an estimated expenditure in excess of $25,000 for the excavation of any trench or trenches five (5) feet or more in depth, Contractor shall submit for acceptance by City or by a registered civil or structural engineer employed by City to whom authority to accept has been delegated, in advance of excavation, a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation, of such trench or trenches. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer employed by Contractor, and all costs therefor shall be included in the contract price herein for completion of the Work as set forth in this Agreement.

Nothing in this provision shall be deemed to allow the use of a shoring, sloping, or other protective system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders. Nothing in this provision shall be construed to impose tort liability on City or on any City officer, agent, or employee. All plans, plan review, processing, and shoring costs are Contractor’s financial and legal responsibility.

14. UTILITIES: City acknowledges its responsibilities under Government Code Section 4215 concerning existing utilities.

15. LOCATION OF EXISTING ELEMENTS: The methods used and costs involved to locate existing elements, points of connection and all construction methods are Contractor’s sole responsibility. Accuracy of information furnished, as to existing conditions, is not guaranteed by City. Contractor must strictly comply with all applicable requirements of Government Code Section 4216 et seq. Prior to commencement of the Work, Contractor, at its sole expense, must make all investigations necessary to determine locations of existing elements, which may include contacting Underground Service Alert and other private underground locating firm(s), utilizing specialized locating equipment, hand trenching, or both. Contractor must provide City with every Dig Alert Identification Number issued by Underground Service Alert during the course of the Project. Contractor shall be responsible for preserving the integrity of the existing underground utilities and elements at the site.

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation D-9 CIP 7631

16. CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY:

A. City and its officers, agents, and employees shall not be answerable or accountable in any manner for any loss or damage that may happen to the Work or any part thereof, or for any of the materials or other things used or employed in performing the Work; or for injury or damage to any person or persons, either workers, employees of Contractor or its subcontractors or the public, or for damage to adjoining or other property from any cause whatsoever arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to any person or property resulting from defects or obstructions or from any cause whatsoever, except the sole negligence or willful misconduct of City, its employees, servants, or independent contractors who are directly responsible to City during the progress of the Work or at any time before its completion and final acceptance.

B. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Contractor will defend, indemnify, and hold City, its elected officials, officers, employees, agents, and volunteers (collectively, “Indemnitees”) free and harmless with respect to any and all actions, claims, liens, stop notices, damages to persons or property, penalties, obligations, and liabilities that may be asserted or claimed by any person, firm, entity, corporation, political subdivision, or other entity in any way arising out of or in connection with the acts, omissions, willful misconduct, work, operations, breach of this Agreement, violation of the Labor Code or any other code or regulation, and/or activities of Contractor, its agents, employees, subcontractors, or invitees in or related to the performance of this Agreement (collectively, “Claims”), whether or not there is concurrent passive or active negligence on the part of any of the Indemnitees, but excluding such actions, claims, damages to persons or property, penalties, obligations, or liabilities arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Indemnitees, as determined by a final court decision or agreement of the parties.

C. Contractor will defend any action or actions filed in connection with any Claims and will pay all costs and expenses, including actual attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith.

D. Contractor will promptly pay any judgment rendered against Contractor or any of the Indemnitees as a result of any Claims, and Contractor agrees to indemnify and save and hold the Indemnitees harmless therefrom.

E. In the event any Indemnitee is made a party to any action or proceeding filed or prosecuted against Contractor in connection with any Claims, Contractor shall pay to the Indemnitees any and all costs and expenses incurred by the Indemnitees in such action or proceeding together with actual attorneys’ fees.

F. So much of the money due to Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement, as shall be considered necessary by City, may be retained by City until Contractor has satisfied its indemnity obligations under this Section.

17. ASSIGNMENT: Contractor shall not assign or transfer any interest in this Agreement or any part thereof, whether by assignment or novation, without City’s prior written consent. Any purported assignment without written consent shall be null, void, and of no effect, Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation D-10 CIP 7631
and Contractor shall hold harmless, defend and indemnify City and its officers, officials, employees, agents, and representatives with respect to any claim, demand, or action arising from or relating to any unauthorized assignment.

18. CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS: Contractor represents, covenants and agrees that: (i) Contractor is qualified and capable of furnishing the labor, materials, and expertise necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement; (ii) there are no obligations, commitments, or impediments of any kind that will limit or prevent Contractor’s full performance under this Agreement; (iii) there is no litigation pending against Contractor or any owner or officer thereof, involving alleged theft, dishonesty, or fraud involving a public works project, and neither Contractor nor any owner or officer thereof is the subject of any criminal investigation or proceeding involving a public works project; and (iv) to Contractor’s actual knowledge, neither Contractor nor any owner or officer thereof has been convicted of a felony involving theft, dishonesty, or fraud in connection with a public works project, within the last 10 years.

19. NOTICES: Except as otherwise required by law, any notice, payment, or other communication authorized or required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received on (i) the day of delivery if delivered by hand or overnight courier service during City’s regular business hours or (ii) on the third business day following deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, to the addresses listed below, or at such other address as one party may notify the other:

To City:

Director of Public Works
City of Brea
1 Civic Center Circle
Brea, California 92821
To Contractor:

US Builders & Consultants Inc
126 Desert Lotus
Irvine, California 92618

20. NON-DISCRIMINATION: No discrimination shall be made in the employment of persons upon public works because of the race, color, or religion of such persons, or on any other basis specified in Government Code Section 12940. Every contractor for public works violating this section is subject to all the penalties imposed for a violation of Labor Code Section 1720 et seq. in accordance with the provisions of Section 1735 of such Code.

21. APPLICABLE LAW: The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement shall be controlled by and construed under the laws of the State of California, excluding the choice of law rules. Venue for any such action relating to this Agreement shall be in the Orange County Superior Court.

Briarwood Lift Station Rehabilitation D-11 CIP 7631

22. INCORPORATION OF MANDATORY LANGUAGE: Each and every provision required by law to be inserted in this Agreement shall be deemed to be inserted and this Agreement shall be read and enforced as though such provision were included. If through mistake or otherwise any such provision is not inserted, or is not correctly inserted, then upon request of either party this Agreement shall promptly be amended to make such insertion or correction.

23. ENTIRE AGREEMENT: This Agreement, including the Contract Documents, and any other documents incorporated herein by specific reference, represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties. This Agreement supersedes all prior oral or written negotiations, representations or agreements. This Agreement may not be modified or amended, nor any provision or breach waived, except in a writing signed by both parties which expressly refers to this Agreement.

24. NON-WAIVER OF TERMS: Waiver by either party of any one or more of the conditions of performance under this Agreement shall not be a waiver of any other condition of performance under this Agreement. In no event shall the making by City of any payment to Contractor constitute or be construed as a waiver by City of any breach of covenant, or any default which may then exist on the part of Contractor, and the making of any such payment by City shall in no way impair or prejudice any right or remedy available to City with regard to such breach or default.

25. AUTHORITY: Any person executing this Agreement on behalf of Contractor warrants and represents that he or she has the authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of Contractor and has the authority to bind Contractor to the performance of its obligations hereunder.

26. COUNTERPARTS: This Agreement may be executed in counterpart originals, duplicate originals, or both, each of which is deemed to be an original for all purposes. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

CITYof BREA
Communication
August 19, 2025
Item No. 5H.

City’s Network Switches Replacements

TO PREPARED BY
Honorable Mayor and City Council Members Randy Hornsby, IT Manager

DEPARTMENT HEAD APPROVAL CITY MANAGER APPROVAL
Monica Lo, Administrative Services Director Kristin Griffith, City Manager

RECOMMENDATION
Staff recommends that the City Council take the following action:

1. Authorize the City’s Procurement & Contracts Administrator to issue a Purchase Order for network switches, management software, and professional services for implementation in the amount of $321,496 to VectorUSA.

2. Authorize the City Manager to execute the Professional Services Agreement with VectorUSA.

BACKGROUND/DISCUSSION
On May 12, 2021, the President issued Executive Order (EO) 14028, "Improving the Nation’s Cybersecurity," launching a comprehensive, government-wide initiative to strengthen baseline security practices. A key objective of the order is to transition federal systems to a zero-trust architecture and leverage the security benefits of cloudbased infrastructure while mitigating associated risks. Although EO 14028 currently applies only federal agencies, it is widely anticipated that similar standards will soon extend to local governments.

In alignment with principles outlined in EO 14028, the City’s Information Technology (IT) Division has recommended replacing our existing network switches, which are now 12 years old. This upgrade supports the transition to a zero-trust architecture and enhances cybersecurity through modern hardware and software capabilities, including artificial intelligence-driven threat detection.

The proposed network modernization aligns with the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency’s (CISA) Zero Trust Maturity Model. A key component of this model is the implementation of Network Access Control (NAC), which provides visibility into devices and users attempting to access the network. NAC solutions enforce security policies by granting or denying access based on compliance, thereby strengthening the City’s overall IT infrastructure and ensuring regulatory readiness.

Unauthorized users including cybercriminals, hackers, data thieves, and other malicious actors must be prevented from accessing the City’s network. It is the responsibility of the IT Division to ensure that only authorized users are granted access. This responsibility has become increasingly critical due to the rise in remote access from non-City devices such as mobile phones, laptops, and tablets, as well as the provision of internet access to clients using personal devices. Both scenarios introduce security vulnerabilities that require a comprehensive approach to network protection.

To address these concerns, the proposal recommends replacing all existing network switches and implementing installing Network Access Control (NAC) software across the City’s network infrastructure. Specifically, this includes replacing the core network switch and 32 perimeter network switches located at 11 City facilities: City Yard, Senior Center, Plunge, Fire Stations 1 through 4, Police Department Annex, BCC, Theater, and the Civic Center.

These upgrades will significantly strengthen the City’s cybersecurity posture, align with national cybersecurity objectives such as those outlined in EO 14028, and reduce the risks associated with unauthorized access.

COMMISSION/COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION
The Finance Committee reviewed this item at their August 12, 2025 meeting and recommended for City Council Approval.

FISCAL IMPACT/SUMMARY
Staff recommends that the City Council authorize the purchase of 32 perimeter network switches and NAC software from VectorUSA. VectorUSA, a Fortinet Platinum Partner, is offering the most competitive pricing through the OMNIA Partners cooperative contract. This vendor comes highly recommended for implementation and will provide full installation, configuration, and training for City IT staff.

The total project cost is $321,496, which reflects a savings of $170,000 from the originally budgeted estimate.

Funding for this project has already been appropriated in the current fiscal year’s budget. Therefore, there is no additional financial impact to the City’s budget.

Attachments
Agreement No. 2025.07.03.167 - Vector Resources (part 1) - signed.pdf 01-154_Fortinet__Partner_List_2025_04_17.pdf
Nth Q171724 r2 - FortiNAC .pdf
City of Brea - Fortinet Switching Migration - Refresh - 6-19-25 VectorUSA.pdf Fortinet_Award_Letter.pdf
1 Agreement No. 2025.07.03.167
Professional Services Agreement
This Professional Services Agreement ("Agreement") is dated Tuesday, August 19, 2025, for reference purposes and is executed by the City of Brea, a California municipal corporation (“City”), and Vector Resources, dba VectorUSA a Service Provider ("Consultant").

RECITALS
A. City desires to retain Consultant as an independent contractor to provide the following Professional Services: FortiSwitch Migration - Providing a comprehensive solution for replacing the existing switching equipment with Fortinet’s FortiSwitches and FortiNAC at multiple client locations for Administrative Services.

B. Contractor represents that it is duly licensed, fully authorized by law, and has the necessary experience and qualifications, to provide such services.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

1. Scope of Services.

Service Provider shall perform the services referenced in the Recitals and more specifically described in the Scope of Services set forth in the attached Exhibit A, and as otherwise required by this Agreement, all to City’s satisfaction (collectively, “Services”).

2. Compensation
A. City shall pay for the Services satisfactorily performed, in accordance with the Fee Schedule set forth in the attached Exhibit A.

B. In no event shall the total amount paid for the Services exceed the all-inclusive lump sum of $321,496.00 (“Contract Amount”). This amount covers and is inclusive of all labor, materials, and any and all other costs incurred by Service Provider in performing the Services. Service Provider shall be deemed to have made all inquiries and site inspections deemed necessary by Service Provider prior to execution of this Agreement.

C. Unless the Fee Schedule calls for payment of a one-time flat fee, periodic payments for undisputed work shall be made within 30 days of receipt of an invoice which includes a detailed description of the work performed. Service Provider’s invoices shall indicate the amount of time spent on each task and the applicable rate.

D. Unless the Fee Schedule calls for payment on a different schedule, Service Provider shall invoice City on a monthly basis.

3. Additional Work.

This Agreement does not include any contingency or additional work. Any additional work performed by Contractor without a written amendment or approval of the City shall be deemed 2 to be work included within the Services.

4. Term.

A. The term of this Agreement shall commence (“Effective Date”). Unless extended or earlier terminated as provided herein, this Agreement shall expire upon completion of and final payment for the Services.

5. Time of Performance.

A. Service Provider shall commence the Services on the above Effective Date, timely complete all performance milestones, if any, and shall complete the Services within the term of this agreement.

B. Force Majeure. Neither party shall be considered in default of this Agreement for delays in performance caused by a force majeure event. As used in this Agreement, the term “force majeure event” means circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the non-performing party and includes the following: abnormal weather conditions; floods; earthquakes; fire; epidemics; war; riots and other civil disturbances; strikes, lockouts, work slowdowns, and other labor disturbances; sabotage; or judicial restraint. Service Provider’s lack of financial capability, shall not constitute a force majeure event unless directly attributable to any of the foregoing events.

C. Should a force majeure event occur, the non-performing party shall, within a reasonable time of being prevented from performing, give written notice to the other party describing the circumstances preventing continued performance and the efforts being made to resume performance of this Agreement.

6. Maintenance of Records.

Books, documents, papers, accounting records, and other evidence pertaining to the Services, including costs incurred, shall be maintained by Service Provider and made available for review by City at all reasonable times during the term of this Agreement and for four (4) years from the date of final payment by City.

7. Standard of Care.

Contractor’s Services shall be performed in accordance with the generally accepted professional standards of practice and principles and in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by members of the profession currently performing similar services under similar conditions in southern California. Contractor shall maintain all professional licenses and certifications required to lawfully perform the Services.

8. Compliance with Law.

A. Service Provider shall comply with all applicable laws including Cal/OSHA requirements. 3 B. Service Provider shall obtain a City of Brea business license.

C. Service Provider shall comply with all applicable provisions included in the attached Special Provisions Section.

9. Assignment and Subcontracting.

A. Service Provider shall not assign or transfer this Agreement or any rights or obligations under, or any interest in this Agreement, or subcontract any required performance hereunder, without the prior written consent of City, which may be withheld for any reason. City shall be deemed to have approved Service Provider’s utilization of subcontractors identified in Service Provider’s proposal for the Services.

B. Any attempt to so assign, transfer, or subcontract without City’s prior written consent shall be void and shall constitute grounds for City’s termination of this Agreement. Authorized subcontracts shall contain a provision making the subcontractor subject to all requirements of this Agreement otherwise applicable to the Service Provider.

C. If use of a subcontractor is approved, then City may withhold 5% of each monthly payment to Service Provider. Such retention shall be released upon City’s receipt of an unconditional release of all claims signed by any such subcontractor, as to work performed to date.

10. Independent Contractor.

A. Service Provider is retained as an independent contractor and is not an employee of City. No employee or agent of Service Provider is or shall become an employee of City.

B. Service Provider will determine the means, methods, and details by which Service Provider’s personnel will perform the Services. Service Provider shall be solely responsible for the satisfactory work performance of all personnel engaged in performing the Services and compliance with the customary professional standards.

C. Service Provider’s personnel shall not wear or display any City uniform, badge, identification number, or other information identifying such individual as an employee of City. Service Provider’s personnel shall not use any City e-mail address or City telephone number in the performance of the Services. Service Provider shall acquire and maintain at its sole cost and expense such vehicles, equipment and supplies as Service Provider’s personnel require to perform the Services. Service Provider shall perform the Services off of City premises at locations of Service Provider’s choice, except as otherwise may from time to time be necessary in order for Service Provider’s personnel to receive projects from City, review plans on file at City, pick up or deliver any work product, or as may be necessary to inspect or visit City locations. City may make a computer available to Service Provider from time to time for Service Provider’s personnel to obtain information about or to check on the status of projects pertaining to the Services.

D. Service Provider shall be responsible for and pay all wages, salaries, benefits and other amounts due to Service Provider’s personnel in connection with the Services Service Provider shall be responsible for all reports and obligations respecting such additional personnel, including Social Security taxes, other retirement or pension benefits, income tax withholding, unemployment insurance, disability insurance, and workers' compensation insurance. Service Provider and its officers, employees, agents, and subcontractors shall not become entitled to, and hereby waive any claims to, 4 any wages, salaries, compensation, benefit or any incident of employment by City, including eligibility to enroll in, or reinstate to membership in, the California Public Employees Retirement System (“PERS”) or any other retirement program, as an employee of City, and entitlement to any contribution to be paid by City for employer contributions or employee contributions for PERS benefits or any other retirement benefits.

11. CalPERS Compliance.

The parties acknowledge that City is a local agency member of CalPERS, and as such has certain pension reporting and contribution obligations to CalPERS on behalf of qualifying employees. Service Provider agrees that, in providing its employees and any other personnel to City to perform the Services, Service Provider shall assure compliance with the Public Employees’ Retirement Law (Government Code Section 20000 et seq.), the regulations of CalPERS, and the Public Employees’ Pension Reform Act of 2013 (Government Code Section 7522 et seq.). Without limitation to the foregoing, Service Provider shall assure compliance with regard to personnel who have active or inactive membership in CalPERS and to those who are retired annuitants and in performing this Agreement shall not assign or utilize any of its personnel in a manner that will cause City to be in violation of the applicable retirement laws and regulations.

12. Insurance.

Unless otherwise permitted or waived in writing by City’s Risk Manager Service Provider shall not commence work until it has secured all insurance required under this section and provided evidence thereof that is acceptable to City. In addition, Service Provider shall not allow any subcontractor to commence work on any subcontract until it has secured all insurance required under this section.

A. Commercial General Liability
i. Service Provider shall take out and maintain, in amounts not less than specified herein, Commercial General Liability Insurance, in a form and with insurance companies acceptable to City.
ii. Coverage for Commercial General Liability insurance shall be at least as broad as the following:
a. Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage (Occurrence Form CG 00 01) or exact equivalent.
iii. Commercial General Liability Insurance must include coverage for the following:
a. Bodily Injury and Property Damage
b. Personal Injury/Advertising Injury
c. Premises/Operations Liability
d. Products/Completed Operations Liability
e. Aggregate Limits that Apply per Project
f. Contractual Liability with respect to this Agreement g. Broad Form Property Damage
h. Independent Service Provider's Coverage
iv. The policy shall contain no endorsements or provisions limiting coverage for (1) contractual liability; (2) cross liability exclusion for claims or suits by one insured against another; (3) products/completed operations liability; or (4) contain any other exclusion contrary to this 5 Agreement.
v. The policy shall be endorsed to name City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, designated volunteers and agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials, as additional insureds using ISO endorsement forms CG 20 10 10 01 and 20 37 10 01, or endorsement forms providing the exact same coverage. vi. The general liability coverage may utilize deductibles or provide coverage excess of a selfinsured retention, only if approved by City’s Risk Manager in writing, and further provided that such deductibles shall not apply to coverage of the additional insureds B. Automobile Liability
i. Service Provider shall maintain Automobile Liability Insurance for bodily injury and property damage including coverage for owned, non-owned and hired vehicles, in a form and with insurance companies acceptable to City.
ii. Coverage for automobile liability insurance shall be at least as broad as Insurance Services Office Form Number CA 00 01 covering automobile liability (Coverage Symbol 1, any auto). iii. The policy shall be endorsed to name City, its officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, designated volunteers and agents serving as independent Service Provider in the role of City officials, as additional insureds.
iv. Subject to City’s written approval, the automobile liability coverage may utilize deductibles or provide coverage excess of a self-insured retention, provided that such deductibles shall not apply to coverage of the additional insureds.

C. Workers’ Compensation/Employer’s Liability
i. Service Provider certifies that Service Provider is aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700 which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and he/she/it will comply with such provisions before commencing work under this Agreement. ii. Service Provider shall maintain full compensation insurance for its employees in accordance with the Workers’ Compensation and Insurance Act (Labor Code Section 3200 et seq.) and Employer’s Liability Coverage in amounts indicated herein. Service Provider shall require all subcontractors to obtain and maintain workers’ compensation coverage of the same type and limits as specified in this section.

D. Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions)
Service Provider shall maintain professional liability or errors and omissions insurance appropriate to its profession, in a form and with insurance companies acceptable to City and with the limits required herein. This insurance shall be endorsed to include contractual liability applicable to this Agreement and shall be written on a policy coverage form specifically designed to protect against acts, errors or omissions of Service Provider in the performance of professional services. “Covered Professional Services” as designated in the policy must specifically include work performed under this Agreement.

The policy must “pay on behalf of” the insured and must include a provision establishing the insurer's duty to defend.
6 E. Cyber Liability
If Cyber Liability is included in the Minimum Policy Limits Required below, then Service Provider shall maintain cyber liability insurance providing protection against claims and liabilities arising from:
i. Errors and omissions in connection with maintaining security of City Data (as defined below); ii. Data breach including theft, destruction, and/or unauthorized use of City Data; iii. Identity theft including bank charges assessed; and iv. Violation of privacy rights due to a breach of City Data.

F. Minimum Policy Limits Required
i. A.M. Best's Rating
Each policy of insurance required herein shall be from a company or companies having a current A.M. Best's rating of no less than A:VII and admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in the State of California.
ii. The following insurance limits are required for this Agreement:
a. Commercial General Liability
$1,000,000 per occurrence/ $2,000,000 aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage
b. Automobile Liability
$2,000,000 per occurrence (any auto) for bodily injury and property damage c. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability
In the amount required by California law for Workers’ Compensation Limit. $1,000,000 per occurrence for Employer's Liability
d. Professional Liability
$2,000,000 per claim and aggregate (errors and omissions) e. Cyber Liability
Cyber Liability Insurance is not required for this Agreement. ii. Defense costs shall be payable in addition to the limits. iii. Requirements of specific coverage or limits contained in this section are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits, or other requirement, or a waiver of any coverage normally 7 provided by any insurance. Any available coverage shall be provided to the parties required to be named as additional insured pursuant to this Agreement.

G. Proof of Insurance
Within five days of execution of this Agreement, but prior to commencement of the Services, Service Provider shall file with City evidence of insurance from an insurer or insurers certifying to the coverage of all insurance required herein. Such evidence shall include original copies of the ISO CG 00 01 (or insurer’s equivalent) signed by the insurer’s representative and Certificate of Insurance (Acord Form 25-S or equivalent), together with required original endorsements. All evidence of insurance shall be signed by a properly authorized officer, agent, or qualified representative of the insurer and shall certify the names of the insured, any additional insureds, where appropriate, the type and amount of the insurance, the location and operations to which the insurance applies, and the expiration date of such insurance.

H. Policy Provisions Required
i. The required policies of insurance shall require that the City be provided at least 30 days prior written notice of cancellation of any policy required by this Agreement, except that the policies shall provide at least 10 days prior written notice of cancellation of any such policy due to nonpayment of premium. If any of the required coverage is cancelled or expires during the term of this Agreement, Service Provider shall deliver renewal certificate(s) including the required endorsement(s) to City at least 10 days prior to the effective date of cancellation or expiration. ii. The Commercial General Liability Policy and Automobile Liability Policy shall each contain a provision stating that Service Provider’s policy is primary insurance and that any insurance, selfinsurance or other coverage maintained by City or any additional insureds shall not be called upon to contribute to any loss.
iii. The retroactive date (if any) of each policy is to be no later than the effective date of this Agreement. If a “claims-made” professional liability policy is provided, it shall include an extended reporting period of not less than three years. iv.All required insurance coverages, except for the professional and cyber liability coverage, shall contain or be endorsed to provide a waiver of subrogation in favor of City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, designated volunteers and agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials (“City Parties”), or shall specifically require Service Provider or others providing insurance evidence in compliance with these specifications to waive their right of recovery prior to a loss. Service Provider hereby waives its own right of recovery against the City Parties, and shall require similar written express waivers and insurance clauses from each of its subcontractors.
v. The limits set forth herein shall apply separately to each insured against whom claims are made or suits are brought, except with respect to the limits of liability. Further the limits set forth herein shall not be construed to relieve Service Provider from liability in excess of such coverage, nor shall it limit Service Provider’s indemnification obligations to City or preclude City from taking such other actions available to City under other provisions of this Agreement or law.

I. Additional Insurance Provisions
i. The foregoing requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by 8 Service Provider, and any approval of such insurance by City, are not intended to and shall not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by Service Provider pursuant to this Agreement, including the provisions concerning indemnification. ii. If at any time during the term of this Agreement, any policy of insurance required under this Agreement does not comply with these specifications or is canceled and not replaced, City has the right but not the duty to obtain the insurance it deems necessary and any premium paid by City will be promptly reimbursed by Service Provider or City will withhold amounts sufficient to pay premium from Service Provider payments. In the alternative, City may terminate this Agreement for cause.
iii. City may require Service Provider to provide for inspection by City, complete copies of all insurance policies in effect for the duration of the Agreement. iv. No City official, officer, employee, agent or volunteer shall be personally responsible for any liability arising under or by virtue of this Agreement. v. The insurance obligations under this Agreement shall be: (1) all the insurance coverage and/or limits carried by or available to Service Provider; or (2) the minimum insurance coverage requirements and/or limits shown in this Agreement; whichever is greater. Any insurance proceeds in excess of or broader than the minimum required coverage and/or minimum required limits, which are applicable to a given loss, shall be available to City. No representation is made that the minimum insurance requirements of this Agreement are sufficient to cover the obligations of Service Provider under this Agreement.

J. Subcontractor Insurance Requirements
Service Provider shall not allow any subcontractor to commence work on any subcontract until it has provided evidence satisfactory to City that it has secured all insurance required under this section.

Policies of commercial general liability insurance provided by such subcontractors shall be endorsed to name City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, employees, agents, servants, designated volunteers and agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials as additional insureds, using ISO form CG 20 38 04 13 or an endorsement providing the same coverage. If requested by Service Provider, City may approve different scopes or minimum limits of insurance for particular subcontractors.

13. Indemnification.

A. Other than in the performance of professional services, and to the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall defend (with counsel reasonably approved by City), indemnify and hold City, its elected and appointed officials, officers, , agents, employees, servants, designated volunteers, successors, assigns and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials (collectively “Indemnitees”) free and harmless with respect to any and all claims, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, liabilities, losses, damages, liens, stop notices and/or injury of any kind, in law or equity, to property or persons, including bodily injury, wrongful death, personal injury and property damage, and destruction, or unauthorized access to, disclosure, use, and/or theft of electronic data (collectively, “Claims”) in any manner and to the extent arising out of, pertaining to, or incidental to any act, error, omission, or willful misconduct of Contractor, its owners, officials, officers, employees, subcontractors, contractors or agents (and/or any entity or individual for whom Contractor shall bear legal liability) in connection with the performance of the Services including the payment of all damages, expert 9 witness fees and attorney’s fees actually incurred in connection with such defense. Contractor's obligation to indemnify shall not be restricted to insurance proceeds, if any, received by Contractor, or by City or any of the other Indemnitees. Contractor shall have no liability hereunder for claims and liabilities arising out of the sole, active negligence of any of the Indemnitees.

B. Professional Services. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, protect, defend, hold harmless and indemnify the Indemnitees, from and against any and all Claims, whether actual, alleged or threatened, to the extent arising out of, pertaining to, or relating to, in whole or in part, the negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of Contractor, and/or its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, contractors or their officers, agents, servants or employees (and/or any entity or individual for whom Contractor shall bear legal liability) in the performance of professional services under this Agreement. Contractor shall defend the Indemnitees in any action or actions filed in connection with any Claims, and shall pay all costs and expenses, including all attorneys’ fees and experts’ costs, actually incurred in connection with such defense.

C. Contractor’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

14. Laws and Venue.

This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard for change of venue laws. If any action is brought to interpret or enforce any term of this Agreement, the action shall be brought in the Superior Court of the County of Orange, or in the U.S. District Court, Central District,, State of California. Service Provider must comply with the claim procedures set forth in the Government Claims act (Government Code Section 810 et seq.) prior to filing any lawsuit against City.

15. Termination.

A. City may terminate any portion or all of the Services or this Agreement with or without cause by giving 10 days’ prior, written notice to Service Provider. In such event, City shall be immediately given title to and possession of all Work Product (as defined below) and original field notes, drawings and specifications, written reports and all other documents produced or developed pursuant to this Agreement if final payment has been received. Provided Service Provider is not then in breach, City shall pay Service Provider for any portion of the Services completed prior to termination. If termination occurs prior to completion of any specific task for which a payment request has not been received, the charge for Services performed shall be the actual value of such Services, based on an amount agreed to by the parties. City shall not be liable for any costs other than the charges or portions thereof which are specified herein.

B. Service Provider may terminate this Agreement only for cause and by serving written notice of termination to City, provided Service Provider has first served City with a written notice of default and demand to cure, and City has failed to cure such default within 30 days of receipt of such notice.

16. Ownership of Work Product.
10 A. All draft and final reports, documents, and other written material, and any and all images, reports, writings, ideas, concepts, designs including website designs, source code, object code, electronic data and files, and/or other media whatsoever created or developed by Contractor in the performance of this Agreement (collectively, “Work Product”) shall be considered to be “works made for hire” for the benefit of City. All Work Product and any and all intellectual property rights arising from their creation, including all copyrights and other proprietary rights, shall be and remain the property of City without restriction or limitation upon their use, duplication or dissemination by City upon final payment being made, provided that any such use shall be at City’s sole risk. Contractor shall not obtain or attempt to obtain copyright protection as to any of the Work Product. Contractor agrees that the compensation set forth in Section 2 of this Agreement includes conveyance to City of ownership of all Work Product, including intellectual property rights, as provided in this Section 16. "Work Product" shall not include intellectual property, or any thing or idea protected by intellectual property rights, lawfully owned or possessed by [contractor] prior to the effective date of this Agreement.

B. Contractor hereby assigns to City all rights of ownership to the Work Product, including any and all related intellectual property and proprietary rights, that are not otherwise vested in City pursuant to subsection A above.

C. Contractor warrants and represents that it has secured all necessary licenses, consents or approvals necessary to the production of the Work Product, and that upon final payment or Contractor 's default, City shall have full legal title to the Work Product, and full legal authority and the right to use and reproduce the Work Product for any purpose. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold City, and the other Indemnitees harmless from any and all losses, claims or liabilities in any way related to a claim that City’s use of any of the Work Product violates federal, state or local laws, or any contractual provisions, or any rights or laws relating to trade names, licenses, franchises, copyrights, patents or other means of protecting intellectual property rights and/or interests in products, ideas or inventions. Contractor shall bear all costs arising from the use of patented, copyrighted, trade secret or trademarked documents, materials, equipment, devices or processes in connection with its provision of the Work Product produced under this Agreement. In the event the use of any of the Work Product or other deliverables hereunder by City is held to constitute an infringement and the use of any of the same is enjoined, Contractor, at its expense, shall: (a) secure for City the right to continue using the Work Product and other deliverables by suspension of any injunction, or by procuring a license or licenses for City; or (b) modify the Work Product and other deliverables so that they become noninfringing while remaining in compliance with the requirements of this Agreement; or (c) provide the City with a full and complete refund of all sums paid under this Agreement. Contractor’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

17. Data Security.

A. As used in this Agreement, “City Data” means any and all information and data provided or made accessible, directly or indirectly, to Contractor by City, or otherwise acquired from City, in connection with Contractor ’s performance of the Services. As between the Contractor and the City, any and all City Data is solely owned by City. Contractor is granted a limited, non-exclusive, and revocable license to use City Data solely as necessary to perform the Services. At no time shall Contractor use City Data for its own purposes, or sell, disclose or disseminate City Data, except as required by law or to provide the Services. At all times herein, Contractor shall protect and maintain the security of City Data using methods providing not less than the level of security Contractor uses for its own confidential data, and that otherwise comply with recognized industry 11 data security standards applicable to similar kinds of governmental data and information.

B. To the extent any City Data consists of personal information as defined in California Consumer Privacy Act (Civil Code Section 1798.100 et seq.), Contractor shall comply with that statute and with Civil Code Section 1798.80. et seq., including providing the required notifications in the event of any unauthorized access or disclosure of personal information stored, maintained, accessed, used or transmitted by Contractor in connection with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor shall within 24 hours notify the City Representative by telephone and in writing of any unauthorized access of City Data. Thereafter, Contractor shall render any assistance to City and law enforcement as necessary to ascertain the nature and extent of such unauthorized access.

C. Contractor shall not store City Data using cloud-based storage without City’s prior, written consent, unless the use of such storage is clearly described in the Scope of Services. Where permitted herein, any and all cloud-based storage shall be on servers and other hardware located within the continental United States, and shall be in compliance with ISO/IEC 27001 - 27018, as applicable, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the City Representative. Cloud storage using Amazon Web Service or Microsoft Azure shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this subsection C.

18. Party Representatives.

City hereby designates Randy Hornsby, or such person’s designee, as the City Representative for this Agreement.

Service Provider hereby designates Shannon Peng – Robert Messinger, or such person’s designee, as Service Provider’s Representative for this Agreement, unless and until written notice of a new representative acceptable to City is provided to City.

The foregoing representatives shall be authorized to provide consent where required herein, and to make other administrative decisions that will be binding on their respective party, except as otherwise specifically required herein.

19. Notices.

Any notices, invoices, or other documents related to this Agreement shall be deemed received on: (a) the day of delivery, if delivered by hand during the receiving party’s regular business hours or by e-mail before or during the receiving party’s regular business hours; (b) the business day after delivery, if delivered by e-mail after the receiving party’s regular business hours; or (c) on the second business day following deposit in the United States mail, certified mail with return receipt requested and postage prepaid, to the addresses listed below, or to such other addresses as the parties may, from time to time, designate in writing.

City Service Provider
City of Brea Vector USA
1 Civic Center Circle 20917 Higgins Court
Brea, CA 92821 Torrance, CA 90501
United States USA
Randy Hornsby Shannon Peng
12 [email protected] [email protected]
(714) 990-7263 (949) 842-3462

20. Third Party Rights.

Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give any rights or benefits to anyone other than City and Service Provider.

21. Conflicts of Interest.

A. Service Provider covenants that it presently has no interest, and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, financial or otherwise, which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of the Services. Service Provider certifies that no one who has or will have any financial interest under this Agreement is an officer or employee of City.

B. Service Provider further covenants that, in the performance of this Agreement, no subcontractor or person having any interest, direct or indirect, financial or otherwise, which would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance of the Services shall be employed. Service Provider has provided City with a list of all City-approved subcontractors and the key personnel for such subcontractors that are retained or to be retained by Service Provider in connection with the performance of the Services, to assist City in affirming compliance with this Section.

C. Service Provider maintains and warrants that it has not employed nor retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Service Provider, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Service Provider warrants that it has not paid nor has it agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Service Provider, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. If required, Service Provider further agrees to file, or shall cause its employees or subcontractors to file, a Statement of Economic Interest with the City Clerk as required under state law in the performance of the Services. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to terminate this Agreement without liability. No director, official, officer or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom.

22. Severability.

The unenforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision(s) of this Agreement shall not render the remaining provisions unenforceable, invalid or illegal.

23. Successors and Assigns.

This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors in interest, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties.

24. Non-Waiver.

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be considered waived by either party, unless such waiver is specified in writing, and any such waiver shall be limited to that set of circumstances and not to any future circumstances unless another written waiver is executed.

25. Time of Essence.
13 Time is of the essence in each and every provision of this Agreement.

26. City’s Right to Employ Other Service Provider's.

City reserves its right to employ other Service Provider's to provide the Services or similar services.

27. Exhibits.

The attached Exhibit A is are incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and any Exhibit, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern.

28. Entire Agreement.

This Agreement represents the entire understanding of the parties as to the Services, and supersedes and cancels any prior or contemporaneous oral or written understanding, promises or representations with respect to those matters. Each party acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises or agreements have been made by any person which are not incorporated herein, and that any other agreements shall be void. This Agreement may not be modified or altered except in writing signed by both parties. This is an integrated agreement.
[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
14 TO EXECUTE THIS AGREEMENT, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to sign below. Digital Signatures are acceptable if they conform to all requirements of California Government Code Section 16.5.

Vector USA
By: By:

Robert Messinger
EVP
[email protected]
Date Signed: Date Signed:
[Corporation: pursuant to California Corporations Code Section 313, both signature lines must be executed unless the signatory holds at least one of the offices designated on each line. Limited liability company: Pursuant to California Corporations Code Section 17703.01(d), both signature lines must be executed unless the articles of incorporation state that the firm is managed by only one manager.] City of Brea Attest (if over $50,000)
By: By:

Kristin Griffith Victoria Popescu
City Manager City Clerk
[email protected] [email protected]
Date Signed: Date Signed:

Robert Messinger (Aug 4, 2025 16:16:20 PDT)
15 SPECIAL PROVISIONS
No Special Provisions required for this Agreement.
16 EXHIBIT A

SCOPE OF SERVICES AND FEE SCHEDULE
(Service Provider's proposal attached)
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential VRN-124301-007
June 19th, 2025
Prepared For: City of Brea
Cliff Flaugher
1 Civic Center Cir
Brea, CA 92821
Project Description: FortiSwitch Migration + Professional Services Ver. 001 – Proposal
OMNIA Contracts # 01-154 and #R200803
OMNIA Contracts # 01-154 and #R200803
Prepared By: Shannon Peng
Account Executive
+1 (949) 842-3462
[email protected]
2 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Table of Contents
Cover Letter........................................................................................................................................3 Company Overview.............................................................................................................................4 Executive Summary.............................................................................................................................5 Scope of Work.....................................................................................................................................6 Assumptions ...........................................................................................................................................................10 Exclusions................................................................................................................................................................11 Project Parameters / Caveats............................................................................................................13 Project Pricing...................................................................................................................................15 Price Guarantee ................................................................................................................................15 Lead Time Disclaimer ........................................................................................................................16 Warranty ..........................................................................................................................................17 Terms & Conditions...........................................................................................................................18 Signature & Acceptance ....................................................................................................................21 3 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Cover Letter
Dear Mr. Flaugher and City of Brea Team,
VectorUSA would like to extend our appreciation to you for the opportunity to provide a response for the City of Brea’s upcoming Fortinet Switching project. Based on our understanding of the City’s specifications for this project, we have provided a comprehensive response for a turn-key solution. It’s important to note that this project follows the prevailing wage standards for Orange County, California. Additionally, this project can be procured via Omnia Contract, for both the Fortinet Hardware, Support and Professional Services, w/ OMNIA Contracts # 01-154 and #R200803. Vector has chosen to provide the city, with a comprehensive proposal built for this upcoming project.

Here is why VectorUSA is the BEST choice for the City’s upcoming Fortinet Switching Project:
• Expertise and Support: VectorUSA offers a full range of services, including engineers, technicians, warehousing, and fleet services, all designed to support the City’s projects. • Proven Track Record: With 37+ years of experience, VectorUSA has earned the trust of our customers for consistently delivering successful, turnkey IT infrastructure projects. • Technical Excellence: Through close coordination with the City, our Pre-sales engineers, and various solution manufacturers, we have designed a turn-key solution that aligns with both the City’s technical needs and goals.
• Timeline / Implementation: We recognize the importance of a clear and structured timeline for this project. Our team will work with the City to establish a detailed implementation plan, ensuring all milestones are met and the project is delivered according to the agreed-upon schedule. • Dedicated Project Management: VectorUSA will assign a dedicated Project Manager from our project management office to ensure the project stays on track. This PM will oversee the timeline, budget, and milestones to guarantee on-time and on-budget delivery. • Fortinet EPSP Partner Level: Our technical staff is highly skilled and certified in industry-leading technologies w/ Fortinet. Additionally, Vector brings proven expertise in delivering advanced, city-wide cybersecurity solutions with prioritized support w/ our EPSP level partnership level. • NAC Experts: VectorUSA is a proven NAC expert, with deep-rooted experience deploying Network Access Control solutions since their inception, including specialized expertise in FortiNAC.

Since the late 1990’s, Vector has successfully provided all equipment, labor, and services to design, install, test and certify Local Area Networks (LAN) at over one thousand (1,000) public sector sites throughout Southern California, many of which include comprehensive, campus-wide Wireless LAN (WLAN) systems and comparable IT Infrastructure project, to the City’s. VectorUSA maintains a C-7 and C-10 license under California Contractors License #654046 and has overseen numerous successful projects of this nature throughout Southern California, including many projects that leverage our deep experience with the E-Rate program. VectorUSA will oversee every aspect of this project per the specifications and requirements. VectorUSA is respected by customers for executing turnkey IT Infrastructure projects on time, and on budget. Our Company steadfastly maintains an `A’ corporate credit rating, and multi-million project bonding capacity, and we are a nimble company.

We welcome the opportunity to discuss your needs further and answer any questions you may have. Thank you for considering VectorUSA, for this important project response. We look forward to the opportunity to serve you and your team at City of Brea.

Your partner,
Shannon Peng
Senior Account Executive, VectorUSA
949-842-3462; [email protected]
4 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Company Overview
VectorUSA’s corporate vision is to become the unsurpassed standard in “connecting people to information and the world.” We build our business one customer at a time through our family of dedicated employees providing reliable, high quality communications designs and solutions that exceed our customers’ expectations.

Headquartered in Torrance, CA, with offices in San Diego, CA, Rancho Cucamonga, CA, Phoenix, AZ, and Charlotte, NC, Texas, Colorado& Pennsylvania maintain an industry-wide reputation for delivering the highest quality products and services while executing projects on time and on budget in all types of production environments VectorUSA employs more than 350 people trained and certified to support the products and services we offer. Through continuous training and education,we maintain certificationsin the areas of Data Center Design and implementation, Networking and Cyber Security, Network Infrastructure, Physical Layer -Fiber and Copper Networks, Wireless Networking, Video Conferencing, Surveillance & Analytics, Access Control and Educational, Commercial & Professional Audio-Visual Systems.

Customer service and support is paramount; to provide the best service possible we maintain of two network operation centers, one in California and another in North Carolina, to provide 24/7/365 coverage to our clients.

VectorUSA maintains partnerships with the industry leading manufacturers included in our products and service portfolio. Our partnerships include Siemon Company, CommScope, Corning, Sumitomo, as well as other industry leading manufacturers. 5 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Executive Summary
VectorUSA is providing a comprehensive network infrastructure upgrade for the City of Brea, replacing existing edge switching equipment with Fortinet’s FortiSwitch platform across multiple locations, including City Hall, the City of Brea Police Department, and other branch sites. This project ensures seamless integration with the current LAN environment while minimizing service disruption through a carefully phased implementation approach.

Project Scope
The project includes the deployment and configuration of the following FortiSwitch devices:
• Core Switches: 2 x FS-1048E
• Edge/Aggregation Switches: 3 x 110G-FPOE, 30 x FS-448E-FPOE, and 1 x FS-624F-FPOE • Management: 3 years of FortiManager Cloud for up to 40 devices/Vdoms • Support: Each switch and FortiManager Cloud will have 3 years of FortiCare Premium Support.

Key Outcomes
• Minimal Downtime: Migration is conducted in phases with after-hours cutovers to avoid service interruptions.
• Seamless Transition: FortiSwitches will be deployed to match existing configurations, ensuring a smooth transition.
• Future-Ready Infrastructure: Upgraded switching capabilities enhance network performance, security, and scalability.
• Centralized Network Management: FortiManager Cloud enables centralized configuration, monitoring, and policy management across all deployed FortiSwitches, streamlining ongoing operations and reducing administrative overhead for the City of Brea’s IT team. • Comprehensive Knowledge Transfer: The client’s IT team will receive hands-on training and detailed documentation for ongoing support.
6 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Scope of Work
VectorUSA will be providing a comprehensive solution for replacing the existing switching equipment with Fortinet’s FortiSwitches at multiple client locations including the City Hall, City of Brea Police Department, and other branch locations. This replacement will include the configuration of FortiSwitch devices deployed to operate in alignment with the existing LAN environment. FortiManager will also be stood up, with the FortiSwitches and existing FortiGates pointed to it to facilitate centralized management. This transition will be performed in phases, with detailed planning of after-hours cutovers and minimal service disruption to the client's network operations.

Phase 1: Project Kickoff
Objective:
• Initiate the project by aligning expectations, confirming the SOW, and scheduling the subsequent planning and documentation review phase.

Tasks:

1. Kickoff Meeting:
o Review Project Objectives, Timeline, and Roles/Responsibilities: Set clear expectations regarding the project goals, key milestones, and the roles and responsibilities of both VectorUSA and the client’s IT team. This includes defining the scope, deliverables, and confirming timelines for the project phases.
o Confirm the SOW: Review and confirm the details of the Statement of Work (SOW) to ensure that both parties agree on the project’s scope, deliverables, and responsibilities. ▪ Confirm that the FortiSwitches will be deployed in a manner that aligns with the existing LAN environment to ensure a smooth transition.

2. Schedule Planning and Documentation Review:
o Establish Timeline for Phase 2: Schedule the Planning and Documentation Review phase, where detailed documentation, configuration requirements, and migration strategies will be discussed and reviewed.
▪ Coordinate with the client’s IT team to provide access to the necessary documentation (network diagrams, patch matrices, and configuration details) required for the Planning and Documentation Review.

3. Confirm Communication Protocols:
o Define the communication process for the project, including regular updates, status meetings, and escalation procedures to ensure that the project stays on track.

Deliverable:
• Deliverable 1-1: Kickoff meeting notes that include:
o Confirmation of the SOW, objectives, roles, and responsibilities. o Scheduled dates for the Planning and Documentation Review phase.

Phase 2: Planning and Documentation Review
Objective:
• Review the existing network environment, validate the client’s requirements, and prepare the Fortinet equipment configuration.

Tasks:

1. Documentation Review:
o Review Existing Network Documentation:
▪ Analyze the logical/physical network diagrams, patch matrices, and existing switch configurations to determine how best to configure the Fortinet Core and Edge/Aggregation switches to integrate with the current infrastructure.
▪ Validate the VLAN setup, IP addressing scheme, routing protocols, etc. 7 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential o Confirm Hardware and Licensing Details:
▪ Verify that the Fortinet FortiSwitches on order are correctly specified and confirm that appropriate support contracts are in place to support the new equipment.

2. Configuration and Migration Strategy:
o Confirm Configuration Requirements:
▪ Ensure that the configuration requirements for the FortiSwitches are aligned with the client’s existing setup. This will include reviewing the routing policies, and VLAN assignments to ensure that the Fortinet devices integrate seamlessly with the existing network.
o FortiManager Cloud Planning:
▪ Identify all Fortinet devices (FortiGates, core switches, and newly deployed edge switches) to be registered with FortiManager Cloud. Confirm network connectivity and client credentials required for FortiCloud onboarding.

3. Risk Assessment and Planning:
o Assess Potential Risks:
▪ Identify and assess potential risks associated with the migration, including network downtime, configuration discrepancies, or compatibility issues. o Define Project Timeline for Equipment Procurement and Deployment:
▪ Develop a timeline for equipment procurement, shipping, and on-site deployment to ensure all phases are completed on time. Client IT will specify outage windows for cutovers, and notify affected end users.

Deliverable:
• Deliverable 2-1: Documentation review report, including:
o Review of network diagrams, patch matrices, and existing configurations. o Confirmed configuration requirements for FortiSwitches. o Summary of Fortinet devices identified for FortiManager Cloud registration and confirmation of cloud reachability requirements.
o Risk mitigation plan and project timeline for the deployment phase.

Phase 3: Procurement and Equipment Preparation
Objective:
• Procure, receive, and prepare the Fortinet equipment for deployment, ensuring all devices are fully functional, up-to-date, and ready for installation at the client site.

Tasks:

1. Equipment Procurement:
o Receive Fortinet Hardware:
▪ Procure the FortiSwitches as specified in the Statement of Work (SOW). Verify that the correct models and quantities are received to meet the client’s requirements. ▪ Ensure that the equipment matches the specifications outlined in the project scope, confirming that all necessary components are included. Upon approval, VectorUSA will order the equipment for burn-in and staging.

2. Burn-in Equipment:
o Setup and Burn-in Process:
▪ Upon receipt, the new Fortinet edge switch hardware will be transferred to VectorUSA’s Torrance warehouse for an initial burn-in process. This includes confirming device integrity and ensuring the hardware is fully operational before deployment. ▪ Perform DOA testing (Dead on Arrival) to verify that no equipment is defective from the manufacturer and meets the functional standards required for the project. o Firmware Updates:
8 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential ▪ Update all devices to the most mature available firmware versions. NOTE: The most mature/stable version may not be the latest.
o Repackaging and Shipping:
▪ After completing all testing, the equipment will be securely repackaged for shipping to the client’s site.
▪ Ensure that all packaging is intact to protect the equipment during transport. The equipment will be shipped to the client site for receiving and final deployment.

Deliverable:
• Deliverable 3-1: Equipment preparation report, including:
o Firmware update logs and confirmation of the firmware versions. o DOA testing results confirming that the equipment passed initial quality checks. o Repackaging and shipping documentation ensuring that all devices are securely packed and ready for delivery to the client site.

Phase 4: Labbing and Configuration Validation
Objective:
• Set up a virtual lab to replicate the existing switch configuration and validate the Fortinet configurations to ensure seamless migration and smooth deployment during the physical cutover. Existing switch configuration files and topology/logical diagrams must be provided by the client so VectorUSA can replicate the environment for testing and compatibility. If unavailable, services to create that documentation will be processed as a change request.

Tasks:

1. Lab Setup:
o Replicate Existing Network Configuration:
▪ Set up FortiSwitches in the lab environment, ensuring they mirror the existing switch configurations used in the current network. This includes:
▪ VLANs: Replicating the VLANs used in the existing network to ensure Fortinet devices can handle the same network segmentation.
▪ IP Addressing Scheme: Configuring FortiSwitches with the same IP addressing as the existing environment.
▪ Routing Protocols: Ensuring the routing protocols (e.g., OSPF, BGP) are configured similarly in Fortinet devices to match the existing environment. ▪ Security Settings: Replicating security settings (e.g., ACLs, port security) to ensure that the Fortinet devices provide equivalent security posture.

2. Configuration Testing:
o Test FortiSwitch Connectivity:
▪ Verify that FortiSwitches are configured with the correct Layer 2 (VLANs, trunking) and Layer 3 (IP routing, gateway setup) settings that match the existing switch configurations.

3. Configuration Documentation:
o Document the Configuration Process:
▪ Provide copies of the site-specific configurations for approval. ▪ Review the final configuration with the client’s IT team to ensure alignment with their requirements.

Deliverable:
• Deliverable 4-1: Lab testing report and documentation, including:
o Validated configurations for FortiSwitches.
o Client sign-off confirming the final lab configuration is approved and ready for physical deployment. 9 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Phase 5: Physical Cutover and Installation
Objective:
• Install and configure the Fortinet hardware on-site, replace the existing switch equipment, and execute the network cutover with minimal disruption to the existing network. • Register and configure FortiManager Cloud for centralized device visibility and management.

Tasks:

1. On-Site Installation:
o FortiSwitch Deployment:
▪ Replace existing switches with FortiSwitches in the same physical locations. Ensure that each FortiSwitch is pre-configured with essential settings like management IP addresses, default gateways, and VLAN assignments based on the site-specific Layer 2/Layer 3 configurations.
▪ During an after-hours cutover window specified by the client, VectorUSA will physically connect the new FortiSwitches by patching them one-to-one with the legacy switches. For example, Port 1 on the switch will be patched to Port 1 on the FortiSwitch to maintain the same network connections. This ensures that the FortiSwitches take over without requiring major configuration changes.

2. Cutover and Validation:
o Network Cutover:
▪ Remotely test network connectivity across the FortiSwitches to ensure that VLANs, IP addressing, routing protocols, and security settings are working as expected and that the network operates smoothly after the switch.

3. FortiManager Cloud Standup and Device Registration:
▪ Activate the client’s FortiManager Cloud tenant.
▪ Register newly deployed FortiSwitches and existing FortiGates into FortiManager Cloud. ▪ Validate that all devices are connected and reporting status in the FortiManager Cloud dashboard.
▪ Note: This scope does not include creating management templates or policy packages.

4. Decommission Legacy Equipment:
▪ Safely remove and decommission the legacy switches.
▪ The legacy equipment will be carefully removed and stored at the client site, for the client to eWaste processing or repurposing according to their preferences.

Deliverables:
• Deliverable 5-1: Cutover installation report, including:
o Configuration validation, confirming that the Fortinet devices are properly configured and operational.
o Remote network traffic verification, confirming that traffic is flowing correctly after the cutover. • Deliverable 5-2: FortiManager Cloud Configuration Summary, including:
o Confirmation of FortiManager Cloud activation.
o Inventory of registered Fortinet devices.
o Screenshots or exports confirming FMC visibility.

Phase 6: Post-Implementation Review and Knowledge Transfer Objective:
• Ensure that the client’s IT team is well-equipped to manage the new Fortinet network and close the project successfully.

Tasks:

1. Project Closeout and Documentation:
10 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential ▪ Deliver configuration documentation, network diagrams, and configuration backups. ▪ Review the final configurations with the client to ensure everything is in line with project expectations.

2. Knowledge Transfer:
▪ Conduct a half-day knowledge transfer session with the client’s IT team to go over the management of the new FortiSwitches within the FortiManager Cloud platform.

Deliverable:
• Deliverable 6-1: Project closeout documentation, including configuration details and network diagrams. • Deliverable 6-2: Knowledge transfer session materials.

Assumptions

1. Existing infrastructure remains operational: The existing network equipment will remain fully functional during the migration process, ensuring no disruption to critical services. The client will maintain the operational status of the existing systems until the Fortinet equipment has been validated and successfully cut over.

2. Existing Cabinets and Power: existing cabinets, racks, or other network housing infrastructure has enough room to receive the new switching hardware, and the correct power outlet/type/counts to support the new hardware.

3. No major changes to the network configuration: The migration process will focus on providing configuration parity between the Fortinet and legacy environments. VectorUSA will replicate the existing network configurations (such as VLANs, IP addressing, routing protocols, and security settings) in the Fortinet environment to ensure seamless integration. No sweeping configuration changes will be made to the existing network, as the primary goal is to align Fortinet devices to match the current setup. Any changes to the existing configurations (outside of the standard integration with Fortinet devices) will be the responsibility of the client.

4. Access to sites and systems: The client will provide clear access to all required site locations, network systems, and equipment to facilitate the installation and configuration. This includes physical access to server rooms, wiring closets, network infrastructure, and any other critical areas required for the deployment of the new Fortinet devices.

5. FortiManager Cloud Deployment: VectorUSA will assist with standing up FortiManager Cloud and registering relevant Fortinet devices. This does not include configuration template development, policy automation, or long-term management of the platform.
11 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Client Will Provide:

1. Access to Required Locations:
o Provide physical access to all installation locations across the sites, including server rooms, data centers, and wiring closets. The client will also provide any escort services for security or restricted areas.
o Remote network access for remote validation of the switches post-cutover via VectorUSA engineers.

2. Network Documentation and Configuration Information:
o Network Diagrams: The client will provide up-to-date logical and physical network diagrams that include details on VLANs, IP addressing schemes, routing protocols, and any network security configurations.
o Patch Matrices: The client will provide existing patch matrices or a list of patching requirements for the current devices to ensure compatibility with Fortinet devices during the deployment. o Configuration Files: The client will provide existing configuration files and any other relevant network configuration documentation that may assist in the migration process.

3. Storage Locations:
o The client will designate storage locations for the decommissioned equipment. This includes areas for temporary storage of legacy hardware for either eWaste disposal or repurposing, based on the client’s preferences.

4. End User Notification:
o The client will be responsible for informing affected end users of any scheduled network outages or service interruptions caused by the migration. This includes communication about any planned maintenance windows or downtime for the cutover process.

Exclusions
VectorUSA is not responsible for the following:

1. Network Configuration Changes: VectorUSA is not responsible for making sweeping configuration changes to the existing network outside of the work required to integrate the Fortinet devices. This includes network changes such as VLAN reconfigurations, routing protocol updates, or security policy changes unrelated to the Fortinet integration. The focus will be on replicating the existing network settings in the Fortinet environment. The client is responsible for any non-standard changes to the existing configurations that may arise during the migration.

2. Reconfiguration of Non-Network Devices: This scope does not include reconfiguration or updates to nonnetwork devices such as servers, SANs, or any non-network infrastructure. The migration effort is focused solely on the network hardware and does not extend to backend systems or other IT assets.

3. Third-party Services: VectorUSA is not responsible for any third-party applications or services not directly related to the network migration. This includes any services or tools not provided by Fortinet or part of the network hardware integration, such as specialized network management or monitoring platforms unrelated to the Fortinet solution.

4. Out-of-Scope for Extended Hours or Holiday Work: The standard hours for the project are 7 am to 5 pm during business days. Any work outside of these hours, such as during weekends or holidays, will require a change request and will be billed at a time-and-a-half rate or a minimum uplift as agreed upon in the contract.

5. eWaste or Repurposing: Client IT will be responsible for any repurposing or eWaste of equipment decommissioned during this project.

6. FortiManager Cloud Templates/Policy Automation: VectorUSA will not create configuration templates, policy packages, or automation routines within FortiManager Cloud. FMC will be configured only for device registration and centralized visibility.
12 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential 13 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Project Parameters / Caveats
Change Order
Any work that is added to or deleted from the original scope of this proposal that alters the original costs or completion date must be agreed upon by both parties in the form of a written change order.

Proprietary Information
The information contained in this document is proprietary to VectorUSA and intended to be used as evaluative and / or bidding information only. No part of this document may be disclosed, reproduced and/or distributed to anyone except the listed recipients within this package without written permission from VectorUSA.

Add & Delete
Any additional work requested outside of the scope of work will be considered as separate work and addressed in the form of a written change order. This proposal is not to be used as an "add & delete" schedule.

Defective Materials
If, due to problems with the existing hardware and / or materials provided by the client or other third parties, here is a delay and / or VectorUSA is unable to perform the work outlined in the scope of work , it will be addressed in the form of a written change order.

Extraordinary Service
Certain additional charges related to extraordinary levels of support or out-of-pocket costs incurred by VectorUSA, through no fault of its own, shall be reimbursed to VectorUSA by the client under this agreement.

Examples of costs reimbursable under this section include, but are not limited to 1) shipping expenses related to unusual site handling fees (e.g., extra distance, no loading dock, extra stairs, extra demurrage charges); 2) storage or special handling expenses incurred if an installation site is not able to accept delivery as scheduled; 3) expenses incurred by VectorUSA to resolve network compatibility issues caused by a client’s election to substitute nonVectorUSA provided equipment or services; and 4) expenses incurred by VectorUSA for additional installation time and / or materials caused by a site not being prepared as called for in this proposal. VectorUSA shall promptly notify the client in writing of such charges. Notification will be provided, when feasible, prior to the incurrence of such charges, unless circumstances preclude such prior written notification (by way of example, but not limited to, unusual site handling charges). Provided the incurrence of such charges is not due to VectorUSA’s fault or negligence, VectorUSA shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the prices herein, the delivery schedule, or both, to reflect such charges and any related delay.

Schedule
VectorUSA plans to implement this project in a continuous fashion or following the baselined schedule if submitted as part of this project. If delays or changes are introduced that are outside of VectorUSA’s control, and those changes result in additional cost those costs will be addressed in the form of a written change order.

Delays
The client must provide five (5) working days advance notice of any delays that will impact this project. If proper notice is not provided VectorUSA reserves the right to issue a work stoppage change order. Additionally, idle time incurred due to the absence of required escorts, clearance, permits, inability to enter the workplace, delays by other trades or other factors beyond VectorUSA’s control will be addressed in the form of a written change order. 14 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Workdays / Overtime
All work will be performed during VectorUSA's standard business hours of 7am - 5pm, Monday – Friday, or as specified in the statement / scope of work. If changes to the stated work hours are required due to conditions outside of VectorUSA’s control result in additional cost those costs will be addressed in the form of a written change order.

Storage Area
The client shall provide a secured storage area onsite for VectorUSA's materials and tools. If adequate space is not provided, or the cost of temporary storage is not included in our proposal that cost will be addressed in the form of a written change order.
15 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Project Pricing
Price Guarantee
Due to the volatility in markets affecting material costs across all product lines we can only guarantee material costs for 30 days unless otherwise specified. If a purchase order is not received within the guaranteed window any increases will be addressed through a new proposal.
16 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Lead Time Disclaimer
At the time of this proposal lead time for the materials specified was up to 4 weeks. However, lead time will be confirmed once the material order is to occur.

Lead times on material orders are verified at the time we submit our proposals based on our understanding of the anticipated project period of performance. With the current volatility in the market driven by supply and demand those lead times cannot be guaranteed past the date of the proposal. Lead times will be refreshed once a purchase order is received and if any items have lead times that impact the project timeline a Stakeholder notification will be sent. If needed alternative “equivalent” products may be discussed and if agreed upon substituted to maintain the desired period of performance.
17 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Warranty
VectorUSA provides, for all work completed under this contract our Vector USA warranty. This warranty coverers all workmanship for a period of one year unless specifically extended in writing as part of this agreement.

While this agreement extends the manufacturer’s warranty for all items installed that warranty does not include labor required to replace, return, remove, install, or configure those items. If a product or item requires replacement under the manufacturer’s warranty VectorUSA will provide the labor to replace that item on a time & material basis. Materials covered under that warranty will be provided under the warranty, if any additional supporting materials are required that are not covered, they would be billed.

Please note that RMA’stypically require the product to be returned in the original packaging. It is recommended that packaging be retained if possible.

This warranty does not include any damages or cost related to unforeseen environmental evens including but not limited to fire, water, rodents, construction, abuse, or misuse. VectorUSA can address and repair issues of this nature through a service request at an additional cost. If VectorUSA responds to a warranty request and upon arriving on site or at any time during that warranty call determines that the issue is related to an uncovered event or condition work will stop and the client shall be notified. If the client authorizes the repairs the warranty call will be converted to a service call and billed accordingly
18 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Terms & Conditions
Assumptions and Exclusions: The above stated assumptions and exclusions are fully integrated and incorporated within the below terms and conditions and are to be treated as one inclusive document.

Scope of Services: VectorUSA agrees to provide the services stated in this Agreement for all Customer Premise Equipment (“Equipment”). VectorUSA does not warrant that the operation of any listed Equipment shall be uninterrupted. The services to be supplied by VectorUSA for the total charge set forth on this Agreement shall consist of personnel services required to respond appropriately to Customer incidents and issues, and requests for additional professional services and materials as required.

Charges for materials and services outside the scope of this Agreement but still required to resolve Customer requests shall be due and payable upon receipt of an invoice after the completion of the installation, repair, or other service. The charges and all other charges payable to VectorUSA under this Agreement are exclusive of federal, state or local tax, other than a tax on net income now or hereafter in effect or become applicable to any payment due under this Agreement, or to the Customer’s equipment. The Customer shall file all necessary tax returns and shall pay all such taxes.

Access: Customer agrees to maintain, where required, a full time, dedicated Internet connection and to allow VectorUSA access to the Customer’s network via that Internet connection. Customer agrees to allow VectorUSA employees or subcontractors access to its facilities in order to perform services under this Agreement. Customer agrees to allow VectorUSA access to the covered Equipment. Customer agrees to allow VectorUSA to load any necessary management software on their systems and / or install a Vector-owned device on the Customer network as required. Customer agrees to furnish VectorUSA with Administrator-level password access for all covered Equipment and servers, where necessary. VectorUSA agrees not to prevent Customer from accessing any Equipment owned by the Customer. If persons other than VectorUSA representatives shall perform maintenance, or repair the Equipment, and as a result further repair by VectorUSA is required to restore the Equipment to good operating condition, such repair will be made at rates for additional onsite service established in this Agreement.

Limited Warranty: VectorUSA warrants to the Customer that the material, analysis, data, programs and SERVICES to be delivered or rendered hereunder will be of the kind and quality designated and will be performed by qualified personnel. VECTOR USA MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL, OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING

WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Limitation of Liability: The Customer agrees that VectorUSA will not be liable for any special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages hereunder, including but not limited to the loss of profit, or liability to third parties, however caused, whether by the act or negligence of VectorUSA or otherwise. It is recognized that the Equipment contains memories or other devices which have accumulated substantial data. In no event shall VectorUSA be liable to the Customer if any such data is lost or rendered inaccurate, regardless of the cause of any such loss or inaccuracy.

VectorUSA’s liability on any claim of loss or liability, arising out of or connected with this Agreement (including, but not limited to, loss or liability arising from VectorUSA’s breach of contract of any alleged act or negligence of Vector) shall in no case exceed the total purchase price of services covered under this Agreement. In no event shall VectorUSA’s liability for any services under this Agreement exceed $25,000. VectorUSA will in no way be held responsible and / or liable for damages, monetary or otherwise, by customer, or any other affected party, in the event of a security breach or network security-related outages, damages, losses, etc.

In no event shall either VectorUSA or the Customer be liable to the other for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary, incidental or consequential damages (including, but not limited to, lost profits, lost business opportunities, or loss of use or equipment down time, and loss of or corruption to data) arising out of or relating to 19 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential any portion of this Agreement, regardless of the legal theory under which such damages are sought, and even if VectorUSA has been advised on the possibility of such damages or loss.

Excusable Delays: VectorUSA shall not be liable for any failure or delay in furnishing maintenance or spare parts hereunder resulting from fire, explosion, flood, storm, Act of God, governmental acts, orders or regulations, hostilities, civil disturbances, strikes, labor difficulties, difficulty in obtaining parts, supplies, or shipping facilities, inability to obtain or delays in obtaining suitable material or facilities required for performance, temporary unavailability of qualified personnel, failure by Customer to provide full and appropriate access to the covered Equipment, failure of monitoring hardware or software, Customer Internet connection failure, or other causes beyond VectorUSA’s reasonable control.

Exclusions: THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF ANY HARDWARE PRODUCT,

OR ANY SOFTWARE LICENSING EXCEPT SOFTWARE INSTALLED AND USED EXCLUSIVELY BY VECTOR USA TO PROVIDE MONITORING AND REPORTING SERVICES. Charges for the above will be on a Time and Materials basis. The Customer is advised to maintain hardware warranties on covered equipment at their own discretion and expense.

Customer is responsible to assure all software used by the Customer is appropriately licensed.

Software and Operating System Errors: This Agreement is limited to services specifically defined in this Agreement.

It is the responsibility of the Customer to ensure that all of its files are adequately backed up and that all necessary materials are available, including manufacturer recovery media for software and other software to be reloaded. In no way is VectorUSA liable for defects or “bugs” in software, or for correcting errors introduced into the data, programs, or any other software due to hardware failure, or for any cost of reconstructing software or lost data.

Any technical support required to restore data integrity or to make the system function, such as, but not limited to, rebuilding corrupted records, examining files, re-installation of O / S or Software, or re-indexing databases, will be billed separately on a Time and Materials basis.

Indemnification: Both the Customer and VectorUSA agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other party, its vendors, and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents from and against all claims and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of the Customer's use of the services in this Agreement.

Confidentiality, Publication and Non-Compete: VectorUSA and the Customer agree that any and all information identified by the other as "Confidential" and / or "Proprietary", or which, under all of the circumstances, ought reasonably to be treated as Confidential and / or Proprietary, will not be disclosed to any third person without the express written consent of the other party. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, information about the respective entities' products and services, information relating to purchasing, accounting, pricing, marketing and customers not generally known in the business in which the entity has been, is or may become engaged and which is developed by, disclosed to, or becomes known as a consequence of or through each party's relationship with the other. Confidential Information does not include any information or development: (i) which is or subsequently becomes available to the general public other than through a breach by the receiving party; (ii) which is already known to the receiving party before disclosure by the disclosing party; (iii) which is developed through the independent efforts of the receiving party; or (iv) which the receiving party rightfully receives from third parties without restriction as to use.

Upon the expiration of the term of this Agreement, VectorUSA shall, and shall instruct its agents to whom Confidential Information was disclosed pursuant hereto, continue to treat as confidential and preserve the confidentiality of all Confidential Information received from the Customer.

Neither VectorUSA nor Customer shall directly or indirectly, solicit, recruit or hire any Customer or VectorUSA personnel, whether or not such personnel performed work for the Customer, during the term of this agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of this agreement. The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination or expiration of the Agreement.
20 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Applicable Law: This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. It constitutes the entire Agreement between the Customer and VectorUSA. Its terms and conditions shall prevail should there be any variance with the terms and conditions of any order submitted by the Customer for the repair or maintenance of the Equipment in the Equipment.

Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time for failure of the other to comply with any of its Terms and Conditions.

The Customer represents that he is owner of the Equipment subject to this Agreement or if not the owner, he has authority to enter into the Agreement.

Scope of Agreement: If the scope of any of the provisions of the Agreement is too broad in any respect whatsoever to permit enforcement to its full extent, then such provisions shall be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law, and both the Customer and VectorUSA hereto consent and agree that such scope may be judicially modified accordingly and that the whole of such provisions of this Agreement shall not hereby fail, but that the scope of such provisions shall be curtailed only to the extent necessary to conform to the law.

Assignment: This Agreement may not be assigned by either the Customer or VectorUSA without the prior written consent of the other party. Except for the prohibition on assignment contained in the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

Integration Clause: This instrument contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior written and / or oral agreements. This Agreement may be altered or modified only in writing signed by the parties hereto.

Prevailing Wage: Unless specifically stated in the scope of work VectorUSA has based this proposal on SCA labor rates. If we are informed or it is determined later that the project is subject to prevailing wage rates for the performance of the public work portion of the contract, VectorUSA will submit those changes / additional costs that the project may incur will be address in the form of a written change order.

Payment and Termination: All payments are due net 30 from the date of invoice. VectorUSA reserves the right to stop work, delay delivery of services and / or products for failure by customer to pay within terms of this agreement.

VectorUSA reserves the right to deem this contract in default immediately and terminate it if the payment is delinquent more than thirty (30) days. If customer is in default in the payment of the Agreement charge(s) and fails to cure such default within ten (10) days after receiving written notification of such default, the Customer agrees to pay reasonable collection costs, late charges and / or Attorney Fees. Late charges, if levied, shall be assessed at

1.5% monthly or 18% annually.

Contract: Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing this contract will be executed as a fixed price contract.

Acceptance of Order: This quote is valid for 30 days. The prices, specifications and conditions are satisfactory and are hereby accepted. VectorUSA is authorized to do the work as specified. Signature and Purchase Order due upon acceptance.
21 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Signature & Acceptance
Material Total $158,495.58
Labor Total $67,856.00
Tax Total $8,747.25
Proposal Total $235,098.83
Accepted and approved for:

VectorUSA City of Brea
20917 Higgins Court
Torrance, CA 90501
1 Civic Center Cir
Brea, CA 92821
(Date) (Date)
(Printed Name) (Printed Name)
(Printed Title) (Printed Title)
(Signature) (Signature)
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential VRN-124535-002
June 17th, 2025
Prepared For: City of Brea
Cliff Flaugher
1 Civic Center Cir
Brea, CA 92821
Project Description: FortiNAC + Professional Services
Ver. 001
OMNIA Contracts # 01-154 and #R200803
Prepared By: Shannon Peng
Account Executive
+1 (949) 842-3462
[email protected]
2 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Table of Contents
Cover Letter........................................................................................................................................3 Company Overview.............................................................................................................................3 Executive Summary.............................................................................................................................5 Rough Order of Magnitude Summary ..................................................................................................6 Assumptions .............................................................................................................................................................7 Exclusions.................................................................................................................................................................8 Project Parameters / Caveats..............................................................................................................9 Project Pricing...................................................................................................................................11 Price Guarantee ................................................................................................................................12 Lead Time Disclaimer ........................................................................................................................12 Warranty ..........................................................................................................................................13 Terms & Conditions...........................................................................................................................14 3 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Cover Letter
Dear Mr. Flaugher and City of Brea Team,
VectorUSA would like to extend our appreciation to you for the opportunity to provide a response for the City of Brea’s upcoming Fortinet Switching project. Based on our understanding of the City’s specifications for this project, we have provided a comprehensive response for a turn-key solution. It’s important to note that this project follows the prevailing wage standards for Orange County, California. Additionally, this project can be procured via Omnia Contract, for both the Fortinet Hardware, Support and Professional Services, w/ OMNIA Contracts # 01-154 and #R200803. Vector has chosen to provide the city, with a comprehensive proposal built for this upcoming project.

Here is why VectorUSA is the BEST choice for the City’s upcoming Fortinet NAC Project:
- Expertise and Support: VectorUSA offers a full range of services, including engineers, technicians, warehousing, and fleet services, all designed to support the City’s projects. - Proven Track Record: With 37+ years of experience, VectorUSA has earned the trust of our customers for consistently delivering successful, turnkey IT infrastructure projects. - Technical Excellence: Through close coordination with the City, our Pre-sales engineers, and various solution manufacturers, we have designed a turn-key solution that aligns with both the City’s technical needs and goals.
- Timeline / Implementation: We recognize the importance of a clear and structured timeline for this project. Our team will work with the City to establish a detailed implementation plan, ensuring all milestones are met and the project is delivered according to the agreed-upon schedule. - Dedicated Project Management: VectorUSA will assign a dedicated Project Manager from our project management office to ensure the project stays on track. This PM will oversee the timeline, budget, and milestones to guarantee on-time and on-budget delivery. - Fortinet EPSP Partner Level: Our technical staff is highly skilled and certified in industry-leading technologies w/ Fortinet. Additionally, Vector brings proven expertise in delivering advanced, city-wide cybersecurity solutions with prioritized support w/ our EPSP level partnership level. - NAC Experts: VectorUSA is a proven NAC expert, with deep-rooted experience deploying Network Access Control solutions since their inception, including specialized expertise in FortiNAC.

VectorUSA maintains partnerships with the industry leading manufacturers included in our products and service portfolio. Our partnerships include Siemon Company, CommScope, Corning, Sumitomo, as well as other industry leading manufacturers. 5 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Executive Summary
The City of Brea is implementing Fortinet’s FortiNAC solution to address growing challenges in managing network access, enhancing security, and ensuring compliance across its twelve locations. With increasing numbers of devices connecting to the network, including both managed and unmanaged endpoints, traditional network security measures have become insufficient to maintain control and visibility. FortiNAC provides the centralized control, dynamic access enforcement, and endpoint visibility needed to mitigate these challenges effectively.

Objective
The primary objective of this project is to deploy a centralized network access control (NAC) solution that:
• Provides comprehensive visibility into all devices connecting to the City’s network, including wired and wireless endpoints.
• Enforces secure access policies to ensure only authorized devices and users can connect. • Automates network segmentation and dynamic VLAN steering to enhance security and limit the impact of potential breaches.
• Centralizes the management of network access policies across all locations, reducing administrative complexity and improving consistency.

This deployment will enable the City of Brea to implement proactive security measures while simplifying the management of its network infrastructure.

Benefits of FortiNAC

1. Comprehensive Endpoint Visibility: FortiNAC identifies and profiles all devices connecting to the network, providing real-time visibility into both managed and unmanaged endpoints. This ensures that IT teams are aware of every device on the network and its compliance status.

2. Dynamic Network Segmentation: FortiNAC automatically assigns devices to appropriate VLANs or quarantine zones based on predefined security policies. This dynamic segmentation minimizes lateral movement of threats, protecting critical resources and sensitive data.

3. Automated Policy Enforcement: The solution ensures that only authorized devices and users can access the network by enforcing 802.1X authentication and dynamic security policies. Untrusted or non-compliant devices are immediately restricted or quarantined.

4. Centralized Management: With FortiNAC, IT teams can manage all network access policies from a single, centralized console. This streamlines policy administration across all sites, ensuring consistent enforcement and reducing operational overhead.

5. Improved Network Security Posture: By integrating FortiNAC with existing network infrastructure, the City of Brea can bolster its defenses against unauthorized access, rogue devices, and potential cybersecurity threats.

6. Scalability and Future-Readiness: FortiNAC’s architecture and licensing model are designed to support the City’s current and future network needs, ensuring scalability as the number of devices and locations grows. 6 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Project Summary
VectorUSA will deploy a centralized FortiNAC solution for the City of Brea, consolidating network access control across twelve sites. The solution includes two virtual appliances hosted at City Hall and provides advanced endpoint visibility, dynamic VLAN steering, and automated provisioning to enhance network security and operational efficiency. This deployment supports 20 wired and 20 wireless use cases, ensuring seamless integration with the City’s existing infrastructure. This proposal is for budgetary purposes only, and is non-binding.

FortiNAC Licensing and Support
The deployment includes the following licenses and support agreements:
• 2 FortiNAC Control and Application next-gen VM Servers (perpetual license). • 5 FortiNAC Plus Licenses for 500 concurrent endpoint devices. • 1 FortiNAC Plus License for 1,000 concurrent endpoint devices. • 2 Extended-VM 3-Year FortiCare Premium Support agreements for the virtual appliances. • 15 3-Year FortiCare Premium Support Licenses for 100 endpoints.

This setup provides centralized visibility and control for up to 1,500 endpoints, with multi-year support for ongoing maintenance and updates.

Labor Summary
VectorUSA will implement 802.1X network access workflows for 20 wired and 20 wireless use cases, focusing on authentication, VLAN segmentation, and policy enforcement. Key labor tasks include:
• Switch Configuration Templates: Developing and applying templates for consistent deployment across all 36 FortiSwitches (included in a separate proposal).
• 802.1X Use Case Development: Configuring wired and wireless authentication workflows to ensure secure access across all sites.
• Labbing and Validation: Testing configurations in a controlled environment to ensure compatibility and functionality.
• FortiNAC Server Deployment: Installing and configuring two virtual appliances in a high-availability setup. • Site-Specific Adjustments: Fine-tuning configurations for each location to meet unique requirements. • Testing and Knowledge Transfer: Validating the deployment and training the City’s IT staff for operational management.
7 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Assumptions
The ROM provided has the following assumptions:

1. Infrastructure Readiness:
o The City of Brea’s virtual infrastructure at City Hall will be provisioned and ready to host the FortiNAC virtual appliances.
o Existing network equipment (switches, routers, wireless access points) is fully operational and compatible with FortiNAC.

2. Access and Documentation:
o The City will provide access to all physical locations and systems required for deployment, including server rooms and wiring closets.
o Up-to-date network documentation, including VLAN configurations, IP schemes, and security policies, will be provided.

3. Work Hours and Outages:
o Work will be conducted during normal business hours (7 AM to 5 PM, Monday through Friday), with planned outages for cutovers coordinated in advance.

4. Configuration Parity:
o FortiNAC configurations will align with existing network policies and architecture. Major changes to the current setup are outside the project scope.

5. Single WLC:
a. This ROM assumes that all wireless access points use the centralized FortiGates at City Hall as their WLC, and WLAN configuration changes can all be conducted centrally.

Client Will Provide:

3. End User Notification:
o The client will be responsible for informing affected end users of any scheduled network outages or service interruptions caused by the migration. This includes communication about any planned maintenance windows or downtime for the cutover process.

4. Virtual Infrastructure and Resources:
o Compute, storage, and network resources to support two FortiNAC virtual appliances at City Hall.

5. Documentation and Credentials:
o Network diagrams, VLAN configurations, and access credentials for all systems and devices involved in the deployment.

6. Physical and Remote Access:
o Clear access to all required locations and systems, including any necessary escorts for secure areas. o Test devices and systems to validate wired and wireless workflows.

7. End-User Notifications:
o Communication to users regarding planned outages or changes impacting network access. 8 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Exclusions
VectorUSA is not responsible for the following:

1. Troubleshooting and Optimization:
o Remediation or optimization of existing network infrastructure (e.g., switches, routers, access points) outside of the FortiNAC deployment scope.

2. Third-Party Integrations:
o Integration with non-Fortinet systems or applications beyond what is necessary for FortiNAC functionality.

3. Advanced Security Policy Changes:
o Adjustments to firewalls, servers, or other security devices unrelated to FortiNAC.

4. Wireless Network Optimization:
o Troubleshooting or improving wireless access points not directly connected to the FortiNAC implementation.

5. Legacy Equipment Handling:
o Decommissioning, repurposing, or disposal of outdated network equipment is the responsibility of the client.

6. Out-of-Hours Work:
o Any work outside of regular business hours, including weekends or holidays, will require prior approval and may incur additional costs.

7. Change Management:
o Any changes to the project scope or network infrastructure after the initial agreement will require a formal change request.
9 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Project Parameters / Caveats
Change Order
Any work that is added to or deleted from the original scope of this proposal that alters the original costs or completion date must be agreed upon by both parties in the form of a written change order.

Delays
The client must provide five (5) working days advance notice of any delays that will impact this project. If proper notice is not provided VectorUSA reserves the right to issue a work stoppage change order. Additionally, idle time incurred due to the absence of required escorts, clearance, permits, inability to enter the workplace, delays by other trades or other factors beyond VectorUSA’s control will be addressed in the form of a written change order. 10 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Workdays / Overtime
All work will be performed during VectorUSA's standard business hours of 7am - 5pm, Monday – Friday, or as specified in the statement / scope of work. If changes to the stated work hours are required due to conditions outside of VectorUSA’s control result in additional cost those costs will be addressed in the form of a written change order.

Storage Area
The client shall provide a secured storage area onsite for VectorUSA's materials and tools. If adequate space is not provided, or the cost of temporary storage is not included in our proposal that cost will be addressed in the form of a written change order.
11 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Project Pricing
OMNIA Contracts # 01-154 and #R200803
12 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Price Guarantee
Due to the volatility in markets affecting material costs across all product lines we can only guarantee material costs for 30 days unless otherwise specified. If a purchase order is not received within the guaranteed window any increases will be addressed through a new proposal.

Lead Time Disclaimer
At the time of this proposal lead time for the materials specified was up to 4 weeks. However, lead time will be confirmed once the material order is to occur.

Lead times on material orders are verified at the time we submit our proposals based on our understanding of the anticipated project period of performance. With the current volatility in the market driven by supply and demand those lead times cannot be guaranteed past the date of the proposal. Lead times will be refreshed once a purchase order is received and if any items have lead times that impact the project timeline a Stakeholder notification will be sent. If needed alternative “equivalent” products may be discussed and if agreed upon substituted to maintain the desired period of performance.
13 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Warranty
VectorUSA provides, for all work completed under this contract our Vector USA warranty. This warranty coverers all workmanship for a period of one year unless specifically extended in writing as part of this agreement.

Please note that RMA’stypically require the product to be returned in the original packaging. It is recommended that packaging be retained if possible.

This warranty does not include any damages or cost related to unforeseen environmental evens including but not limited to fire, water, rodents, construction, abuse, or misuse. VectorUSA can address and repair issues of this nature through a service request at an additional cost. If VectorUSA responds to a warranty request and upon arriving on site or at any time during that warranty call determines that the issue is related to an uncovered event or condition work will stop and the client shall be notified. If the client authorizes the repairs the warranty call will be converted to a service call and billed accordingly
14 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Terms & Conditions
Assumptions and Exclusions: The above stated assumptions and exclusions are fully integrated and incorporated within the below terms and conditions and are to be treated as one inclusive document.

WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

In no event shall either VectorUSA or the Customer be liable to the other for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary, incidental or consequential damages (including, but not limited to, lost profits, lost business opportunities, or loss of use or equipment down time, and loss of or corruption to data) arising out of or relating to 15 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential any portion of this Agreement, regardless of the legal theory under which such damages are sought, and even if VectorUSA has been advised on the possibility of such damages or loss.

Exclusions: THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT INCLUDE THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF ANY HARDWARE PRODUCT,

Customer is responsible to assure all software used by the Customer is appropriately licensed.

Software and Operating System Errors: This Agreement is limited to services specifically defined in this Agreement.

Neither VectorUSA nor Customer shall directly or indirectly, solicit, recruit or hire any Customer or VectorUSA personnel, whether or not such personnel performed work for the Customer, during the term of this agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of this agreement. The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination or expiration of the Agreement.
16 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Applicable Law: This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. It constitutes the entire Agreement between the Customer and VectorUSA. Its terms and conditions shall prevail should there be any variance with the terms and conditions of any order submitted by the Customer for the repair or maintenance of the Equipment in the Equipment.

Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time for failure of the other to comply with any of its Terms and Conditions.

The Customer represents that he is owner of the Equipment subject to this Agreement or if not the owner, he has authority to enter into the Agreement.

1.5% monthly or 18% annually.

Contract: Unless otherwise agreed upon in writing this contract will be executed as a fixed price contract.

Acceptance of Order: This quote is valid for 30 days. The prices, specifications and conditions are satisfactory and are hereby accepted. VectorUSA is authorized to do the work as specified. Signature and Purchase Order due upon acceptance.
17 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Signature & Acceptance
Material Total $31,845.10
Labor Total $54,552.00
Tax Total 0.00
Proposal Total $86,397.10
Accepted and approved for:

VectorUSA City of Brea
20917 Higgins Court
Torrance, CA 90501
1 Civic Center Cir
Brea, CA 92821
(Date) (Date)
(Printed Name) (Printed Name)
(Printed Title) (Printed Title)
(Signature) (Signature)
Reseller Name Contact Email
11:11 Systems Matthew Parsons [email protected] 43tc Julie McDermott [email protected]
5S Technologies Michael Overton [email protected] ACC Technical Services, Inc (Acctek) Paul White [email protected] ACP CreativIT LLC Chris Nelson [email protected]
Ahead, Inc. Sin Bingelow [email protected]
Airgap Labs LLC Frank Wang [email protected]
All Covered Michael Parezo [email protected]
AMS.NET Thomas Vasconi [email protected]
Aspire Technology Partners, LLC Daniel Bongiovanni [email protected] BCI, Inc. Robin Carpenter [email protected]
Blackhawk Data Maryanne Pagano [email protected]
BorderLAN Security Diane Rogers [email protected]; [email protected] C2 Enterprises Phil Thompson [email protected] Carolina Advanced Digital Susan Jabbusch [email protected] Carousel Industries of North America, LLC Lauren Testa [email protected] Chromis Technology, LLC Zach Garcia [email protected] CNI Sales, Inc. Tim Kirk [email protected]
Compuquip Cybersecurity Luis Santiago [email protected] Computacenter Mitzi Justice [email protected] CCNY Tech Jason Germond [email protected]
ComSource Phil Gadsden [email protected]
Continental Resources, Inc. (ConRes) Lou Novakis [email protected] Converge Technology Solutions Lynda Thomas [email protected] Cruxial Tecchnolgy Group Eric Foster [email protected] C Spire Business (TekLinks dba C Spire Business) Hollye Massey [email protected] DataFree'd Mike Phalovich [email protected]
Delta Network Services LLC Michael McGregor [email protected] DGR Systems Amanda Dugger [email protected]
DOF Creations, LLC. Saeed Gordon [email protected] Dox Electronics Ken Schwartz [email protected]
DyntekServices dba Arctiq Darlene Pricher [email protected] EduTek Ltd Mario Caligiuri [email protected] ePlus Technology, Inc. Amy Knower [email protected]
ESX Technology Solutions Renee Ramirez [email protected] General Datatech (GDT) Jennifer Childs [email protected] GLS, Inc. Joey Fields [email protected]
Golden Star Technology Inc. (GST) Phillip Lin [email protected] GuidePoint Security, LLC Rich Hildago [email protected] Gulf South Technology Solutions, Inc James Moak [email protected] Heartland Business Solutions Partner Relations [email protected] Hypertec USA Mike Marracino [email protected]
iConvergence Beau Peyton [email protected]
Infobond Jo Davalos [email protected]; [email protected] In-Telecom Consulting LLC Shawn Torres [email protected] InterDev LLC Gary Nichols [email protected]
ISG Technology Michael Reece [email protected]
ISSQUARED, Inc. Lee Craft-Gobeille [email protected] Katalyst Luke Johnson [email protected]
Layer8 Consulting Elden Quesinberry [email protected] Liquid Networx Robert Short [email protected]
Loial Inc. (formerly Aquila) Madison Talcott [email protected] MGT Impact Solutions, LLC (Formerly Layer 3) Paula Sands [email protected] Mission Critical Systems Maryanne Caruso [email protected] MOREnet Adam Boley [email protected]
MXN Corporation Deborah Arnett [email protected]
Nth Generation Computing Inc Stephanie Moser [email protected] NetSync Jeff Barker [email protected]
Network Experts of New York Anu McGowan [email protected] PC Solutions & Integration David Rudnick [email protected] Peak Methods Jennifer McCuistian [email protected]; [email protected] PIER Group LLC Chad Williams [email protected]
PNG Telecommunications Inc., dba Powernet Tony Wells [email protected] Omnia Partners
Fortinet Contract 01-154 Authorized Reseller Partners
Omnia Partners Contract
#01-154 Resellers
April 17, 2025
Docusign Envelope ID: 8CD05A34-CDE3-4D22-BB40-E5B9FCE82CE3 PNW Security LLC Derek Hanson [email protected]
PremCom Corporation Joe Griffo [email protected]
Presidio Jackie Arnett [email protected]
Prosys Mitzi Justice [email protected]
Right! Systems Inc. (RSI) Sean Padget [email protected] Optimus TechServices, LLC DBA Seamless Advanced Solutions, LLC Steven Frank [email protected] Scientel Solutions Glenn Luckman [email protected] SHI Hannah Visbeen [email protected]
Sun Management John Samuel [email protected]
Structured Communication Services, Inc. Casey Richmond [email protected] Step CG Luke Gurekovich [email protected]
Surelock Technology Guy Anderson [email protected] Terawolf Technologies Inc Gaylord Van Brocklin [email protected] Universal Data Stephanie Kavanaugh [email protected]
United Data Technologies Mike Hendrix [email protected] Verinext Drew Campbell [email protected]
Vector Resources, Inc. dba VectorUSA Briana Borrenpohl [email protected] Vortek Solutions Isaac Torres [email protected] World Wide Technologies Matt Lang [email protected]; [email protected] Xigent Solutions Barb Canham [email protected]; Xiologix LLC Sheryl Still [email protected]
Xtel Communications Harbinder Goraya [email protected] Yellow Dog Networks Chris D'Amore [email protected] Zivaro Mitch Harty [email protected]
Omnia Partners Contract
#01-154 Resellers
April 17, 2025
Docusign Envelope ID: 8CD05A34-CDE3-4D22-BB40-E5B9FCE82CE3 FortiNAC
Account Manager: [email protected]
[email protected]
James Gonzalez
Lisa Byers
[email protected] 949-752-4420x397
Inside Sales:

Email Orders To:

Email:

Phone:

Randy Hornsby
City of Brea
1 Civic Center Cir
Brea, CA 92821-5758
Quoted to:

Cliff Flaugher
City of Brea
Level P2 Receiving
1 Civic Center Cir
Brea, CA 92821-5758
Ship to:

PART# QTY DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE TAX
Project #:111070 Quote Date: 06/05/2025 Quote Expires: 07/05/2025 Quote #:171724 The following was quoted at NASPO
Contract pricing or better
NASPO
Hardware
2 FortiNAC Control and Application next-gen
VM Server (VMWare/HyperV/AWS/Azure/KVM).

FNC-CAX-VM $2,160.00 $4,320.00 N
$4,320.00
Software
15 FortiCare Support for FortiNAC License 3
Year FortiCare Premium Support (100
Endpoints) for FortiNAC PLUS deployments.

FC2-10-FNAC0-240-02
-36
$418.00 $6,270.00 N
5 FortiNAC Plus License for 100 concurrent
endpoint devices FortiNAC Perpetual PLUS
License for 100 concurrent endpoint
devices. Provides Endpoint visibility and
Dynamic VLAN Steering, Advanced Network
Access Controls and automated provisioning
for users, guests, and devices
LIC-FNAC-PLUS-100 $1,180.00 $5,900.00 N
1 FortiNAC Plus License for 1K concurrent
endpoint devices FortiNAC Perpetual PLUS
License for 1K concurrent endpoint devices.

Provides Endpoint visibility and Dynamic
VLAN Steering, Advanced Network Access
Controls and automated provisioning for
users, guests, and devices
LIC-FNAC-PLUS-1K $9,261.00 $9,261.00 N
17055 Camino San Bernardo, San Diego,CA 92127 858-451-2383 nth.com Page 1 of 2 FortiNAC
Account Manager: [email protected]
[email protected]
James Gonzalez
Lisa Byers
[email protected] 949-752-4420x397
Inside Sales:

Email Orders To:

Email:

Phone:

Randy Hornsby
City of Brea
1 Civic Center Cir
Brea, CA 92821-5758
Quoted to:

Cliff Flaugher
City of Brea
Level P2 Receiving
1 Civic Center Cir
Brea, CA 92821-5758
Ship to:

PART# QTY DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE EXT PRICE TAX
Project #:111070 Quote Date: 06/05/2025 Quote Expires: 07/05/2025 Quote #:171724 $21,431.00
Support
2 FortiNAC Control and Application ExtendedVM 3 Year FortiCare Premium SupportFC-10-FNVXA-248-02-36 $1,513.00 $3,026.00 N $3,026.00
Quote Subtotal $28,777.00
Est. Shipping *

TOTAL DUE
Net 30 days
Tax Rate
Payment Terms

7.750%
* Thank you for allowing Nth Generation to provide you with the above quotation. Charges for Shipping will be additional. If you require an estimated shipping cost prior to issuing a purchase order, please contact your sales or inside sales rep. This quotation is the sole property of Nth Generation Computing, Inc. and is intended as an offer to sell goods and services to the client named in this quote. This document may not be reproduced, or provided to parties outside this organization, without written consent of Nth Generation Computing, Inc.

Remit to: Same Address
DUNS #: 78-1123211
Federal ID #: 33-0451285
CAGE Code: 0YVL1
FOB: Destination
Ship Via: Fedex Ground/UPS / Your designated carrier
Terms: Net 30 (On Approved Credit)
$28,777.00
17055 Camino San Bernardo, San Diego,CA 92127 858-451-2383 nth.com Page 2 of 2 VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential VRN-124301-007
June 19th, 2025
Prepared For: City of Brea
Cliff Flaugher
1 Civic Center Cir
Brea, CA 92821
Project Description: FortiSwitch Migration + Professional Services Ver. 001 – Proposal
OMNIA Contracts # 01-154 and #R200803
OMNIA Contracts # 01-154 and #R200803
Prepared By: Shannon Peng
Account Executive
+1 (949) 842-3462
[email protected]
2 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Table of Contents
Cover Letter........................................................................................................................................3 Company Overview.............................................................................................................................4 Executive Summary.............................................................................................................................5 Scope of Work.....................................................................................................................................6 Assumptions ...........................................................................................................................................................10 Exclusions................................................................................................................................................................11 Project Parameters / Caveats............................................................................................................13 Project Pricing...................................................................................................................................15 Price Guarantee ................................................................................................................................15 Lead Time Disclaimer ........................................................................................................................16 Warranty ..........................................................................................................................................17 Terms & Conditions...........................................................................................................................18 Signature & Acceptance ....................................................................................................................21 3 | P a g e
VectorUSA / 20917 Higgins Court / Torrance, CA 90501 Confidential Cover Letter
Dear Mr. Flaugher and City of Brea Team,
VectorUSA would like to extend our appreciation to you for the opportunity to provide a response for the City of Brea’s upcoming Fortinet Switching project. Based on our understanding of the City’s specifications for this project, we have provided a comprehensive response for a turn-key solution. It’s important to note that this project follows the prevailing wage standards for Orange County, California. Additionally, this project can be procured via Omnia Contract, for both the Fortinet Hardware, Support and Professional Services, w/ OMNIA Contracts # 01-154 and #R200803. Vector has chosen to provide the city, with a comprehensive proposal built for this upcoming project.